‌

 ‌
 ‌
www.highwaycodeuk.co.uk‌  ‌
Updated‌‌14/09/2021‌  ‌
 
   ‌

 ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
 

Contents‌  ‌
Introduction‌ 3‌  ‌
Rules‌‌for‌‌pedestrians‌‌(1‌‌to‌‌35)‌ ‌  ‌ ‌
5
Rules‌‌for‌‌users‌‌of‌‌powered‌‌wheelchairs‌‌and‌‌mobility‌‌scooters‌‌(36‌‌to‌‌46)‌ 1‌9 ‌ ‌
Rules‌‌about‌‌animals‌‌(47‌‌to‌‌58)‌ ‌23‌  ‌
Rules‌‌for‌‌cyclists‌‌(59‌‌to‌‌82)‌ 2‌8 ‌ ‌
Rules‌‌for‌‌motorcyclists‌‌(83‌‌to‌‌88)‌ ‌38‌  ‌
Rules‌‌for‌‌drivers‌‌and‌‌motorcyclists‌‌(89‌‌to‌‌102)‌ ‌44‌  ‌
General‌‌rules,‌‌techniques‌‌and‌‌advice‌‌for‌‌all‌‌drivers‌‌and‌‌riders‌‌(103‌‌to‌‌158)‌ ‌59‌  ‌
Using‌‌the‌‌road‌‌(159‌‌to‌‌203)‌ 8‌4 ‌ ‌
Road‌‌users‌‌requiring‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌(204‌‌to‌‌225)‌ ‌110‌  ‌
Driving‌‌in‌‌adverse‌‌weather‌‌conditions‌‌(226‌‌to‌‌237)‌ ‌119‌  ‌
Waiting‌‌and‌‌parking‌‌(238‌‌to‌‌252)‌ ‌125‌  ‌
Motorways‌‌(253‌‌to‌‌273)‌ ‌132‌  ‌
Breakdowns‌‌and‌‌incidents‌‌(274‌‌to‌‌287)‌ 1‌40‌  ‌
Road‌‌works,‌‌level‌‌crossings‌‌and‌‌tramways‌‌(288‌‌to‌‌307)‌ 1‌47‌  ‌
Direction‌‌signs‌‌on‌‌roads‌‌and‌‌motorways‌ 1‌55‌  ‌
Information‌‌signs‌ 1‌55‌  ‌
Light‌‌signals‌‌controlling‌‌traffic‌ ‌15 ‌ 5‌  ‌
Road‌‌markings‌ ‌15 ‌ 5‌  ‌
Road‌‌signs‌‌giving‌‌orders‌ 1‌56‌  ‌
Road‌‌works‌‌signs‌ ‌15 ‌ 6‌  ‌
Signals‌‌by‌‌authorised‌‌persons‌ ‌15 ‌ 6‌  ‌
Signals‌‌to‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌ ‌15 ‌ 6‌  ‌
Traffic‌‌signs‌ 1‌57‌  ‌
Know‌‌your‌‌traffic‌‌signs‌ ‌15 ‌ 7‌  ‌
Vehicle‌‌markings‌ ‌15 ‌ 7‌  ‌
Warning‌‌signs‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌ ‌15 ‌ 7‌  ‌
Annexes‌ 1‌58‌  ‌
Rules‌‌for‌‌cyclists‌ ‌15 ‌ 8‌  ‌
Rules‌‌for‌‌motorcyclists‌ 1‌60‌  ‌
Rules‌‌for‌‌drivers‌‌and‌‌motorcyclists‌ 1‌63‌  ‌
Using‌‌the‌‌road‌ 1‌68‌  ‌
Penalties‌ 1‌71‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌1 ‌ ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
Vehicle‌‌maintenance,‌‌safety‌‌and‌‌security‌ 1‌78‌  ‌
First‌‌aid‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌ 1‌83‌  ‌
Safety‌‌code‌‌for‌‌new‌‌drivers‌ 1‌86‌  ‌

 ‌

   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌2 ‌ ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Introduction‌  ‌
This‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌applies‌‌to‌‌England,‌‌Scotland‌‌and‌‌Wales.‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌ 
Code‌‌is‌‌essential‌‌reading‌‌for‌‌everyone.‌  ‌

The‌‌most‌‌vulnerable‌‌road‌‌users‌‌are‌‌pedestrians,‌‌particularly‌‌children,‌‌ 
older‌‌or‌‌disabled‌‌people,‌‌cyclists,‌‌motorcyclists‌‌and‌‌horse‌‌riders.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌ 
important‌‌that‌‌all‌‌road‌‌users‌‌are‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌and‌‌are‌‌ 
considerate‌‌towards‌‌each‌‌other.‌‌This‌‌applies‌‌to‌‌pedestrians‌‌as‌‌much‌‌as‌‌to‌‌ 
drivers‌‌and‌‌riders.‌‌Many‌‌of‌‌the‌‌rules‌‌in‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌are‌‌legal‌‌ 
requirements,‌‌and‌‌if‌‌you‌‌disobey‌‌these‌‌rules‌‌you‌‌are‌‌committing‌‌a ‌‌
criminal‌‌offence.‌‌You‌‌may‌‌be‌‌fined,‌‌given‌‌penalty‌‌points‌‌on‌‌your‌‌licence‌‌or‌‌ 
be‌‌disqualified‌‌from‌‌driving.‌‌In‌‌the‌‌most‌‌serious‌‌cases‌‌you‌‌may‌‌be‌‌sent‌‌to‌‌ 
prison.‌‌Such‌‌rules‌‌are‌‌identified‌‌by‌‌the‌‌use‌‌of‌‌the‌‌words ‌‘MUST/MUST‌‌ 
NOT’‌.‌‌In‌‌addition,‌‌the‌‌rule‌‌includes‌‌an‌‌abbreviated‌‌reference‌‌to‌‌the‌‌ 
legislation‌‌which‌‌creates‌‌the‌‌offence.‌‌See‌‌an ‌explanation‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
abbreviations.‌  ‌

Although‌‌failure‌‌to‌‌comply‌‌with‌‌the‌‌other‌‌rules‌‌of‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌will‌‌ 
not,‌‌in‌‌itself,‌‌cause‌‌a‌‌person‌‌to‌‌be‌‌prosecuted,‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌may‌‌be‌‌ 
used‌‌in‌‌evidence‌‌in‌‌any‌‌court‌‌proceedings‌‌under‌‌the‌‌Traffic‌‌Acts‌‌to‌‌ 
establish‌‌liability.‌‌This‌‌includes‌‌rules‌‌which‌‌use‌‌advisory‌‌wording‌‌such‌‌as‌‌ 
‘should/should‌‌not’‌‌or‌‌‘do/do‌‌not’.‌‌Knowing‌‌and‌‌applying‌‌the‌‌rules‌‌ 
contained‌‌in‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌could‌‌significantly‌‌reduce‌‌road‌‌casualties.‌‌ 
Cutting‌‌the‌‌number‌‌of‌‌deaths‌‌and‌‌injuries‌‌that‌‌occur‌‌on‌‌our‌‌roads‌‌every‌‌ 
day‌‌is‌‌a‌‌responsibility‌‌we‌‌all‌‌share.‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌can‌‌help‌‌us‌‌ 
discharge‌‌that‌‌responsibility.‌‌Further‌‌information‌‌on‌‌driving/riding‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌3 ‌ ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
techniques‌‌can‌‌be‌‌found‌‌in‌‌‘ The‌‌Official‌‌DSA‌‌Guide‌‌to‌‌Driving‌‌–‌‌the‌‌ 
essential‌‌skills’‌‌and‌‌‘ The‌‌Official‌‌DSA‌‌Guide‌‌to‌‌Riding‌‌–‌‌the‌‌essential‌‌skills’‌. ‌ ‌

 ‌
Read‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌Online‌  ‌
Download‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌Audiobook‌  ‌
Download‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌Application‌ 
 ‌
Try‌‌free‌‌Theory‌‌Test‌  ‌
   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌4 ‌ ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Rules‌f‌ or‌p
‌ edestrians‌  ‌
 ‌

1.General‌‌guidance‌  ‌
1. Pavements‌ (including‌‌any‌‌path‌‌along‌‌the‌‌side‌‌of‌‌a‌‌road)‌‌should‌‌be‌‌ 
used‌‌if‌‌provided.‌‌Where‌‌possible,‌‌avoid‌‌being‌‌next‌‌to‌‌the‌‌kerb‌‌with‌‌ 
your‌‌back‌‌to‌‌the‌‌traffic.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌have‌‌to‌‌step‌‌into‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌look‌‌both‌‌ 
ways‌‌first.‌‌Always‌‌show‌‌due‌‌care‌‌and‌‌consideration‌‌for‌‌others.‌  ‌

2. If‌‌there‌‌is‌‌no‌‌pavement,‌ keep‌‌to‌‌the‌‌right-hand‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌so‌‌ 
that‌‌you‌‌can‌‌see‌‌oncoming‌‌traffic.‌‌You‌‌should‌‌take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌and‌  ‌
● be‌‌prepared‌‌to‌‌walk‌‌in‌‌single‌‌file,‌‌especially‌‌on‌‌narrow‌‌roads‌‌ 
or‌‌in‌‌poor‌‌light‌  ‌
● keep‌‌close‌‌to‌‌the‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌
It‌‌may‌‌be‌‌safer‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌road‌‌well‌‌before‌‌a‌‌sharp‌‌right-hand‌‌ 
bend‌‌so‌‌that‌‌oncoming‌‌traffic‌‌has‌‌a‌‌better‌‌chance‌‌of‌‌seeing‌‌you.‌‌ 
Cross‌‌back‌‌after‌‌the‌‌bend.‌  ‌

3. Help‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌to‌‌see‌‌you.‌ Wear‌‌or‌‌carry‌‌something‌‌ 
light-coloured,‌‌bright‌‌or‌‌fluorescent‌‌in‌‌poor‌‌daylight‌‌conditions.‌‌ 
When‌‌it‌‌is‌‌dark,‌‌use‌‌reflective‌‌materials‌‌(e.g.‌‌armbands,‌‌sashes,‌‌ 
waistcoats,‌‌jackets,‌‌footwear),‌‌which‌‌can‌‌be‌‌seen‌‌by‌‌drivers‌‌using‌‌ 
headlights‌‌up‌‌to‌‌three‌‌times‌‌as‌‌far‌‌away‌‌as‌‌non-reflective‌ 
materials.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌5 ‌ ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌

4. Young‌‌children‌ should‌‌not‌‌be‌‌out‌‌alone‌‌on‌‌the‌‌pavement‌‌or‌‌road‌‌ 
(see‌R ‌ ule‌‌7)‌ .‌‌When‌‌taking‌‌children‌‌out,‌‌keep‌‌between‌‌them‌‌and‌‌ 
the‌‌traffic‌‌and‌‌hold‌‌their‌‌hands‌‌firmly.‌‌Strap‌‌very‌‌young‌‌children‌‌ 
into‌‌push-chairs‌‌or‌‌use‌‌reins.‌‌When‌‌pushing‌‌a‌‌young‌‌child‌‌in‌‌a ‌‌
buggy,‌‌do‌‌not‌‌push‌‌the‌‌buggy‌‌into‌‌the‌‌road‌‌when‌‌checking‌‌to‌‌see‌‌if‌‌ 
it‌‌is‌‌clear‌‌to‌‌cross,‌‌particularly‌‌from‌‌between‌‌parked‌‌vehicles.‌  ‌

5. Organised‌‌walks.‌ Large‌‌groups‌‌of‌‌people‌‌walking‌‌together‌‌should‌‌ 
use‌‌a‌‌pavement‌‌if‌‌available;‌‌if‌‌one‌‌is‌‌not,‌‌they‌‌should‌‌keep‌‌to‌‌the‌‌ 
left.‌‌Look-outs‌‌should‌‌be‌‌positioned‌‌at‌‌the‌‌front‌‌and‌‌back‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
group,‌‌and‌‌they‌‌should‌‌wear‌‌fluorescent‌‌clothes‌‌in‌‌daylight‌‌and‌‌ 
reflective‌‌clothes‌‌in‌‌the‌‌dark.‌‌At‌‌night,‌‌the‌‌look-out‌‌in‌‌front‌‌should‌ 
show‌‌a‌‌white‌‌light‌‌and‌‌the‌‌one‌‌at‌‌the‌‌back‌‌a‌‌red‌‌light.‌‌People‌‌on‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌6 ‌ ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
the‌‌outside‌‌of‌‌large‌‌groups‌‌should‌‌also‌‌carry‌‌lights‌‌and‌‌wear‌‌ 
reflective‌‌clothing.‌  ‌

6. Motorways.‌ Pedestrians ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ be‌‌on‌‌motorways‌‌or‌‌slip‌‌roads‌‌ 
except‌‌in‌‌an‌‌emergency‌‌(see ‌Rule‌‌271‌ and ‌Rule‌‌275‌).‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTRA‌‌sect‌‌17,‌‌MT(E&W)R‌‌1982‌‌as‌‌amended,‌‌reg‌‌15(1)(b)‌‌& ‌‌
MT(S)R‌‌reg‌‌13‌  ‌

 ‌

2.Crossing‌‌the‌‌road‌  ‌
7. The‌‌Green‌‌Cross‌‌Code.‌ The‌‌advice‌‌given‌‌below‌‌on‌‌crossing‌‌the‌‌ 
road‌‌is‌‌for‌‌all‌‌pedestrians.‌‌Children‌‌should‌‌be‌‌taught‌‌the‌‌Code‌‌and‌‌ 
should‌‌not‌‌be‌‌allowed‌‌out‌‌alone‌‌until‌‌they‌‌can‌‌understand‌‌and‌‌use‌‌ 
it‌‌properly.‌‌The‌‌age‌‌when‌‌they‌‌can‌‌do‌‌this‌‌is‌‌different‌‌for‌‌each‌‌ 
child.‌‌Many‌‌children‌‌cannot‌‌judge‌‌how‌‌fast‌‌vehicles‌‌are‌‌going‌‌or‌‌ 
how‌‌far‌‌away‌‌they‌‌are.‌‌Children‌‌learn‌‌by‌‌example,‌‌so‌‌parents‌‌and‌‌ 
carers‌‌should‌‌always‌‌use‌‌the‌‌Code‌‌in‌‌full‌‌when‌‌out‌‌with‌‌their‌‌ 
children.‌‌They‌‌are‌‌responsible‌‌for‌‌deciding‌‌at‌‌what‌‌age‌‌children‌‌ 
can‌‌use‌‌it‌‌safely‌‌by‌‌themselves.‌  ‌

A. First‌‌find‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌place‌‌to‌‌cross‌ and‌‌where‌‌there‌‌is‌‌space‌‌to‌‌ 
reach‌‌the‌‌pavement‌‌on‌‌the‌‌other‌‌side.‌‌Where‌‌there‌‌is‌‌a ‌‌
crossing‌‌nearby,‌‌use‌‌it.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌safer‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌using‌‌a‌‌subway,‌‌a ‌‌
footbridge,‌‌an‌‌island,‌‌a‌‌zebra,‌‌pelican,‌‌toucan‌‌or‌‌puffin‌‌ 
crossing,‌‌or‌‌where‌‌there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌crossing‌‌point‌‌controlled‌‌by‌‌a ‌‌
police‌‌officer,‌‌a‌‌school‌‌crossing‌‌patrol‌‌or‌‌a‌‌traffic‌‌warden.‌‌ 
Otherwise‌‌choose‌‌a‌‌place‌‌where‌‌you‌‌can‌‌see‌‌clearly‌‌in‌‌all‌‌ 
directions.‌‌Try‌‌to‌‌avoid‌‌crossing‌‌between‌‌parked‌‌cars‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌7 ‌ ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
(see ‌Rule‌‌14‌),‌‌on‌‌a‌‌blind‌‌bend,‌‌or‌‌close‌‌to‌‌the‌‌brow‌‌of‌‌a‌‌hill.‌‌ 
Move‌‌to‌‌a‌‌space‌‌where‌‌drivers‌‌and‌‌riders‌‌can‌‌see‌‌you‌‌clearly.‌‌ 
Do‌‌not‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌road‌‌diagonally.‌  ‌

 ‌

B. Stop‌‌just‌‌before‌‌you‌‌get‌‌to‌‌the‌‌kerb,‌ where‌‌you‌‌can‌‌see‌‌if‌‌ 
anything‌‌is‌‌coming.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌get‌‌too‌‌close‌‌to‌‌the‌‌traffic.‌‌If‌‌ 
there’s‌‌no‌‌pavement,‌‌keep‌‌back‌‌from‌‌the‌‌edge‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌ 
but‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌you‌‌can‌‌still‌‌see‌‌approaching‌‌traffic.‌  ‌

C. Look‌‌all‌‌around‌‌for‌‌traffic‌‌and‌‌listen.‌ Traffic‌‌could‌‌come‌‌from‌‌ 
any‌‌direction.‌‌Listen‌‌as‌‌well,‌‌because‌‌you‌‌can‌‌sometimes‌‌hear‌‌ 
traffic‌‌before‌‌you‌‌see‌‌it.‌  ‌

D. If‌‌traffic‌‌is‌‌coming,‌‌let‌‌it‌‌pass.‌ Look‌‌all‌‌around‌‌again‌‌and‌‌ 
listen.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌cross‌‌until‌‌there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌gap‌‌in‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌and‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌8 ‌ ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
you‌‌are‌‌certain‌‌that‌‌there‌‌is‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌time.‌‌Remember,‌‌even‌‌ 
if‌‌traffic‌‌is‌‌a‌‌long‌‌way‌‌off,‌‌it‌‌may‌‌be‌‌approaching‌‌very‌‌quickly.‌  ‌

E. When‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe,‌‌go‌‌straight‌‌across‌‌the‌‌road‌‌–‌‌do‌‌not‌‌ 
run.‌ Keep‌‌looking‌‌and‌‌listening‌‌for‌‌traffic‌‌while‌‌you‌‌cross,‌‌in‌‌ 
case‌‌there‌‌is‌‌any‌‌traffic‌‌you‌‌did‌‌not‌‌see,‌‌or‌‌in‌‌case‌‌other‌‌ 
traffic‌‌appears‌‌suddenly.‌‌Look‌‌out‌‌for‌‌cyclists‌‌and‌‌ 
motorcyclists‌‌travelling‌‌between‌‌lanes‌‌of‌‌traffic.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌walk‌‌ 
diagonally‌‌across‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌

8. At‌‌a‌‌junction.‌ When‌‌crossing‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌look‌‌out‌‌for‌‌traffic‌‌turning‌‌ 
into‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌especially‌‌from‌‌behind‌‌you.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌have‌‌started‌‌ 
crossing‌‌and‌‌traffic‌‌wants‌‌to‌‌turn‌‌into‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌you‌‌have‌‌priority‌‌ 
and‌‌they‌‌should‌‌give‌‌way‌‌(see ‌Rule‌‌170‌).‌  ‌

9. Pedestrian‌‌Safety‌‌Barriers.‌ Where‌‌there‌‌are‌‌barriers,‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌ 
road‌‌only‌‌at‌‌the‌‌gaps‌‌provided‌‌for‌‌pedestrians.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌climb‌‌over‌‌ 
the‌‌barriers‌‌or‌‌walk‌‌between‌‌them‌‌and‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌

10. Tactile‌‌paving.‌ Raised‌‌surfaces‌‌that‌‌can‌‌be‌‌felt‌‌underfoot‌‌provide‌‌ 
warning‌‌and‌‌guidance‌‌to‌‌blind‌‌or‌‌partially‌‌sighted‌‌people.‌‌The‌‌ 
most‌‌common‌‌surfaces‌‌are‌‌a‌‌series‌‌of‌‌raised‌‌studs,‌‌which‌‌are‌‌used‌‌ 
at‌‌crossing‌‌points‌‌with‌‌a‌‌dropped‌‌kerb,‌‌or‌‌a‌‌series‌‌of‌‌rounded‌‌ 
raised‌‌bars‌‌which‌‌are‌‌used‌‌at‌‌level‌‌crossings,‌‌at‌‌the‌‌top‌‌and‌‌bottom‌‌ 
of‌‌steps‌‌and‌‌at‌‌some‌‌other‌‌hazards.‌  ‌

11. One-way‌‌streets.‌ Check‌‌which‌‌way‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌is‌‌moving.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌ 
cross‌‌until‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌‌without‌‌stopping.‌‌Bus‌‌and‌‌cycle‌‌lanes‌‌ 
may‌‌operate‌‌in‌‌the‌‌opposite‌‌direction‌‌to‌‌the‌‌rest‌‌of‌‌the‌‌traffic.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌9 ‌ ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

12. Bus‌‌and‌‌cycle‌‌lanes.‌ Take‌‌care‌‌when‌‌crossing‌‌these‌‌lanes‌‌as‌‌traffic‌‌ 
may‌‌be‌‌moving‌‌faster‌‌than‌‌in‌‌the‌‌other‌‌lanes,‌‌or‌‌against‌‌the‌‌flow‌‌of‌‌ 
traffic.‌  ‌

13. Routes‌‌shared‌‌with‌‌cyclists.‌ Some‌‌cycle‌‌tracks‌‌run‌‌alongside‌‌ 
footpaths‌‌or‌‌pavements,‌‌using‌‌a‌‌segregating‌‌feature‌‌to‌‌separate‌‌ 
cyclists‌‌from‌‌people‌‌on‌‌foot.‌‌Segregated‌‌routes‌‌may‌‌also‌‌ 
incorporate‌‌short‌‌lengths‌‌of‌‌tactile‌‌paving‌‌to‌‌help‌‌visually‌‌impaired‌‌ 
people‌‌stay‌‌on‌‌the‌‌correct‌‌side.‌‌On‌‌the‌‌pedestrian‌‌side‌‌this‌‌will‌‌ 
comprise‌‌a‌‌series‌‌of‌‌flat-topped‌‌bars‌‌running‌‌across‌‌the‌‌direction‌‌ 
of‌‌travel‌‌(ladder‌‌pattern).‌‌On‌‌the‌‌cyclist‌‌side‌‌the‌‌same‌‌bars‌‌are‌‌ 
orientated‌‌in‌‌the‌‌direction‌‌of‌‌travel‌‌(tramline‌‌pattern).‌‌Not‌‌all‌‌ 
routes‌‌which‌‌are‌‌shared‌‌with‌‌cyclists‌‌are‌‌segregated.‌‌Take‌‌extra‌‌ 
care‌‌where‌‌this‌‌is‌‌so‌‌(see ‌Rule‌‌62‌).‌  ‌

14. Parked‌‌vehicles.‌ If‌‌you‌‌have‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌between‌‌parked‌‌vehicles,‌‌use‌‌ 
the‌‌outside‌‌edges‌‌of‌‌the‌‌vehicles‌‌as‌‌if‌‌they‌‌were‌‌the‌‌kerb.‌‌Stop‌‌ 
there‌‌and‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌you‌‌can‌‌see‌‌all‌‌around‌‌and‌‌that‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌can‌‌ 
see‌‌you.‌‌Make‌‌sure‌‌there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌gap‌‌between‌‌any‌‌parked‌‌vehicles‌‌on‌‌ 
the‌‌other‌‌side,‌‌so‌‌you‌‌can‌‌reach‌‌the‌‌pavement.‌‌Never‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌ 
road‌‌in‌‌front‌‌of,‌‌or‌‌behind,‌‌any‌‌vehicle‌‌with‌‌its‌‌engine‌‌running,‌‌ 
especially‌‌a‌‌large‌‌vehicle,‌‌as‌‌the‌‌driver‌‌may‌‌not‌‌be‌‌able‌‌to‌‌see‌‌you.‌  ‌

15. Reversing‌‌vehicles.‌ Never‌‌cross‌‌behind‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌which‌‌is‌‌reversing,‌‌ 
showing‌‌white‌‌reversing‌‌lights‌‌or‌‌sounding‌‌a‌‌warning.‌  ‌

16. Moving‌‌vehicles.‌ You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ get‌‌onto‌‌or‌‌hold‌‌onto‌‌a‌‌moving‌‌ 
vehicle.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌26‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌10‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

17. At‌‌night.‌ Wear‌‌something‌‌reflective‌‌to‌‌make‌‌it‌‌easier‌‌for‌‌others‌‌to‌‌ 
see‌‌you‌‌(see ‌Rule‌‌3)‌ .‌‌If‌‌there‌‌is‌‌no‌‌pedestrian‌‌crossing‌‌nearby,‌‌cross‌‌ 
the‌‌road‌‌near‌‌a‌‌street‌‌light‌‌so‌‌that‌‌traffic‌‌can‌‌see‌‌you‌‌more‌‌easily.‌  ‌
 ‌
 ‌

3.Crossings‌  ‌
18. At‌‌all‌‌crossings.‌ When‌‌using‌‌any‌‌type‌‌of‌‌crossing‌‌you‌‌should‌  ‌
● always‌‌check‌‌that‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌has‌‌stopped‌‌before‌‌you‌‌start‌‌to‌‌ 
cross‌‌or‌‌push‌‌a‌‌pram‌‌onto‌‌a‌‌crossing‌  ‌
● always‌‌cross‌‌between‌‌the‌‌studs‌‌or‌‌over‌‌the‌‌zebra‌‌markings.‌‌ 
Do‌‌not‌‌cross‌‌at‌‌the‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌crossing‌‌or‌‌on‌‌the‌‌zig-zag‌‌ 
lines,‌‌as‌‌it‌‌can‌‌be‌‌dangerous.‌  ‌
You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ loiter‌‌on‌‌any‌‌type‌‌of‌‌crossing.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌ZPPPCRGD‌‌reg‌‌19‌‌&‌‌RTRA‌‌sect‌‌25(5)‌  ‌

19. Zebra‌‌crossings.‌ Give‌‌traffic‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌time‌‌to‌‌see‌‌you‌‌and‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌ 
before‌‌you‌‌start‌‌to‌‌cross.‌‌Vehicles‌‌will‌‌need‌‌more‌‌time‌‌when‌‌the‌‌ 
road‌‌is‌‌slippery.‌‌Wait‌‌until‌‌traffic‌‌has‌‌stopped‌‌from‌‌both‌‌directions‌‌ 
or‌‌the‌‌road‌‌is‌‌clear‌‌before‌‌crossing.‌‌Remember‌‌that‌‌traffic‌‌does‌‌not‌‌ 
have‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌until‌‌someone‌‌has‌‌moved‌‌onto‌‌the‌‌crossing.‌‌Keep‌‌ 
looking‌‌both‌‌ways,‌‌and‌‌listening,‌‌in‌‌case‌‌a‌‌driver‌‌or‌‌rider‌‌has‌‌not‌‌ 
seen‌‌you‌‌and‌‌attempts‌‌to‌‌overtake‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌that‌‌has‌‌stopped.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌11‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

20. Where‌‌there‌‌is‌‌an‌‌island‌‌in‌‌the‌‌middle‌‌of‌‌a‌‌zebra‌‌crossing,‌‌wait‌‌on‌‌ 
the‌‌island‌‌and‌‌follow‌‌Rule‌‌19‌‌before‌‌you‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌second‌‌half‌‌of‌‌ 
the‌‌road‌‌–‌‌it‌‌is‌‌a‌‌separate‌‌crossing.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌12‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌

21. At‌‌traffic‌‌lights.‌ There‌‌may‌‌be‌‌special‌‌signals‌‌for‌‌pedestrians.‌‌You‌‌ 
should‌‌only‌‌start‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌road‌‌when‌‌the‌‌green‌‌figure‌‌shows.‌‌If‌‌ 
you‌‌have‌‌started‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌road‌‌and‌‌the‌‌green‌‌figure‌‌goes‌‌out,‌‌ 
you‌‌should‌‌still‌‌have‌‌time‌‌to‌‌reach‌‌the‌‌other‌‌side,‌‌but‌‌do‌‌not‌‌delay.‌‌ 
If‌‌no‌‌pedestrian‌‌signals‌‌have‌‌been‌‌provided,‌‌watch‌‌carefully‌‌and‌‌do‌‌ 
not‌‌cross‌‌until‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌lights‌‌are‌‌red‌‌and‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌has‌‌stopped.‌‌ 
Keep‌‌looking‌‌and‌‌check‌‌for‌‌traffic‌‌that‌‌may‌‌be‌‌turning‌‌the‌‌corner.‌‌ 
Remember‌‌that‌‌traffic‌‌lights‌‌may‌‌let‌‌traffic‌‌move‌‌in‌‌some‌‌lanes‌‌ 
while‌‌traffic‌‌in‌‌other‌‌lanes‌‌has‌‌stopped.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌13‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌

*At‌p
‌ elican‌c‌ rossings‌o
‌ nly‌  ‌

22. Pelican‌‌crossings.‌ These‌‌are‌‌signal-controlled‌‌crossings‌‌operated‌‌ 
by‌‌pedestrians.‌‌Push‌‌the‌‌control‌‌button‌‌to‌‌activate‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌ 
signals.‌‌When‌‌the‌‌red‌‌figure‌‌shows,‌‌do‌‌not‌‌cross.‌‌When‌‌a‌‌steady‌‌ 
green‌‌figure‌‌shows,‌‌check‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌has‌‌stopped‌‌then‌‌cross‌‌with‌‌ 
care.‌‌When‌‌the‌‌green‌‌figure‌‌begins‌‌to‌‌flash‌‌you‌‌should‌‌not‌‌start‌‌to‌‌ 
cross.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌have‌‌already‌‌started‌‌you‌‌should‌‌have‌‌time‌‌to‌‌finish‌‌ 
crossing‌‌safely.‌  ‌

23. Puffin‌‌crossings‌ differ‌‌from‌‌pelican‌‌crossings‌‌as‌‌the‌‌red‌‌and‌‌green‌‌ 
figures‌‌are‌‌above‌‌the‌‌control‌‌box‌‌on‌‌your‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌and‌‌ 
there‌‌is‌‌no‌‌flashing‌‌green‌‌figure‌‌phase.‌‌Press‌‌the‌‌button‌‌and‌‌wait‌‌ 
for‌‌the‌‌green‌‌figure‌‌to‌‌show.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌14‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌

24. When‌‌the‌‌road‌‌is‌‌congested,‌‌traffic‌‌on‌‌your‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌may‌‌ 
be‌‌forced‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌even‌‌though‌‌their‌‌lights‌‌are‌‌green.‌‌Traffic‌‌may‌‌ 
still‌‌be‌‌moving‌‌on‌‌the‌‌other‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌so‌‌press‌‌the‌‌button‌‌ 
and‌‌wait‌‌for‌‌the‌‌signal‌‌to‌‌cross.‌  ‌

25. Toucan‌‌crossings‌ are‌‌light-controlled‌‌crossings‌‌which‌‌allow‌‌cyclists‌‌ 
and‌‌pedestrians‌‌to‌‌share‌‌crossing‌‌space‌‌and‌‌cross‌‌at‌‌the‌‌same‌‌ 
time.‌‌They‌‌are‌‌push-button‌‌operated.‌‌Pedestrians‌‌and‌‌cyclists‌‌will‌‌ 
see‌‌the‌‌green‌‌signal‌‌together.‌‌Cyclists‌‌are‌‌permitted‌‌to‌‌ride‌‌across.‌  ‌

 ‌

26. At‌‌some‌‌crossings‌‌there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌bleeping‌‌sound‌‌or‌‌voice‌‌signal‌‌to‌‌ 
indicate‌‌to‌‌blind‌‌or‌‌partially‌‌sighted‌‌people‌‌when‌‌the‌‌steady‌‌green‌‌ 
figure‌‌is‌‌showing,‌‌and‌‌there‌‌may‌‌be‌‌a‌‌tactile‌‌signal‌‌to‌‌help‌‌ 
deafblind‌‌people.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌15‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

27. Equestrian‌‌crossings‌ are‌‌for‌‌horse‌‌riders.‌‌They‌‌have‌‌pavement‌‌ 
barriers,‌‌wider‌‌crossing‌‌spaces,‌‌horse‌‌and‌‌rider‌‌figures‌‌in‌‌the‌‌light‌‌ 
panels‌‌and‌‌either‌‌two‌‌sets‌‌of‌‌controls‌‌(one‌‌higher),‌‌or‌‌just‌‌one‌‌ 
higher‌‌control‌‌panel.‌  ‌

There‌‌is‌‌often‌‌a‌‌parallel‌‌crossing.‌  ‌

28. ‘Staggered’‌‌pelican‌‌or‌‌puffin‌‌crossings.‌ When‌‌the‌‌crossings‌‌on‌‌each‌‌ 
side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌central‌‌refuge‌‌are‌‌not‌‌in‌‌line‌‌they‌‌are‌‌two‌‌separate‌‌crossings.‌‌ 
On‌‌reaching‌‌the‌‌central‌‌island,‌‌press‌‌the‌‌button‌‌again‌‌and‌‌wait‌‌for‌‌a ‌‌
steady‌‌green‌‌figure.‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌16‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Rule‌‌28:‌‌Staggered‌‌crossings‌‌(with‌‌an‌‌island‌‌in‌‌the‌‌middle)‌‌are‌‌two‌‌ 
separate‌‌Crossings‌  ‌

29. Crossings‌‌controlled‌‌by‌‌an‌‌authorised‌‌person.‌ Do‌‌not‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌ 
road‌‌unless‌‌you‌‌are‌‌signalled‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌‌by‌‌a‌‌police‌‌officer,‌‌traffic‌‌ 
warden‌‌or‌‌school‌‌crossing‌‌patrol.‌‌Always‌‌cross‌‌in‌‌front‌‌of‌‌them.‌  ‌

30. Where‌‌there‌‌are‌‌no‌‌controlled‌‌crossing‌‌points‌‌available‌‌it‌‌is‌‌ 
advisable‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌where‌‌there‌‌is‌‌an‌‌island‌‌in‌‌the‌‌middle‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
road.‌‌Use‌‌the‌‌Green‌‌Cross‌‌Code‌‌(see ‌Rule‌‌7)‌ ‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌to‌‌the‌‌island‌‌ 
and‌‌then‌‌stop‌‌and‌‌use‌‌it‌‌again‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌second‌‌half‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌
 ‌

4.Situations‌‌needing‌‌extra‌‌care‌  ‌
31. Emergency‌‌vehicles.‌ If‌‌an‌‌ambulance,‌‌fire‌‌engine,‌‌police‌‌or‌‌other‌‌ 
emergency‌‌vehicle‌‌approaches‌‌using‌‌flashing‌‌blue‌‌lights,‌‌headlights‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌17‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
and/or‌‌sirens,‌‌keep‌‌off‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌

32. Buses.‌ Get‌‌on‌‌or‌‌off‌‌a‌‌bus‌‌only‌‌when‌‌it‌‌has‌‌stopped‌‌to‌‌allow‌‌you‌‌to‌‌ 
do‌‌so.‌‌Watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌cyclists‌‌when‌‌you‌‌are‌‌getting‌‌off.‌‌Never‌‌cross‌‌ 
the‌‌road‌‌directly‌‌behind‌‌or‌‌in‌‌front‌‌of‌‌a‌‌bus.‌‌Wait‌‌until‌‌it‌‌has‌‌ 
moved‌‌off‌‌and‌‌you‌‌can‌‌see‌‌clearly‌‌in‌‌both‌‌directions.‌  ‌

33. Tramways.‌ These‌‌may‌‌run‌‌through‌‌pedestrian‌‌areas.‌‌Their‌‌path‌‌ 
will‌‌be‌‌marked‌‌out‌‌by‌‌shallow‌‌kerbs,‌‌changes‌‌in‌‌the‌‌paving‌‌or‌‌other‌‌ 
road‌‌surface,‌‌white‌‌lines‌‌or‌‌yellow‌‌dots.‌‌Cross‌‌at‌‌designated‌‌ 
crossings‌‌where‌‌provided.‌‌Elsewhere‌‌treat‌‌trams‌‌as‌‌you‌‌would‌‌ 
other‌‌road‌‌vehicles‌‌and‌‌look‌‌both‌‌ways‌‌along‌‌the‌‌track‌‌before‌‌ 
crossing.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌walk‌‌along‌‌the‌‌track‌‌as‌‌trams‌‌may‌‌come‌‌up‌‌behind‌‌ 
you.‌‌Trams‌‌move‌‌quietly‌‌and‌‌cannot‌‌steer‌‌to‌‌avoid‌‌you.‌  ‌

34. Railway‌‌level‌‌crossings.‌ You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ cross‌‌or‌‌pass‌‌a‌‌stop‌‌line‌‌ 
when‌‌the‌‌red‌‌lights‌‌show,‌‌(including‌‌a‌‌red‌‌pedestrian‌‌figure).‌‌Also‌‌ 
do‌‌not‌‌cross‌‌if‌‌an‌‌alarm‌‌is‌‌sounding‌‌or‌‌the‌‌barriers‌‌are‌‌being‌‌ 
lowered.‌‌The‌‌tone‌‌of‌‌the‌‌alarm‌‌may‌‌change‌‌if‌‌another‌‌train‌‌is‌‌ 
approaching.‌‌If‌‌there‌‌are‌‌no‌‌lights,‌‌alarms‌‌or‌‌barriers,‌‌stop,‌‌look‌‌ 
both‌‌ways‌‌and‌‌listen‌‌before‌‌crossing.‌‌A‌‌tactile‌‌surface‌‌comprising‌‌ 
rounded‌‌bars‌‌running‌‌across‌‌the‌‌direction‌‌of‌‌pedestrian‌‌travel‌‌may‌‌ 
be‌‌installed‌‌on‌‌the‌‌footpath‌‌approaching‌‌a‌‌level‌‌crossing‌‌to‌‌warn‌‌ 
visually‌‌impaired‌‌people‌‌of‌‌its‌‌presence.‌‌The‌‌tactile‌‌surface‌‌should‌‌ 
extend‌‌across‌‌the‌‌full‌‌width‌‌of‌‌the‌‌footway‌‌and‌‌should‌‌be‌‌located‌‌ 
at‌‌an‌‌appropriate‌‌distance‌‌from‌‌the‌‌barrier‌‌or‌‌projected‌‌line‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
barrier.‌  ‌
Law‌‌TSRGD,‌‌reg‌‌52‌  ‌

35. Street‌‌and‌‌pavement‌‌repairs.‌ A‌‌pavement‌‌may‌‌be‌‌closed‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌18‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
temporarily‌‌because‌‌it‌‌is‌‌not‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌use.‌‌Take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌if‌‌you‌‌are‌‌ 
directed‌‌to‌‌walk‌‌in‌‌or‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌

Rules‌f‌ or‌u
‌ sers‌o
‌ f‌p
‌ owered‌‌ 
wheelchairs‌a‌ nd‌m ‌ obility‌‌ 
scooters‌  ‌
 ‌

1.Powered‌‌wheelchairs‌‌and‌‌ 
mobility‌‌scooters ‌  ‌
36. There‌‌is‌‌one‌‌class‌‌of‌‌manual‌‌wheelchair‌‌(called‌‌a‌‌Class‌‌1‌‌invalid‌‌ 
carriage)‌‌and‌‌two‌‌classes‌‌of‌‌powered‌‌wheelchairs‌‌and‌‌powered‌‌ 
mobility‌‌scooters.‌‌Manual‌‌wheelchairs‌‌and‌‌Class‌‌2‌‌vehicles‌‌are‌‌ 
those‌‌with‌‌an‌‌upper‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌of‌‌4‌‌mph‌‌(6‌‌km/h)‌‌and‌‌are‌‌ 
designed‌‌to‌‌be‌‌used‌‌on‌‌pavements.‌‌Class‌‌3‌‌vehicles‌‌are‌‌those‌‌with‌‌ 
an‌‌upper‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌of‌‌8‌‌mph‌‌(12‌‌km/h)‌‌and‌‌are‌‌equipped‌‌to‌‌be‌‌ 
used‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌as‌‌well‌‌as‌‌the‌‌pavement.‌  ‌

37. When‌‌you‌‌are‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌you‌‌should‌‌obey‌‌the‌‌guidance‌‌and‌‌rules‌‌ 
for‌‌other‌‌vehicles;‌‌when‌‌on‌‌the‌‌pavement‌‌you‌‌should‌‌follow‌‌the‌‌ 
guidance‌‌and‌‌rules‌‌for‌‌pedestrians.‌  ‌

 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌19‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

2.On‌‌pavements‌  ‌
38. Pavements‌‌are‌‌safer‌‌than‌‌roads‌‌and‌‌should‌‌be‌‌used‌‌when‌‌ 
available.‌‌You‌‌should‌‌give‌‌pedestrians‌‌priority‌‌and‌‌show‌‌ 
consideration‌‌for‌‌other‌‌pavement‌‌users,‌‌particularly‌‌those‌‌with‌‌a ‌‌
hearing‌‌or‌‌visual‌‌impairment‌‌who‌‌may‌‌not‌‌be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌you‌‌are‌ 
there.‌  ‌

39. Powered‌‌wheelchairs‌‌and‌‌scooters‌ M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌ t‌ ravel‌‌faster‌‌than‌‌4 ‌‌

mph‌‌(6‌‌km/h)‌‌on‌‌pavements‌‌or‌‌in‌‌pedestrian‌‌areas.‌‌You‌‌may‌‌need‌‌ 
to‌‌reduce‌‌your‌‌speed‌‌to‌‌adjust‌‌to‌‌other‌‌pavement‌‌users‌‌who‌‌may‌‌ 
not‌‌be‌‌able‌‌to‌‌move‌‌out‌‌of‌‌your‌‌way‌‌quickly‌‌enough‌‌or‌‌where‌‌the‌‌ 
pavement‌‌is‌‌too‌‌narrow.‌  ‌
Law‌‌UICHR‌‌1988‌‌reg‌‌4 ‌ ‌

40. When‌‌moving‌‌off‌‌the‌‌pavement‌‌onto‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌take‌‌ 
special‌‌care.‌‌Before‌‌moving‌‌off,‌‌always‌‌look‌‌round‌‌and‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌ 
it’s‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌join‌‌the‌‌traffic.‌‌Always‌‌try‌‌to‌‌use‌‌dropped‌‌kerbs‌‌when‌‌ 
moving‌‌off‌‌the‌‌pavement,‌‌even‌‌if‌‌this‌‌means‌‌travelling‌‌further‌‌to‌‌ 
locate‌‌one.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌have‌‌to‌‌climb‌‌or‌‌descend‌‌a‌‌kerb,‌‌always‌‌approach‌‌ 
it‌‌at‌‌right‌‌angles‌‌and‌‌don’t‌‌try‌‌to‌‌negotiate‌‌a‌‌kerb‌‌higher‌‌than‌‌the‌‌ 
vehicle‌‌manufacturer’s‌‌recommendations.‌  ‌
 ‌

3.On‌‌the‌‌road‌  ‌
41. You‌‌should‌‌take‌‌care‌‌when‌‌travelling‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌as‌‌you‌‌may‌‌be‌‌ 
travelling‌‌more‌‌slowly‌‌than‌‌other‌‌traffic‌‌(your‌‌machine‌‌is‌‌restricted‌‌ 
to‌‌8‌‌mph‌‌(12‌‌km/h)‌‌and‌‌may‌‌be‌‌less‌‌visible).‌  ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌20‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

42. When‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌Class‌‌3‌‌vehicles‌‌should‌‌travel‌‌in‌‌the‌‌direction‌‌of‌‌ 
the‌‌traffic.‌‌Class‌‌2‌‌users‌‌should‌‌always‌‌use‌‌the‌‌pavement‌‌when‌‌it‌‌is‌‌ 
available.‌‌When‌‌there‌‌is‌‌no‌‌pavement,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌use‌‌caution‌‌ 
when‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌Class‌‌2‌‌users‌‌should,‌‌where‌‌possible,‌‌travel‌‌in‌‌ 
the‌‌direction‌‌of‌‌the‌‌traffic.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌travelling‌‌at‌‌night‌‌when‌‌ 
lights‌ M
‌ UST‌ b ‌ e‌‌used,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌travel‌‌in‌‌the‌‌direction‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
traffic‌‌to‌‌avoid‌‌confusing‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users.‌  ‌
Law‌‌UICHR‌‌1988‌‌reg‌‌9 ‌ ‌

43. You‌ M
‌ UST‌ f‌ ollow‌‌the‌‌same‌‌rules‌‌about‌‌using‌‌lights,‌‌indicators‌‌and‌‌ 
horns‌‌as‌‌for‌‌other‌‌road‌‌vehicles,‌‌if‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌fitted‌‌with‌‌them.‌‌ 
At‌‌night,‌‌lights‌ M
‌ UST‌ b
‌ e‌‌used.‌‌Be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌may‌‌ 
not‌‌see‌‌you‌‌and‌‌you‌‌should‌‌make‌‌yourself‌‌more‌‌visible‌‌-‌‌even‌‌in‌‌ 
the‌‌daytime‌‌and‌‌also‌‌at‌‌dusk‌‌-‌‌by,‌‌for‌‌instance,‌‌wearing‌‌a‌‌reflective‌‌ 
jacket‌‌or‌‌reflective‌‌strips‌‌on‌‌the‌‌back‌‌of‌‌the‌‌vehicle.‌  ‌
Law‌‌UICHR‌‌1988‌‌reg‌‌9 ‌ ‌

44. Take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌at‌‌road‌‌junctions.‌‌When‌‌going‌‌straight‌‌ahead,‌‌check‌‌ 
to‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌there‌‌are‌‌no‌‌vehicles‌‌about‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌your‌‌path‌‌from‌‌ 
the‌‌left,‌‌the‌‌right,‌‌or‌‌overtaking‌‌you‌‌and‌‌turning‌‌left.‌‌There‌‌are‌‌ 
several‌‌options‌‌for‌‌dealing‌‌with‌‌right‌‌turns,‌‌especially‌‌turning‌‌from‌‌ 
a‌‌major‌‌road.‌‌If‌‌moving‌‌into‌‌the‌‌middle‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌is‌‌difficult‌‌or‌‌ 
dangerous,‌‌you‌‌can‌‌-‌‌stop‌‌on‌‌the‌‌left-hand‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌and‌‌ 
wait‌‌for‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌gap‌‌in‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌-‌‌negotiate‌‌the‌‌turn‌‌as‌‌a ‌‌
pedestrian,‌‌i.e.‌‌travel‌‌along‌‌the‌‌pavement‌‌and‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌road‌‌ 
between‌‌pavements‌‌where‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌‌Class‌‌3‌‌users‌‌should‌‌ 
switch‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌to‌‌the‌‌lower‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌when‌‌on‌‌pavements.‌  ‌

If‌‌the‌‌junction‌‌is‌‌too‌‌hazardous,‌‌it‌‌may‌‌be‌‌worth‌‌considering‌‌an‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌21‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
alternative‌‌route.‌‌Similarly,‌‌when‌‌negotiating‌‌major‌‌roundabouts‌‌ 
(i.e.‌‌with‌‌two‌‌or‌‌more‌‌lanes)‌‌it‌‌may‌‌be‌‌safer‌‌for‌‌you‌‌to‌‌use‌‌the‌‌ 
pavement‌‌or‌‌find‌‌a‌‌route‌‌which‌‌avoids‌‌the‌‌roundabout‌‌altogether.‌  ‌

45. All‌‌normal‌‌parking‌‌restrictions‌‌should‌‌be‌‌observed.‌‌Your‌‌vehicle‌ 
should‌‌not‌‌be‌‌left‌‌unattended‌‌if‌‌it‌‌causes‌‌an‌‌obstruction‌‌to‌‌other‌‌ 
pedestrians‌‌-‌‌especially‌‌those‌‌in‌‌wheelchairs.‌‌Parking‌‌concessions‌‌ 
provided‌‌under‌‌the‌‌Blue‌‌Badge‌‌scheme‌‌(see‌ F‌ urther‌‌Reading‌‌and‌‌ 
Conversions‌)‌‌will‌‌apply‌‌to‌‌those‌‌vehicles‌‌displaying‌‌a‌‌valid‌‌badge.‌  ‌

46. These‌‌vehicles‌ M
‌ UST‌‌NOT‌ b ‌ e‌‌used‌‌on‌‌motorways‌‌(see‌ R ‌ ule‌‌253‌).‌‌ 
They‌‌should‌‌not‌‌be‌‌used‌‌on‌‌unrestricted‌‌dual‌‌carriageways‌‌where‌‌ 
the‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌exceeds‌‌50‌‌mph‌‌(80‌‌km/h)‌‌but‌‌if‌‌they‌‌are‌‌used‌‌on‌‌ 
these‌‌dual‌‌carriageways,‌‌they‌ M ‌ UST‌ h
‌ ave‌‌a‌‌flashing‌‌amber‌‌beacon.‌‌ 
A‌‌flashing‌‌amber‌‌beacon‌‌should‌‌be‌‌used‌‌on‌‌all‌‌other‌‌dual‌‌ 
carriageways‌‌(see‌ R‌ ule‌‌220‌).‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTRA‌‌sect‌‌17(2)‌‌&‌‌(3),‌‌&‌‌RVLR‌‌reg‌‌17(1)‌‌&‌‌26‌  ‌

   ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌22‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Rules‌a‌ bout‌a‌ nimals‌  ‌

1.Horse-drawn‌‌vehicles‌  ‌
47. Horse-drawn‌‌vehicles‌‌used‌‌on‌‌the‌‌highway‌‌should‌‌be‌‌operated‌‌and‌‌ 
maintained‌‌in‌‌accordance‌‌with‌‌standards‌‌set‌‌out‌‌in‌‌the‌‌ 
Department‌‌for‌‌Transport’s‌‌Code‌‌of‌‌Practice‌‌for‌‌Horse-Drawn‌‌ 
Vehicles.‌‌This‌‌Code‌‌lays‌‌down‌‌the‌‌requirements‌‌for‌‌a‌‌road‌‌driving‌‌ 
assessment‌‌and‌‌includes‌‌a‌‌comprehensive‌‌list‌‌of‌‌safety‌‌checks‌‌to‌‌ 
ensure‌‌that‌‌a‌‌carriage‌‌and‌‌its‌‌fittings‌‌are‌‌safe‌‌and‌‌in‌‌good‌‌working‌‌ 
order.‌‌The‌‌standards‌‌set‌‌out‌‌in‌‌the‌‌Road‌‌Driving‌‌Assessment‌‌may‌‌ 
be‌‌required‌‌to‌‌be‌‌met‌‌by‌‌a‌‌Local‌‌Authority‌‌if‌‌an‌‌operator‌‌wishes‌‌to‌‌ 
obtain‌‌a‌‌local‌‌authority‌‌licence‌‌to‌‌operate‌‌a‌‌passenger-carrying‌‌ 
service.‌  ‌

48. Safety‌‌equipment‌‌and‌‌clothing.‌ A ‌ ll‌‌horse-drawn‌‌vehicles‌‌should‌‌ 

have‌‌two‌‌red‌‌rear‌‌reflectors.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌safer‌‌not‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌at‌‌night‌‌but‌‌if‌‌ 
you‌‌do,‌‌a‌‌light‌‌showing‌‌white‌‌to‌‌the‌‌front‌‌and‌‌red‌‌to‌‌the‌‌ 
rear‌ M
‌ UST‌ b ‌ e‌‌fitted.‌  ‌ ‌
Law‌‌RVLR‌‌1989‌‌reg‌‌4 ‌ ‌
 ‌

2.Horse‌‌riders‌  ‌
49. Safety‌‌equipment.‌‌Children‌‌under‌‌the‌‌age‌‌of‌‌14‌ M‌ UST‌ w
‌ ear‌‌a ‌‌
helmet‌‌which‌‌complies‌‌with‌‌the‌‌Regulations.‌‌It‌‌MUST‌‌be‌‌fastened‌‌ 
securely.‌‌Other‌‌riders‌‌should‌‌also‌‌follow‌‌these‌‌requirements.‌‌These‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌23‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
requirements‌‌do‌‌not‌‌apply‌‌to‌‌a‌‌child‌‌who‌‌is‌‌a‌‌follower‌‌of‌‌the‌‌Sikh‌‌ 
religion‌‌while‌‌wearing‌‌a‌‌turban.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌H(PHYR)‌‌Act‌‌1990,‌‌sect‌‌1‌‌&‌‌H(PHYR)‌‌Regulations‌‌1992,‌‌reg‌‌3 ‌ ‌

50. Other‌‌clothing.‌ Y‌ ou‌‌should‌‌wear‌  ‌

● boots‌‌or‌‌shoes‌‌with‌‌hard‌‌soles‌‌and‌‌heels‌  ‌
● light-coloured‌‌or‌‌fluorescent‌‌clothing‌‌in‌‌daylight‌  ‌
● reflective‌‌clothing‌‌if‌‌you‌‌have‌‌to‌‌ride‌‌at‌‌night‌‌or‌‌in‌‌poor‌‌ 
visibility.‌  ‌

 ‌

51. At‌‌night.‌ I‌t‌‌is‌‌safer‌‌not‌‌to‌‌ride‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌at‌‌night‌‌or‌‌in‌‌poor‌‌ 
visibility,‌‌but‌‌if‌‌you‌‌do,‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌you‌‌wear‌‌reflective‌‌clothing‌‌and‌‌ 
your‌‌horse‌‌has‌‌reflective‌‌bands‌‌above‌‌the‌‌fetlock‌‌joints.‌‌A‌‌light‌‌ 
which‌‌shows‌‌white‌‌to‌‌the‌‌front‌‌and‌‌red‌‌to‌‌the‌‌rear‌‌should‌‌be‌‌ 
fitted,‌‌with‌‌a‌‌band,‌‌to‌‌the‌‌rider’s‌‌right‌‌arm‌‌and/or‌‌leg/riding‌‌boot.‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌24‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌leading‌‌a‌‌horse‌‌at‌‌night,‌‌carry‌‌a‌‌light‌‌in‌‌your‌‌right‌‌hand,‌‌ 
showing‌‌white‌‌to‌‌the‌‌front‌‌and‌‌red‌‌to‌‌the‌‌rear,‌‌and‌‌wear‌‌reflective‌‌ 
clothing‌‌on‌‌both‌‌you‌‌and‌‌your‌‌horse.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌strongly‌‌recommended‌‌ 
that‌‌a‌‌fluorescent/reflective‌‌tail‌‌guard‌‌is‌‌also‌‌worn‌‌by‌‌your‌‌horse.‌  ‌
 ‌

Riding‌  ‌
52. Before‌‌you‌‌take‌‌a‌‌horse‌‌onto‌‌a‌‌road,‌‌you‌‌should‌  ‌
● ensure‌‌all‌‌tack‌‌fits‌‌well‌‌and‌‌is‌‌in‌‌good‌‌condition‌  ‌
● make‌‌sure‌‌you‌‌can‌‌control‌‌the‌‌horse.‌  ‌

Always‌‌ride‌‌with‌‌other,‌‌less‌‌nervous‌‌horses‌‌if‌‌you‌‌think‌‌that‌‌your‌‌ 
horse‌‌will‌‌be‌‌nervous‌‌of‌‌traffic.‌‌Never‌‌ride‌‌a‌‌horse‌‌without‌‌both‌‌a ‌‌
saddle‌‌and‌‌bridle.‌  ‌

53. Before‌‌riding‌‌off‌‌or‌‌turning,‌‌look‌‌behind‌‌you‌‌to‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe,‌‌ 
then‌‌give‌‌a‌‌clear‌‌arm‌‌signal.‌  ‌

When‌‌riding‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌you‌‌should‌  ‌
● keep‌‌to‌‌the‌‌left‌  ‌
● keep‌‌both‌‌hands‌‌on‌‌the‌‌reins‌‌unless‌‌you‌‌are‌‌signalling‌  ‌
● keep‌‌both‌‌feet‌‌in‌‌the‌‌stirrups‌  ‌
● not‌‌carry‌‌another‌‌person‌  ‌
● not‌‌carry‌‌anything‌‌which‌‌might‌‌affect‌‌your‌‌balance‌‌or‌‌get‌‌ 
tangled‌‌up‌‌with‌‌the‌‌reins‌  ‌
● keep‌‌a‌‌horse‌‌you‌‌are‌‌leading‌‌to‌‌your‌‌left‌  ‌
● move‌‌in‌‌the‌‌direction‌‌of‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌flow‌‌in‌‌a‌‌one-way‌‌street‌  ‌
● Never‌‌ride‌‌more‌‌than‌‌two‌‌abreast,‌‌and‌‌ride‌‌in‌‌single‌‌file‌‌on‌‌ 
narrow‌‌or‌‌busy‌‌roads‌‌and‌‌when‌‌riding‌‌round‌‌bends.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌25‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

54. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ take‌‌a‌‌horse‌‌onto‌‌a‌‌footpath‌‌or‌‌pavement,‌‌and‌‌you‌‌ 
should‌‌not‌‌take‌‌a‌‌horse‌‌onto‌‌a‌‌cycle‌‌track.‌‌Use‌‌a‌‌bridleway‌‌where‌‌ 
possible.‌‌Equestrian‌‌crossings‌‌may‌‌be‌‌provided‌‌for‌‌horse‌‌riders‌‌to‌‌ 
cross‌‌the‌‌road‌‌and‌‌you‌‌should‌‌use‌‌these‌‌where‌‌available‌‌(see‌‌ 
Crossings‌).‌‌You‌‌should‌‌dismount‌‌at‌‌level‌‌crossings‌‌where‌‌a‌‌‘horse‌‌ 
rider‌‌dismount’‌‌sign‌‌is‌‌displayed.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌HA‌‌1835‌‌sect‌‌72,‌‌R(S)A‌‌1984,‌‌sect‌‌129(5)‌  ‌

55. Avoid‌‌roundabouts‌‌wherever‌‌possible.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌use‌‌them‌‌you‌‌should‌‌ 
-‌‌keep‌‌to‌‌the‌‌left‌‌and‌‌watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌vehicles‌‌crossing‌‌your‌‌path‌‌to‌‌ 
leave‌‌or‌‌join‌‌the‌‌roundabout‌‌-‌‌signal‌‌right‌‌when‌‌riding‌‌across‌‌exits‌‌ 
to‌‌show‌‌you‌‌are‌‌not‌‌leaving‌‌-‌‌signal‌‌left‌‌just‌‌before‌‌you‌‌leave‌‌the‌‌ 
roundabout.‌  ‌
 ‌

3.Other‌‌animals‌  ‌
56. Dogs.‌ Do‌‌not‌‌let‌‌a‌‌dog‌‌out‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌on‌‌its‌‌own.‌‌Keep‌‌it‌‌on‌‌a ‌‌
short‌‌lead‌‌when‌‌walking‌‌on‌‌the‌‌pavement,‌‌road‌‌or‌‌path‌‌shared‌‌ 
with‌‌cyclists‌‌or‌‌horse‌‌riders.‌  ‌

57. When‌‌in‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌dogs‌‌or‌‌other‌‌animals‌‌are‌‌suitably‌‌ 
restrained‌‌so‌‌they‌‌cannot‌‌distract‌‌you‌‌while‌‌you‌‌are‌‌driving‌‌or‌‌ 
injure‌‌you,‌‌or‌‌themselves,‌‌if‌‌you‌‌stop‌‌quickly.‌‌A‌‌seat‌‌belt‌‌harness,‌‌ 
pet‌‌carrier,‌‌dog‌‌cage‌‌or‌‌dog‌‌guard‌‌are‌‌ways‌‌of‌‌restraining‌‌animals‌‌ 
in‌‌cars.‌  ‌

58. Animals‌‌being‌‌herded.‌ These‌‌should‌‌be‌‌kept‌‌under‌‌control‌‌at‌‌all‌‌ 
times.‌‌You‌‌should,‌‌if‌‌possible,‌‌send‌‌another‌‌person‌‌along‌‌the‌‌road‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌26‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
in‌‌front‌‌to‌‌warn‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users,‌‌especially‌‌at‌‌a‌‌bend‌‌or‌‌the‌‌brow‌‌ 
of‌‌a‌‌hill.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌safer‌‌not‌‌to‌‌move‌‌animals‌‌after‌‌dark,‌‌but‌‌if‌‌you‌‌do,‌‌ 
then‌‌wear‌‌reflective‌‌clothing‌‌and‌‌ensure‌‌that‌‌lights‌‌are‌‌carried‌‌ 
(white‌‌at‌‌the‌‌front‌‌and‌‌red‌‌at‌‌the‌‌rear‌‌of‌‌the‌‌herd).‌  ‌

   ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌27‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Rules‌f‌ or‌c‌ yclists‌  ‌

1.Overview ‌  ‌
These‌‌rules‌‌are‌‌in‌‌addition‌‌to‌‌those‌‌in‌‌the‌‌following‌‌sections,‌‌which‌‌apply‌‌ 
to‌‌all‌‌vehicles‌‌(except‌‌the ‌motorway‌‌section‌).‌‌See‌‌also ‌You‌‌and‌‌your‌‌ 
bicycle.‌  ‌

59. Clothing.‌ You‌‌should‌‌wear‌  ‌
● a‌‌cycle‌‌helmet‌‌which‌‌conforms‌‌to‌‌current‌‌regulations,‌‌is‌‌the‌‌ 
correct‌‌size‌‌and‌‌securely‌‌fastened‌  ‌
● appropriate‌‌clothes‌‌for‌‌cycling.‌‌Avoid‌‌clothes‌‌which‌‌may‌‌get‌‌ 
tangled‌‌in‌‌the‌‌chain,‌‌or‌‌in‌‌a‌‌wheel‌‌or‌‌may‌‌obscure‌‌your‌‌lights‌  ‌
● light-coloured‌‌or‌‌fluorescent‌‌clothing‌‌which‌‌helps‌‌other‌‌road‌‌ 
users‌‌to‌‌see‌‌you‌‌in‌‌daylight‌‌and‌‌poor‌‌light‌  ‌
● reflective‌‌clothing‌‌and/or‌‌accessories‌‌(belt,‌‌arm‌‌or‌‌ankle‌‌ 
bands)‌‌in‌‌the‌‌dark.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌28‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌

60. At‌‌night‌ your‌‌cycle ‌MUST‌ have‌‌white‌‌front‌‌and‌‌red‌‌rear‌‌lights‌‌lit.‌‌It‌‌ 
MUST‌ also‌‌be‌‌fitted‌‌with‌‌a‌‌red‌‌rear‌‌reflector‌‌(and‌‌amber‌‌pedal‌‌ 
reflectors,‌‌if‌‌manufactured‌‌after‌‌1/10/85).‌‌White‌‌front‌‌reflectors‌‌ 
and‌‌spoke‌‌reflectors‌‌will‌‌also‌‌help‌‌you‌‌to‌‌be‌‌seen.‌‌Flashing‌‌lights‌‌ 
are‌‌permitted‌‌but‌‌it‌‌is‌‌recommended‌‌that‌‌cyclists‌‌who‌‌are‌‌riding‌‌in‌‌ 
areas‌‌without‌‌street‌‌lighting‌‌use‌‌a‌‌steady‌‌front‌‌lamp.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RVLR‌‌regs‌‌13,‌‌18‌‌&‌‌24‌  ‌

61. Cycle‌‌Routes‌‌and‌‌Other‌‌Facilities.‌ Use‌‌cycle‌‌routes,‌‌advanced‌‌stop‌‌ 
lines,‌‌cycle‌‌boxes‌‌and‌‌toucan‌‌crossings‌‌unless‌‌at‌‌the‌‌time‌‌it‌‌is‌‌ 
unsafe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌‌Use‌‌of‌‌these‌‌facilities‌‌is‌‌not‌‌compulsory‌‌and‌‌will‌‌ 
depend‌‌on‌‌your‌‌experience‌‌and‌‌skills,‌‌but‌‌they‌‌can‌‌make‌‌your‌ 
journey‌‌safer.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌29‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

62. Cycle‌‌Tracks.‌ These‌‌are‌‌normally‌‌located‌‌away‌‌from‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌but‌‌ 
may‌‌occasionally‌‌be‌‌found‌‌alongside‌‌footpaths‌‌or‌‌pavements.‌‌ 
Cyclists‌‌and‌‌pedestrians‌‌may‌‌be‌‌segregated‌‌or‌‌they‌‌may‌‌share‌‌the‌‌ 
same‌‌space‌‌(unsegregated).‌‌When‌‌using‌‌segregated‌‌tracks‌‌ 
you ‌MUST‌ keep‌‌to‌‌the‌‌side‌‌intended‌‌for‌‌cyclists‌‌as‌‌the‌‌pedestrian‌‌ 
side‌‌remains‌‌a‌‌pavement‌‌or‌‌footpath.‌‌Take‌‌care‌‌when‌‌passing‌‌ 
pedestrians,‌‌especially‌‌children,‌‌older‌‌or‌‌disabled‌‌people,‌‌and‌‌ 
allow‌‌them‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌room.‌‌Always‌‌be‌‌prepared‌‌to‌‌slow‌‌down‌‌and‌‌ 
stop‌‌if‌‌necessary.‌‌Take‌‌care‌‌near‌‌road‌‌junctions‌‌as‌‌you‌‌may‌‌have‌‌ 
difficulty‌‌seeing‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users,‌‌who‌‌might‌‌not‌‌notice‌‌you.‌  ‌
Law‌‌HA‌‌1835‌‌sect‌‌72‌ 

63. Cycle‌‌Lanes.‌ These‌‌are‌‌marked‌‌by‌‌a‌‌white‌‌line‌‌(which‌‌may‌‌be‌‌ 
broken)‌‌along‌‌the‌‌carriageway‌‌(see ‌Rule‌‌140‌).‌‌Keep‌‌within‌‌the‌‌lane‌‌ 
when‌‌practicable.‌‌When‌‌leaving‌‌a‌‌cycle‌‌lane‌‌check‌‌before‌‌pulling‌‌ 
out‌‌that‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌‌and‌‌signal‌‌your‌‌intention‌‌clearly‌‌to‌‌other‌‌ 
road‌‌users.‌‌Use‌‌of‌‌cycle‌‌lanes‌‌is‌‌not‌‌compulsory‌‌and‌‌will‌‌depend‌‌on‌‌ 
your‌‌experience‌‌and‌‌skills,‌‌but‌‌they‌‌can‌‌make‌‌your‌‌journey‌‌safer.‌  ‌

64. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ cycle‌‌on‌‌a‌‌pavement.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌HA‌‌1835‌‌sect‌‌72‌‌&‌‌R(S)A‌‌1984,‌‌sect‌‌129‌  ‌

65. Bus‌‌Lanes.‌ Most‌‌bus‌‌lanes‌‌may‌‌be‌‌used‌‌by‌‌cyclists‌‌as‌‌indicated‌‌on‌‌ 
signs.‌‌Watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌people‌‌getting‌‌on‌‌or‌‌off‌‌a‌‌bus.‌‌Be‌‌very‌‌careful‌‌ 
when‌‌overtaking‌‌a‌‌bus‌‌or‌‌leaving‌‌a‌‌bus‌‌lane‌‌as‌‌you‌‌will‌‌be‌‌entering‌‌ 
a‌‌busier‌‌traffic‌‌flow.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌pass‌‌between‌‌the‌‌kerb‌‌and‌‌a‌‌bus‌‌when‌‌ 
it‌‌is‌‌at‌‌a‌‌stop.‌  ‌

66. You‌‌should‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌30‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● keep‌‌both‌‌hands‌‌on‌‌the‌‌handlebars‌‌except‌‌when‌‌signalling‌‌ 
or‌‌changing‌‌gear‌  ‌
● keep‌‌both‌‌feet‌‌on‌‌the‌‌pedals‌  ‌
● never‌‌ride‌‌more‌‌than‌‌two‌‌abreast,‌‌and‌‌ride‌‌in‌‌single‌‌file‌‌on‌‌ 
narrow‌‌or‌‌busy‌‌roads‌‌and‌‌when‌‌riding‌‌round‌‌bends‌  ‌
● not‌‌ride‌‌close‌‌behind‌‌another‌‌vehicle‌  ‌
● not‌‌carry‌‌anything‌‌which‌‌will‌‌affect‌‌your‌‌balance‌‌or‌‌may‌‌get‌‌ 
tangled‌‌up‌‌with‌‌your‌‌wheels‌‌or‌‌chain‌  ‌
● be‌‌considerate‌‌of‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users,‌‌particularly‌‌blind‌‌and‌‌ 
partially‌‌sighted‌‌pedestrians.‌‌Let‌‌them‌‌know‌‌you‌‌are‌‌there‌‌ 
when‌‌necessary,‌‌for‌‌example,‌‌by‌‌ringing‌‌your‌‌bell‌‌if‌‌you‌‌have‌‌ 
one.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌recommended‌‌that‌‌a‌‌bell‌‌be‌‌fitted.‌  ‌

67. You‌‌should‌  ‌
● look‌‌all‌‌around‌‌before‌‌moving‌‌away‌‌from‌‌the‌‌kerb,‌‌turning‌‌ 
or‌‌manoeuvring,‌‌to‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌‌Give‌‌a‌‌clear‌‌ 
signal‌‌to‌‌show‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌what‌‌you‌‌intend‌‌to‌‌do‌‌ 
(‌download‌‌‘Signals‌‌to‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users’‌) ‌ ‌
● Look‌‌well‌‌ahead‌‌for‌‌obstructions‌‌in‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌such‌‌as‌‌drains,‌‌ 
pot-holes‌‌and‌‌parked‌‌vehicles‌‌so‌‌that‌‌you‌‌do‌‌not‌‌have‌‌to‌‌ 
swerve‌‌suddenly‌‌to‌‌avoid‌‌them.‌‌Leave‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌room‌‌when‌‌ 
passing‌‌parked‌‌vehicles‌‌and‌‌watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌doors‌‌being‌‌ 
opened‌‌or‌‌pedestrians‌‌stepping‌‌into‌‌your‌‌path‌  ‌
● be‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌traffic‌‌coming‌‌up‌‌behind‌‌you‌  ‌
● take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌near‌‌road‌‌humps,‌‌narrowings‌‌and‌‌other‌‌ 
traffic‌‌calming‌‌features‌  ‌
● Take‌‌care‌‌when‌‌overtaking‌‌(see‌ R ‌ ules‌‌162‌‌to‌‌169‌).‌  ‌

68. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌31‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● carry‌‌a‌‌passenger‌‌unless‌‌your‌‌cycle‌‌has‌‌been‌‌built‌‌or‌‌ 
adapted‌‌to‌‌carry‌‌one‌  ‌
● hold‌‌onto‌‌a‌‌moving‌‌vehicle‌‌or‌‌trailer‌  ‌
● ride‌‌in‌‌a‌‌dangerous,‌‌careless‌‌or‌‌inconsiderate‌‌manner‌  ‌
● ride‌‌when‌‌under‌‌the‌‌influence‌‌of‌‌drink‌‌or‌‌drugs,‌‌including‌‌ 
medicine.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌24,‌‌26,‌‌28,‌‌29‌‌&‌‌30‌‌as‌‌amended‌‌by‌‌RTA‌‌1991‌  ‌

69. You ‌MUST‌ obey‌‌all‌‌traffic‌‌signs‌‌and‌‌traffic‌‌light‌‌signals.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌reg‌‌10(1)‌  ‌

70. When‌‌parking‌‌your‌‌cycle‌  ‌
● find‌‌a‌‌conspicuous‌‌location‌‌where‌‌it‌‌can‌‌be‌‌seen‌‌by‌‌ 
passers-by‌  ‌
● use‌‌cycle‌‌stands‌‌or‌‌other‌‌cycle‌‌parking‌‌facilities‌‌wherever‌‌ 
possible‌  ‌
● do‌‌not‌‌leave‌‌it‌‌where‌‌it‌‌would‌‌cause‌‌an‌‌obstruction‌‌or‌‌ 
hazard‌‌to‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌  ‌
● secure‌‌it‌‌well‌‌so‌‌that‌‌it‌‌will‌‌not‌‌fall‌‌over‌‌and‌‌become‌‌an‌‌ 
obstruction‌‌or‌‌hazard.‌  ‌

71. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ cross‌‌the‌‌stop‌‌line‌‌when‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌lights‌‌are‌‌red.‌‌ 
Some‌‌junctions‌‌have‌‌an‌‌advanced‌‌stop‌‌line‌‌to‌‌enable‌‌you‌‌to‌‌wait‌‌ 
and‌‌position‌‌yourself‌‌ahead‌‌of‌‌other‌‌traffic‌‌(see ‌Rule‌‌178‌).‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10‌‌&‌‌36(1)‌  ‌

 ‌

   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌32‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

2.Road‌‌junctions‌  ‌
72. On‌‌the‌‌left.‌ When‌‌approaching‌‌a‌‌junction‌‌on‌‌the‌‌left,‌‌watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌ 
vehicles‌‌turning‌‌in‌‌front‌‌of‌‌you,‌‌out‌‌of‌‌or‌‌into‌‌the‌‌side‌‌road.‌‌Just‌‌ 
before‌‌you‌‌turn,‌‌check‌‌for‌‌undertaking‌‌cyclists‌‌or‌‌motorcyclists.‌‌Do‌‌ 
not‌‌ride‌‌on‌‌the‌‌inside‌‌of‌‌vehicles‌‌signalling‌‌or‌‌slowing‌‌down‌‌to‌‌turn‌‌ 
left.‌  ‌

73. Pay‌‌particular‌‌attention‌‌to‌‌long‌‌vehicles‌‌which‌‌need‌‌a‌‌lot‌‌of‌‌room‌‌ 
to‌‌manoeuvre‌‌at‌‌corners.‌‌Be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌drivers‌‌may‌‌not‌‌see‌‌you.‌‌ 
They‌‌may‌‌have‌‌to‌‌move‌‌over‌‌to‌‌the‌‌right‌‌before‌‌turning‌‌left.‌‌Wait‌‌ 
until‌‌they‌‌have‌‌completed‌‌the‌‌manoeuvre‌‌because‌‌the‌‌rear‌‌wheels‌‌ 
come‌‌very‌‌close‌‌to‌‌the‌‌kerb‌‌while‌‌turning.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌be‌‌tempted‌‌to‌‌ 
ride‌‌in‌‌the‌‌space‌‌between‌‌them‌‌and‌‌the‌‌kerb.‌  ‌

74. On‌‌the‌‌right.‌ If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌turning‌‌right,‌‌check‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌to‌‌ensure‌‌it‌‌ 
is‌‌safe,‌‌then‌‌signal‌‌and‌‌move‌‌to‌‌the‌‌centre‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌Wait‌‌until‌‌ 
there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌gap‌‌in‌‌the‌‌oncoming‌‌traffic‌‌and‌‌give‌‌a‌‌final‌‌look‌‌ 
before‌‌completing‌‌the‌‌turn.‌‌It‌‌may‌‌be‌‌safer‌‌to‌‌wait‌‌on‌‌the‌‌left‌‌until‌‌ 
there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌gap‌‌or‌‌to‌‌dismount‌‌and‌‌push‌‌your‌‌cycle‌‌across‌‌the‌‌ 
road.‌  ‌

75. Dual‌‌carriageways.‌ Remember‌‌that‌‌traffic‌‌on‌‌most‌‌dual‌ 
carriageways‌‌moves‌‌quickly.‌‌When‌‌crossing‌‌wait‌‌for‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌gap‌‌and‌‌ 
cross‌‌each‌‌carriageway‌‌in‌‌turn.‌‌Take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌when‌‌crossing‌‌slip‌‌ 
roads.‌  ‌
 ‌
 ‌
   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌33‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

3.Roundabouts ‌  ‌
76. Full‌‌details‌‌about‌‌the‌‌correct‌‌procedure‌‌at‌‌roundabouts‌‌are‌‌ 
contained‌‌in‌‌(see ‌Rules‌‌184‌‌to‌‌190‌).‌‌Roundabouts‌‌can‌‌be‌‌ 
hazardous‌‌and‌‌should‌‌be‌‌approached‌‌with‌‌care.‌  ‌

77. You‌‌may‌‌feel‌‌safer‌‌walking‌‌your‌‌cycle‌‌round‌‌on‌‌the‌‌pavement‌‌or‌‌ 
verge.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌decide‌‌to‌‌ride‌‌round‌‌keeping‌‌to‌‌the‌‌left-hand‌‌lane‌‌you‌‌ 
should‌  ‌
● be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌drivers‌‌may‌‌not‌‌easily‌‌see‌‌you‌  ‌
● take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌when‌‌cycling‌‌across‌‌exits.‌‌You‌‌may‌‌need‌‌to‌‌ 
signal‌‌right‌‌to‌‌show‌‌you‌‌are‌‌not‌‌leaving‌‌the‌‌roundabout‌  ‌
● watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌vehicles‌‌crossing‌‌your‌‌path‌‌to‌‌leave‌‌or‌‌join‌‌the‌‌ 
roundabout.‌  ‌

78. Give‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌room‌‌to‌‌long‌‌vehicles‌‌on‌‌the‌‌roundabout‌‌as‌‌they‌‌ 
need‌‌more‌‌space‌‌to‌‌manoeuvre.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌ride‌‌in‌‌the‌‌space‌‌they‌‌ 
need‌‌to‌‌get‌‌round‌‌the‌‌roundabout.‌‌It‌‌may‌‌be‌‌safer‌‌to‌‌wait‌‌until‌‌ 
they‌‌have‌‌cleared‌‌the‌‌roundabout.‌  ‌

4.Crossing‌‌the‌‌road‌  ‌
79. Do‌‌not‌‌ride‌‌across‌‌equestrian‌‌crossings,‌‌as‌‌they‌‌are‌‌for‌‌horse‌‌riders‌‌ 
only.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌ride‌‌across‌‌a‌‌pelican,‌‌puffin‌‌or‌‌zebra‌‌crossing.‌‌ 
Dismount‌‌and‌‌wheel‌‌your‌‌cycle‌‌across.‌  ‌

80. Toucan‌‌crossings.‌ These‌‌are‌‌light-controlled‌‌crossings‌‌which‌‌allow‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌34‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
cyclists‌‌and‌‌pedestrians‌‌to‌‌share‌‌crossing‌‌space‌‌and‌‌cross‌‌at‌‌the‌‌ 
same‌‌time.‌‌They‌‌are‌‌push-button‌‌operated.‌‌Pedestrians‌‌and‌‌ 
cyclists‌‌will‌‌see‌‌the‌‌green‌‌signal‌‌together.‌‌Cyclists‌‌are‌‌permitted‌‌to‌‌ 
ride‌‌across.‌  ‌

81. Cycle-only‌‌crossings.‌ Cycle‌‌tracks‌‌on‌‌opposite‌‌sides‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌ 
may‌‌be‌‌linked‌‌by‌‌signalled‌‌crossings.‌‌You‌‌may‌‌ride‌‌across‌‌but‌‌ 
you ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ cross‌‌until‌‌the‌‌green‌‌cycle‌‌symbol‌‌is‌‌showing.‌  ‌
Law‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌33(2)‌‌&‌‌36(1)‌  ‌

82. Level‌‌crossings/Tramways.‌ Take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌when‌‌crossing‌‌the‌‌ 
tracks‌‌(see ‌Rule‌‌306‌).‌‌You‌‌should‌‌dismount‌‌at‌‌level‌‌crossings‌‌where‌‌ 
a‌‌‘cyclist‌‌dismount’‌‌sign‌‌is‌‌displayed.‌  ‌
 ‌

5.You‌‌and‌‌your‌‌bicycle‌  ‌
Make‌‌sure‌‌that‌‌you‌‌feel‌‌confident‌‌of‌‌your‌‌ability‌‌to‌‌ride‌‌safely‌‌ 
on‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌Be‌‌sure‌‌that‌  ‌
● you‌‌choose‌‌the‌‌right‌‌size‌‌and‌‌type‌‌of‌‌cycle‌‌for‌‌comfort‌‌and‌ 
safety‌  ‌
● lights‌‌and‌‌reflectors‌‌are‌‌kept‌‌clean‌‌and‌‌in‌‌good‌‌working‌‌ 
order‌  ‌
● tyres‌‌are‌‌in‌‌good‌‌condition‌‌and‌‌inflated‌‌to‌‌the‌‌pressure‌‌ 
shown‌‌on‌‌the‌‌tyre‌  ‌
● gears‌‌are‌‌working‌‌correctly‌  ‌
● the‌‌chain‌‌is‌‌properly‌‌adjusted‌‌and‌‌oiled‌  ‌
● the‌‌saddle‌‌and‌‌handlebars‌‌are‌‌adjusted‌‌to‌‌the‌‌correct‌‌ 
height.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌35‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● It‌‌is‌‌recommended‌‌that‌‌you‌‌fit‌‌a‌‌bell‌‌to‌‌your‌‌cycle.‌  ‌

You ‌MUST‌  ‌
● ensure‌‌your‌‌brakes‌‌are‌‌efficient‌  ‌
● at‌‌night,‌‌use‌‌lit‌‌front‌‌and‌‌rear‌‌lights‌‌and‌‌have‌‌a‌‌red‌‌rear‌‌ 
reflector.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌PCUR‌‌regs‌‌6‌‌&‌‌10‌‌&‌‌RVLR‌‌reg‌‌18‌  ‌

Cycle‌‌training‌‌can‌‌help‌‌both‌‌children‌‌and‌‌adults,‌‌especially‌‌those‌‌adults‌‌ 
returning‌‌to‌‌cycling‌‌to‌‌develop‌‌the‌‌skills‌‌needed‌‌to‌‌cycle‌‌safely‌‌on‌‌today’s‌‌ 
roads.‌‌A‌‌new‌‌national‌‌cycle‌‌training‌‌standard‌‌has‌‌been‌‌developed‌‌which‌‌ 
the‌‌Government‌‌is‌‌promoting‌‌and‌‌making‌‌funding‌‌available‌‌for‌‌delivery‌‌in‌‌ 
schools.‌  ‌
All‌‌cyclists‌‌should‌‌consider‌‌the‌‌benefits‌‌of‌‌undertaking‌‌cycle‌‌training.‌‌For‌‌ 
information,‌‌contact‌‌your‌‌local‌‌authority.‌  ‌
 
   ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌36‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Rules‌f‌ or‌m
‌ otorcyclists‌  ‌
 ‌

1.General‌‌guidance‌  ‌
These‌‌Rules‌‌are‌‌in‌‌addition‌‌to‌‌those‌‌in‌‌the‌‌following‌‌sections‌‌which‌‌apply‌‌ 
to‌‌all‌‌vehicles.‌‌See ‌Motorcycle‌‌licence‌‌requirements‌).‌  ‌

83. On‌‌all‌‌journeys,‌‌the‌‌rider‌‌and‌‌pillion‌‌passenger‌‌on‌‌a‌‌motorcycle,‌‌ 
scooter‌‌or‌‌moped ‌MUST‌ wear‌‌a‌‌protective‌‌helmet.‌‌This‌‌does‌‌not‌‌ 
apply‌‌to‌‌a‌‌follower‌‌of‌‌the‌‌Sikh‌‌religion‌‌while‌‌wearing‌‌a‌‌turban.‌‌ 
Helmets ‌MUST‌c‌ omply‌‌with‌‌the‌‌Regulations‌‌and‌‌they ‌MUST‌ be‌‌ 
fastened‌‌securely.‌‌Riders‌‌and‌‌passengers‌‌of‌‌motor‌‌tricycles‌‌and‌‌ 
quadricycles,‌‌also‌‌called‌‌quadbikes,‌‌should‌‌also‌‌wear‌‌a‌‌protective‌‌ 
helmet.‌‌Before‌‌each‌‌journey‌‌check‌‌that‌‌your‌‌helmet‌‌visor‌‌is‌‌clean‌‌ 
and‌‌in‌‌good‌‌condition.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌16‌‌&‌‌17‌‌&‌‌MC(PH)R‌‌as‌‌amended‌‌reg‌‌4 ‌

84. It‌‌is‌‌also‌‌advisable‌‌to‌‌wear‌‌eye‌‌protectors,‌‌which ‌MUST‌ comply‌‌ 
with‌‌the‌‌Regulations.‌‌Scratched‌‌or‌‌poorly‌‌fitting‌‌eye‌‌protectors‌‌can‌‌ 
limit‌‌your‌‌view‌‌when‌‌riding,‌‌particularly‌‌in‌‌bright‌‌sunshine‌‌and‌‌the‌‌ 
hours‌‌of‌‌darkness.‌‌Consider‌‌wearing‌‌ear‌‌protection.‌‌Strong‌‌boots,‌‌ 
gloves‌‌and‌‌suitable‌‌clothing‌‌may‌‌help‌‌to‌‌protect‌‌you‌‌if‌‌you‌‌are‌‌ 
involved‌‌in‌‌a‌‌collision.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌sect‌‌18‌‌&‌‌MC(EP)R‌‌as‌‌amended‌‌reg‌‌4 ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌37‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

85. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ carry‌‌more‌‌than‌‌one‌‌pillion‌‌passenger‌‌ 
who ‌MUST‌ sit‌‌astride‌‌the‌‌machine‌‌on‌‌a‌‌proper‌‌seat.‌‌They‌‌should‌‌ 
face‌‌forward‌‌with‌‌both‌‌feet‌‌on‌‌the‌‌footrests.‌‌You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ carry‌‌ 
a‌‌pillion‌‌passenger‌‌unless‌‌your‌‌motorcycle‌‌is‌‌designed‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌‌ 
Provisional‌‌licence‌‌holders ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ carry‌‌a‌‌pillion‌‌passenger.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌23,‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌1999‌‌reg‌‌16(6)‌‌&‌‌CUR‌‌1986‌‌reg‌‌ 
102‌  ‌

86. Daylight‌‌riding.‌ Make‌‌yourself‌‌as‌‌visible‌‌as‌‌possible‌‌from‌‌the‌‌side‌‌ 
as‌‌well‌‌as‌‌the‌‌front‌‌and‌‌rear.‌‌You‌‌could‌‌wear‌‌a‌‌light‌‌or‌‌brightly‌‌ 
coloured‌‌helmet‌‌and‌‌fluorescent‌‌clothing‌‌or‌‌strips.‌‌Dipped‌‌ 
headlights,‌‌even‌‌in‌‌good‌‌daylight,‌‌may‌‌also‌‌make‌‌you‌‌more‌‌ 
conspicuous.‌‌However,‌‌be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌other‌‌vehicle‌‌drivers‌‌may‌‌still‌‌ 
not‌‌have‌‌seen‌‌you,‌‌or‌‌judged‌‌your‌‌distance‌‌or‌‌speed‌‌correctly,‌‌ 
especially‌‌at‌‌junctions.‌  ‌

 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌38‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

87. Riding‌‌in‌‌the‌‌dark.‌ Wear‌‌reflective‌‌clothing‌‌or‌‌strips‌‌to‌‌improve‌‌ 
your‌‌visibility‌‌in‌‌the‌‌dark.‌‌These‌‌reflect‌‌light‌‌from‌‌the‌‌headlamps‌‌of‌‌ 
other‌‌vehicles,‌‌making‌‌you‌‌visible‌‌from‌‌a‌‌longer‌‌distance.‌‌See ‌Rules‌‌ 
113–116‌‌f‌ or‌‌lighting‌‌requirements.‌  ‌

88. Manoeuvring.‌ You‌‌should‌‌be‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌what‌‌is‌‌behind‌‌and‌‌to‌‌the‌‌ 
sides‌‌before‌‌manoeuvring.‌‌Look‌‌behind‌‌you;‌‌use‌‌mirrors‌‌if‌‌they‌‌are‌‌ 
fitted.‌‌When‌‌in‌‌traffic‌‌queues‌‌look‌‌out‌‌for‌‌pedestrians‌‌crossing‌‌ 
between‌‌vehicles‌‌and‌‌vehicles‌‌emerging‌‌from‌‌junctions‌‌or‌‌ 
changing‌‌lanes.‌‌Position‌‌yourself‌‌so‌‌that‌‌drivers‌‌in‌‌front‌‌can‌‌see‌‌ 
you‌‌in‌‌their‌‌mirrors.‌‌Additionally,‌‌when‌‌filtering‌‌in‌‌slow-moving‌‌ 
traffic,‌‌take‌‌care‌‌and‌‌keep‌‌your‌‌speed‌‌low.‌  ‌

Remember:‌‌Observation‌‌–‌‌Signal‌‌–‌‌Manoeuvre.‌  ‌

 ‌

2.Motorcycle‌‌licence‌‌requirements‌  ‌
If‌‌you‌‌have‌‌a‌‌provisional‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence,‌‌you ‌MUST‌ satisfactorily‌‌ 
complete‌‌a‌‌Compulsory‌‌Basic‌‌Training‌‌(CBT)‌‌course.‌‌You‌‌can‌‌then‌‌ride‌‌a ‌‌
motorcycle‌‌up‌‌to‌‌125‌‌cc‌‌with‌‌a‌‌power‌‌output‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌11‌‌kW‌‌on‌‌the‌‌ 
public‌‌road,‌‌with‌‌L‌‌plates‌‌(in‌‌Wales‌‌either‌‌D‌‌plates,‌‌L‌‌plates‌‌or‌‌both‌‌can‌‌be‌‌ 
used),‌‌for‌‌up‌‌to‌‌two‌‌years.‌‌Under‌‌direct‌‌access‌‌you‌‌can‌‌practise‌‌on‌‌a ‌‌
motorcycle‌‌that‌‌exceeds‌‌125‌‌cc‌‌provided‌‌that:‌  ‌
● you‌‌meet‌‌the‌‌minimum‌‌age‌‌for‌‌the‌‌category‌‌concerned‌  ‌
● you’re‌‌accompanied‌‌at‌‌all‌‌times‌‌by‌‌a‌‌qualified‌‌approved‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌39‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
trainer,‌‌who‌‌is‌‌on‌‌another‌‌motorcycle‌‌and‌‌in‌‌radio‌‌contact‌‌ 
with‌‌you‌  ‌
● fluorescent‌‌or‌‌reflective‌‌safety‌‌clothing‌‌is‌‌worn‌‌during‌‌ 
supervision‌  ‌
● red‌‌L‌‌plates‌‌(D‌‌plates‌‌in‌‌Wales)‌‌are‌‌fitted‌‌and‌‌provisional‌‌ 
licence‌‌restrictions‌‌followed.‌  ‌

To‌‌obtain‌‌your‌‌full‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence‌‌you ‌MUST‌ pass‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌t‌ heory‌‌ 
test‌‌‌and‌‌then‌‌a‌‌practical‌‌test.‌  ‌
Law‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌regs‌‌16‌‌&‌‌68‌  ‌

A1‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence:‌ At‌‌age‌‌17‌‌or‌‌over,‌‌you‌‌take‌‌a‌‌test‌‌on‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌ 
without‌‌sidecar‌‌of‌‌between‌‌120‌‌and‌‌125‌‌cc.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌pass‌‌you‌‌may‌‌ride‌‌a ‌‌
motorcycle‌‌up‌‌to‌‌125‌‌cc‌‌with‌‌power‌‌output‌‌up‌‌to‌‌11‌‌kW,‌‌or‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌ 
tricycle‌‌with‌‌power‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌15‌‌kW.‌  ‌

A2‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence:‌ At‌‌age‌‌19‌‌or‌‌over,‌‌you‌‌take‌‌a‌‌test‌‌on‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌ 
without‌‌sidecar‌‌of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌395‌‌cc‌‌with‌‌a‌‌power‌‌output‌‌of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌25‌‌kW‌‌ 
but‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌35‌‌kW.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌pass,‌‌you‌‌may‌‌ride‌‌any‌‌motorcycle‌‌not‌‌ 
exceeding‌‌35‌‌kW‌‌and‌‌with‌‌a‌‌power‌‌to‌‌weight‌‌ratio‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌0.2‌‌ 
kW/kg.‌  ‌

Full‌‌A‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence:‌ Test‌‌taken‌‌on‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌without‌‌sidecar,‌‌of‌‌ 
at‌‌least‌‌595‌‌cc‌‌and‌‌an‌‌engine‌‌power‌‌of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌40‌‌kW.‌‌This‌‌gives‌‌you‌‌full‌‌ 
access‌‌to‌‌all‌‌motorcycles‌‌and‌‌motor‌‌tricycles.‌‌You‌‌obtain‌‌a‌‌category‌‌A ‌‌
licence‌‌by‌‌taking‌‌progressive‌‌access‌‌from‌‌age‌‌21,‌‌or‌‌under‌‌the‌‌direct‌‌ 
access‌‌scheme‌‌from‌‌age‌‌24.‌  ‌

Category‌‌A‌‌under‌‌progressive‌‌access:‌ You‌‌can‌‌take‌‌a‌‌category‌‌A‌‌practical‌‌ 
test‌‌at‌‌age‌‌21‌‌if‌‌you‌‌already‌‌have‌‌an‌‌A2‌‌licence‌‌that‌‌you’ve‌‌held‌‌for‌‌a ‌‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌40‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
minimum‌‌of‌‌two‌‌years.‌‌You‌‌don’t‌‌need‌‌to‌‌take‌‌another‌‌theory‌‌test‌‌or‌‌hold‌‌ 
a‌‌CBT‌‌certificate.‌  ‌

Category‌‌A‌‌under‌‌direct‌‌access:‌ This‌‌is‌‌for‌‌riders‌‌aged‌‌24‌‌or‌‌over.‌‌To‌‌ 
obtain‌‌a‌‌category‌‌A‌‌licence‌‌you‌‌must‌  ‌
● successfully‌‌complete‌‌a‌‌CBT‌‌course‌  ‌
● pass‌‌the‌‌motorcycle‌‌theory‌‌test‌  ‌
● pass‌‌the‌‌practical‌‌motorcycle‌‌test.‌  ‌

Passing‌‌the‌‌practical‌‌test‌‌on‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌40‌‌kW‌‌(53.6bhp)‌‌gives‌‌ 
immediate‌‌access‌‌to‌‌all‌‌sizes‌‌of‌‌motorcycle.‌  ‌

You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ carry‌‌a‌‌pillion‌‌passenger‌‌or‌‌pull‌‌a‌‌trailer‌‌until‌‌you‌‌have‌‌ 
passed‌‌your‌‌test.‌‌Also‌‌see ‌Rule‌‌253‌ covering‌‌vehicles‌‌prohibited‌‌from‌‌ 
motorways.‌  ‌
Law‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌reg‌‌16‌  ‌

 ‌

Moped‌‌licence‌‌requirements‌  ‌
A‌‌moped ‌MUST‌ have‌‌an‌‌engine‌‌capacity‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌50‌‌cc,‌‌not‌‌weigh‌‌ 
more‌‌than‌‌250‌‌kg‌‌and‌‌be‌‌designed‌‌to‌‌have‌‌a‌‌maximum‌‌speed‌‌not‌‌ 
exceeding‌‌28‌‌mph‌‌(45‌‌km/h).‌‌Before‌‌June‌‌2003‌‌a‌‌licence‌‌allowed‌‌the‌‌ 
riding‌‌of‌‌mopeds‌‌up‌‌to‌‌50km/h.‌  ‌

To‌‌ride‌‌a‌‌moped,‌‌learners ‌MUST‌  ‌
● be‌‌16‌‌or‌‌over‌  ‌
● have‌‌a‌‌provisional‌‌moped‌‌licence‌  ‌
● complete‌‌CBT‌‌training.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌41‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

You ‌MUST‌ first‌‌pass‌‌the‌‌theory‌‌test‌‌for‌‌motorcycles‌‌and‌‌then‌‌the‌‌moped‌‌ 
practical‌‌test‌‌to‌‌obtain‌‌your‌‌full‌‌moped‌‌licence.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌passed‌‌your‌‌car‌‌ 
driving‌‌test‌‌before‌‌1‌‌February‌‌2001‌‌you‌‌are‌‌qualified‌‌to‌‌ride‌‌a‌‌moped‌‌ 
without‌‌L‌‌plates‌‌(and/or‌‌D‌‌plates‌‌in‌‌Wales),‌‌although‌‌it‌‌is‌‌recommended‌‌ 
that‌‌you‌‌complete‌‌CBT‌‌before‌‌riding‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌passed‌‌your‌‌car‌‌ 
driving‌‌test‌‌after‌‌this‌‌date‌‌you ‌MUST‌ complete‌‌CBT‌‌before‌‌riding‌‌a‌‌moped‌‌ 
on‌‌the‌‌road. ‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌97(e)‌‌&‌‌101‌‌&‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌regs‌‌38(4)‌‌&‌‌43‌  ‌
  ‌
 
   ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌42‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Rules‌f‌ or‌d
‌ rivers‌a‌ nd‌‌ 
motorcyclists‌  ‌
 ‌

1.Vehicle‌‌condition‌  ‌
89. Vehicle‌‌condition.‌ You ‌MUST‌ ensure‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌trailer‌‌ 
comply‌‌with‌‌the‌‌full‌‌requirements‌‌of‌‌the‌‌Road‌‌Vehicles‌‌ 
(Construction‌‌and‌‌Use)‌‌Regulations‌‌and‌‌Road‌‌Vehicles‌‌Lighting‌‌ 
Regulations‌‌(see ‌The‌‌road‌‌user‌‌and‌‌the‌‌law‌).‌  ‌
 ‌

2.Fitness‌‌to‌‌drive‌  ‌
90. Make‌‌sure‌‌that‌‌you‌‌are‌‌fit‌‌to‌‌drive.‌ You ‌MUST‌ report‌‌to‌‌the‌‌Driver‌‌ 
and‌‌Vehicle‌‌Licensing‌‌Agency‌‌(DVLA)‌‌any‌‌health‌‌condition‌‌likely‌‌to‌‌ 
affect‌‌your‌‌driving.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌94‌  ‌
 ‌
91. Driving‌‌when‌‌you‌‌are‌‌tired‌‌greatly‌‌increases‌‌your‌‌risk‌‌of‌‌collision.‌‌ 
To‌‌minimise‌‌this‌‌risk‌  ‌
● make‌‌sure‌‌you‌‌are‌‌fit‌‌to‌‌drive.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌begin‌‌a‌‌journey‌‌if‌‌you‌‌ 
are‌‌tired.‌‌Get‌‌a‌‌good‌‌night’s‌‌sleep‌‌before‌‌embarking‌‌on‌‌a ‌‌
long‌‌journey‌  ‌
● avoid‌‌undertaking‌‌long‌‌journeys‌‌between‌‌midnight‌‌and‌‌6am,‌‌ 
when‌‌natural‌‌alertness‌‌is‌‌at‌‌a‌‌minimum‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌43‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● plan‌‌your‌‌journey‌‌to‌‌take‌‌sufficient‌‌breaks.‌‌A‌‌minimum‌‌ 
break‌‌of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌15‌‌minutes‌‌after‌‌every‌‌two‌‌hours‌‌of‌‌driving‌‌ 
is‌‌recommended‌  ‌
● if‌‌you‌‌feel‌‌sleepy,‌‌stop‌‌in‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌place.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌stop‌‌in‌‌an‌‌ 
emergency‌‌area‌‌or‌‌on‌‌a‌‌hard‌‌shoulder‌‌of‌‌a‌‌motorway‌‌(see‌‌ 
Rule‌‌262‌‌for‌‌guidance‌‌on‌‌places‌‌to‌‌take‌‌a‌‌break‌‌when‌‌ 
travelling‌‌on‌‌motorways).‌  ‌
92. Vision.‌ You ‌MUST‌ be‌‌able‌‌to‌‌read‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌number‌‌plate,‌‌in‌‌good‌‌ 
daylight,‌‌from‌‌a‌‌distance‌‌of‌‌20‌‌metres‌‌(or‌‌20.5‌‌metres‌‌where‌‌the‌‌ 
old‌‌style‌‌number‌‌plate‌‌is‌‌used).‌‌If‌‌you‌‌need‌‌to‌‌wear‌‌glasses‌‌(or‌‌ 
contact‌‌lenses)‌‌to‌‌do‌‌this,‌‌you ‌MUST‌ wear‌‌them‌‌at‌‌all‌‌times‌‌while‌‌ 
driving.‌‌The‌‌police‌‌have‌‌the‌‌power‌‌to‌‌require‌‌a‌‌driver‌‌to‌‌undertake‌‌ 
an‌‌eyesight‌‌test.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌96‌‌&‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌reg‌‌40‌‌&‌‌sch‌‌8 ‌ ‌
93. Slow‌‌down,‌‌and‌‌if‌‌necessary‌‌stop,‌‌if‌‌you‌‌are‌‌dazzled‌‌by‌‌bright‌‌ 
sunlight.‌  ‌
94. At‌‌night‌‌or‌‌in‌‌poor‌‌visibility,‌‌do‌‌not‌‌use‌‌tinted‌‌glasses,‌‌lenses‌‌or‌‌ 
visors‌‌if‌‌they‌‌restrict‌‌your‌‌vision.‌  ‌
 

3. ‌Alcohol‌‌and‌‌drugs‌  ‌
95. Do‌‌not‌‌drink‌‌and‌‌drive‌ as‌‌it‌‌will‌‌seriously‌‌affect‌‌your‌‌judgement‌‌ 
and‌‌abilities.‌‌   ‌

In‌‌England‌‌and‌‌Wales‌‌you‌‌MUST‌‌NOT‌‌drive‌‌with‌‌a‌‌breath‌‌alcohol‌‌ 
level‌‌higher‌‌than‌‌35‌‌microgrammes/100‌‌millilitres‌‌of‌‌breath‌‌or‌‌a ‌‌
blood‌‌alcohol‌‌level‌‌of‌‌more‌‌than‌‌80‌‌milligrammes/100‌‌millilitres‌‌of‌‌ 
blood.‌ 
In‌‌Scotland‌‌the‌‌legal‌‌limits‌‌are‌‌lower.‌‌You‌‌MUST‌‌NOT‌‌drive‌‌with‌‌a ‌‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌44‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
breath‌‌alcohol‌‌level‌‌higher‌‌than‌‌22‌‌microgrammes/100‌‌millilitres‌‌ 
of‌‌breath‌‌or‌‌a‌‌blood‌‌alcohol‌‌level‌‌of‌‌more‌‌than‌‌50‌‌ 
milligrammes/100‌‌millilitres‌‌of‌‌blood.‌  ‌

Alcohol‌‌will‌  ‌
● give‌‌a‌‌false‌‌sense‌‌of‌‌confidence‌  ‌
● reduce‌‌co-ordination‌‌and‌‌slow‌‌down‌‌reactions‌  ‌
● affect‌‌judgement‌‌of‌‌speed,‌‌distance‌‌and‌‌risk‌  ‌
● reduce‌‌your‌‌driving‌‌ability,‌‌even‌‌if‌‌you’re‌‌below‌‌the‌‌legal‌‌ 
limit‌ 
● take‌‌time‌‌to‌‌leave‌‌your‌‌body;‌‌you‌‌may‌‌be‌‌unfit‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌in‌‌ 
the‌‌evening‌‌after‌‌drinking‌‌at‌‌lunchtime,‌‌or‌‌in‌‌the‌‌morning‌‌ 
after‌‌drinking‌‌the‌‌previous‌‌evening‌  ‌

The‌‌best‌‌solution‌‌is‌‌not‌‌to‌‌drink‌‌at‌‌all‌‌when‌‌planning‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌ 
because‌‌any‌‌amount‌‌of‌‌alcohol‌‌affects‌‌your‌‌ability‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌safely.‌‌If‌‌ 
you‌‌are‌‌going‌‌to‌‌drink,‌‌arrange‌‌another‌‌means‌‌of‌‌transport.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌4,‌‌5‌‌&‌‌11(2)‌  ‌

96. You‌M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌drive‌‌under‌‌the‌‌influence‌‌of‌‌drugs‌‌or‌‌medicine.‌‌For‌‌ 

medicines,‌‌check‌‌with‌‌your‌‌doctor‌‌or‌‌pharmacist‌‌and‌‌do‌‌not‌‌drive‌‌ 
if‌‌you‌‌are‌‌advised‌‌that‌‌you‌‌may‌‌be‌‌impaired.‌‌   ‌

You‌M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌drive‌‌if‌‌you‌‌have‌‌illegal‌‌drugs‌‌or‌‌certain‌‌medicines‌‌ 
in‌‌your‌‌blood‌‌above‌‌specified‌‌limits.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌highly‌‌dangerous‌‌so‌‌never‌‌ 
take‌‌illegal‌‌drugs‌‌if‌‌you‌‌intend‌‌to‌‌drive;‌‌the‌‌effects‌‌are‌‌ 
unpredictable,‌‌but‌‌can‌‌be‌‌even‌‌more‌‌severe‌‌than‌‌alcohol‌‌and‌‌ 
result‌‌in‌‌fatal‌‌or‌‌serious‌‌road‌‌crashes.‌‌Illegal‌‌drugs‌‌have‌‌been‌‌ 
specified‌‌at‌‌very‌‌low‌‌levels‌‌so‌‌even‌‌small‌‌amounts‌‌of‌‌use‌‌could‌‌be‌‌ 
above‌‌the‌‌specified‌‌limits.‌‌The‌‌limits‌‌for‌‌certain‌‌medicines‌‌have‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌45‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
been‌‌specified‌‌at‌‌higher‌‌levels,‌‌above‌‌the‌‌levels‌‌generally‌‌found‌‌in‌‌ 
the‌‌blood‌‌of‌‌patients‌‌who‌‌have‌‌taken‌‌normal‌‌therapeutic‌‌doses.‌‌If‌‌ 
you‌‌are‌‌found‌‌to‌‌have‌‌a‌‌concentration‌‌of‌‌a‌‌drug‌‌above‌‌its‌‌specified‌‌ 
limit‌‌in‌‌your‌‌blood‌‌because‌‌you‌‌have‌‌been‌‌prescribed‌‌or‌ 
legitimately‌‌supplied‌‌a‌‌particularly‌‌high‌‌dose‌‌of‌‌medicine,‌‌then‌‌you‌‌ 
can‌‌raise‌‌a‌‌statutory‌‌medical‌‌defence,‌‌provided‌‌your‌‌driving‌‌was‌‌ 
not‌‌impaired‌‌by‌‌the‌‌medicine‌‌you‌‌are‌‌taking.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌4‌‌&‌‌5 ‌ ‌
 ‌

4.Before‌‌setting‌‌off‌  ‌
 ‌
97. Before‌‌setting‌‌off.‌ You‌M
‌ UST‌‌‌ensure‌‌that‌  ‌
● you‌‌have‌‌a‌‌valid‌‌licence‌‌and‌‌insurance‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌you‌‌ 
intend‌‌to‌‌use‌‌(see‌‌Annex‌‌3)‌  ‌
● your‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌legal‌‌and‌‌roadworthy‌‌(see‌‌Annexes‌‌3‌‌and‌‌6‌‌for‌‌ 
important‌‌vehicle‌‌maintenance‌‌and‌‌safety‌‌checks).‌  ‌

You‌S‌ HOULD‌‌‌ensure‌‌that‌  ‌

● you‌‌have‌‌planned‌‌your‌‌route‌‌and‌‌allowed‌‌sufficient‌‌time‌‌for‌‌ 
breaks‌‌and‌‌possible‌‌delays‌  ‌
● you‌‌have‌‌sufficient‌‌fuel‌‌or‌‌charge‌‌for‌‌your‌‌journey,‌‌especially‌‌if‌‌it‌‌ 
includes‌‌motorway‌‌driving‌  ‌
● you‌‌know‌‌where‌‌all‌‌the‌‌controls‌‌are‌‌and‌‌how‌‌to‌‌use‌‌them‌  ‌
● clothing‌‌and‌‌footwear‌‌do‌‌not‌‌prevent‌‌you‌‌using‌‌the‌‌controls‌‌in‌‌ 
the‌‌correct‌‌manner‌  ‌
● your‌‌mirrors‌‌and‌‌seat‌‌are‌‌adjusted‌‌correctly‌‌to‌‌ensure‌‌comfort,‌‌ 
full‌‌control‌‌and‌‌maximum‌‌vision‌  ‌
● head‌‌restraints‌‌are‌‌properly‌‌adjusted‌‌to‌‌reduce‌‌the‌‌risk‌‌of‌‌neck‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌46‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
and‌‌spine‌‌injuries‌‌in‌‌the‌‌event‌‌of‌‌a‌‌collision.‌  ‌

It‌‌is‌‌recommended‌‌for‌‌emergency‌‌use‌‌that‌  ‌

● you‌‌have‌‌a‌‌mobile‌‌telephone‌‌containing‌‌emergency‌‌contacts‌‌(e.g.‌‌ 
breakdown‌‌assistance)‌  ‌
● you‌‌have‌‌high-visibility‌‌clothing.‌  ‌

 ‌

 ‌

5.Vehicle‌‌towing‌‌and‌‌loading‌  ‌
98. Vehicle‌‌towing‌‌and‌‌loading.‌ A ‌ s‌‌a‌‌driver‌  ‌
● you‌M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌tow‌‌more‌‌than‌‌your‌‌licence‌‌permits.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌passed‌‌ 
your‌‌car‌‌driving‌‌test‌‌on‌‌or‌‌after‌‌1‌‌January‌‌1997,‌‌you‌‌are‌‌restricted‌‌ 
on‌‌the‌‌weight‌‌of‌‌trailer‌‌you‌‌can‌‌tow‌  ‌
● you‌M ‌ UST‌‌‌ensure‌‌that‌‌both‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌your‌‌trailer‌‌are‌‌in‌‌a ‌‌
roadworthy‌‌condition.‌‌This‌‌includes‌‌checking‌‌that‌‌all‌‌tyres‌‌are‌‌ 
legal,‌‌the‌‌trailer‌‌braking‌‌system‌‌is‌‌in‌‌full‌‌working‌‌order‌‌and‌‌all‌‌ 
trailer‌‌lights‌‌are‌‌working‌‌correctly‌  ‌
● you‌M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌overload‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌or‌‌trailer.‌‌You‌‌should‌‌not‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌47‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
tow‌‌a‌‌weight‌‌greater‌‌than‌‌that‌‌recommended‌‌by‌‌the‌‌ 
manufacturer‌‌of‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌  ‌
● you‌‌should‌‌distribute‌‌the‌‌weight‌‌in‌‌your‌‌caravan‌‌or‌‌trailer‌‌evenly‌‌ 
with‌‌heavy‌‌items‌‌over‌‌the‌‌axle(s)‌‌and‌‌ensure‌‌a‌‌downward‌‌load‌‌on‌‌ 
the‌‌tow‌‌ball.‌‌The‌‌manufacturer’s‌‌recommended‌‌weight‌‌and‌‌tow‌‌ 
ball‌‌load‌‌should‌‌not‌‌be‌‌exceeded.‌‌This‌‌should‌‌minimise‌‌the‌‌ 
possibility‌‌of‌‌swerving‌‌or‌‌snaking‌‌and‌‌loss‌‌of‌‌control‌  ‌
● you‌M ‌ UST‌‌‌secure‌‌your‌‌load‌‌and‌‌it‌M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌stick‌‌out‌‌ 
dangerously.‌‌Make‌‌sure‌‌any‌‌heavy‌‌or‌‌sharp‌‌objects‌‌and‌‌any‌‌ 
animals‌‌are‌‌secured‌‌safely.‌‌If‌‌there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌collision,‌‌they‌‌might‌‌hit‌‌ 
someone‌‌inside‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌cause‌‌serious‌‌injury‌  ‌
● if‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌narrower‌‌than‌‌your‌‌trailer‌‌or‌‌load,‌‌or‌‌your‌‌trailer‌‌ 
or‌‌load‌‌obstructs‌‌your‌‌rearward‌‌view,‌‌then‌‌towing‌‌mirrors‌M ‌ UST‌‌ 
be‌‌used‌  ‌
● your‌‌trailer‌M‌ UST‌‌‌be‌‌fitted‌‌with‌‌a‌‌secondary‌‌coupling‌‌device,‌‌ 
such‌‌as‌‌a‌‌safety‌‌chain‌  ‌
● carrying‌‌a‌‌load‌‌or‌‌pulling‌‌a‌‌trailer‌‌may‌‌require‌‌you‌‌to‌‌adjust‌‌your‌‌ 
headlights.‌  ‌

During‌‌towing.‌‌‌As‌‌a‌‌driver‌  ‌
● you‌‌should‌‌be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌reduced‌‌speed‌‌limits‌‌apply‌‌(see‌R ‌ ule‌‌ 
124‌) ‌ ‌
● you‌‌should‌‌be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌your‌‌stopping‌‌distance‌‌may‌‌increase‌‌ 
significantly‌‌when‌‌towing‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌126)‌  ‌
● you‌M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌drive‌‌in‌‌the‌‌right-hand‌‌lane‌‌on‌‌motorways‌‌with‌‌ 
three‌‌or‌‌more‌‌lanes‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌265)‌  ‌
● if‌‌the‌‌trailer‌‌starts‌‌to‌‌swerve‌‌or‌‌snake,‌‌or‌‌you‌‌lose‌‌control,‌‌ease‌‌ 
off‌‌the‌‌accelerator‌‌and‌‌reduce‌‌speed‌‌gently‌‌to‌‌regain‌‌control.‌‌Do‌‌ 
not‌‌brake‌‌harshly.‌  ‌

Breakdowns.‌‌‌In‌‌the‌‌event‌‌of‌‌a‌‌breakdown,‌‌be‌‌aware‌  ‌
● that‌‌towing‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌on‌‌a‌‌tow‌‌rope‌‌is‌‌potentially‌‌dangerous.‌‌You‌‌ 
should‌‌consider‌‌using‌‌a‌‌solid‌‌tow‌‌bar‌‌or‌‌professional‌‌recovery‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌48‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● it‌‌may‌‌take‌‌longer‌‌to‌‌build‌‌up‌‌speed‌‌when‌‌rejoining‌‌a‌‌carriageway‌‌ 
(see‌‌also‌‌Rule‌‌278).‌  ‌

 
 ‌

6.Seat‌‌belts‌‌and‌‌child‌‌restraints‌  ‌
 ‌
99. You ‌MUST‌ wear‌‌a‌‌seat‌‌belt‌‌in‌‌cars,‌‌vans‌‌and‌‌other‌‌goods‌‌vehicles‌‌if‌‌ 
one‌‌is‌‌fitted‌‌(see‌‌table‌‌below).‌‌Adults,‌‌and‌‌children‌‌aged‌‌14‌‌years‌‌ 
and‌‌over,‌M ‌ UST‌ use‌‌a‌‌seat‌‌belt‌‌or‌‌child‌‌restraint,‌‌where‌‌fitted,‌‌ 
when‌‌seated‌‌in‌‌minibuses,‌‌buses‌‌and‌‌coaches.‌‌Exemptions‌‌are‌‌ 
allowed‌‌for‌‌the‌‌holders‌‌of‌‌medical‌‌exemption‌‌certificates‌‌and‌‌ 
those‌‌making‌‌deliveries‌‌or‌‌collections‌‌in‌‌goods‌‌vehicles‌‌when‌‌ 
travelling‌‌less‌‌than‌‌50‌‌metres‌‌(approx‌‌162‌‌feet).‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌14‌‌&‌‌15,‌‌MV(WSB)R,‌‌MV(WSBCFS)R‌‌& ‌‌
MV(WSB)(A)R‌  ‌
Seat‌‌Belt‌‌Requirements:‌ This‌‌table‌‌summarises‌‌the‌‌main‌‌legal‌‌ 
requirements‌‌for‌‌wearing‌‌seat‌‌belts‌‌in‌‌cars,‌‌vans‌‌and‌‌other‌‌goods‌‌ 
vehicles.‌  ‌
 
   ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌49‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 
Seat‌‌Belt‌‌  Front‌‌seat‌  Rear‌‌seat‌  ‌ Who‌‌is‌‌ 
Requirements‌  ‌ responsible?‌ 

Driver‌  ‌ Seat‌b
‌ elt‌‌   ‌  ‌ Driver‌  ‌
MUST‌b ‌ e‌‌ 
worn‌i‌f‌f‌ itted

Child‌u ‌ nder‌3
‌ ‌y‌ ears‌o
‌ f‌‌  Correct‌c‌ hild‌  Correct‌c‌ hild‌r‌ estraint ‌MUST‌ be‌‌  Driver‌  ‌
age‌  ‌ restraint‌‌  used.‌I‌f‌o
‌ ne‌i‌s‌n
‌ ot‌a‌ vailable‌i‌n‌a‌ ‌t‌ axi,
MUST‌b ‌ e‌‌  may‌t‌ ravel‌u
‌ nrestrained.‌  ‌
used‌  ‌

Child‌f‌ rom‌3 ‌ rd‌b

‌ irthday Correct‌c‌ hild‌  Correct‌c‌ hild‌r‌ estraint ‌MUST‌ be‌u ‌ sed Driver‌  ‌
up‌t‌ o‌1
‌ .35‌m
‌ etres‌i‌n‌‌  restraint‌‌  where‌s‌ eat‌b ‌ elts‌f‌ itted. ‌MUST‌u ‌ se‌‌ 
height‌(‌ or‌1
‌ 2th‌‌  MUST‌b ‌ e‌‌  adult‌b ‌ elt‌i‌f‌c‌ orrect‌c‌ hild‌r‌ estraint‌i‌s‌ 
birthday,‌w ‌ hichever‌‌  used‌  ‌ not‌a‌ vailable‌i‌n‌a‌ ‌l‌icensed‌t‌ axi‌o ‌ r‌‌ 
they‌r‌ each‌f‌ irst)‌  ‌ private‌h ‌ ire‌v‌ ehicle,‌o ‌ r‌f‌ or‌r‌ easons‌o ‌f
unexpected‌n ‌ ecessity‌o ‌ ver‌a‌ ‌s‌ hort‌‌ 
distance,‌o ‌ r‌i‌f‌t‌ wo‌o‌ ccupied‌‌ 
restraints‌p ‌ revent‌f‌ itment‌o ‌ f‌a‌ ‌t‌ hird.

Child‌o
‌ ver‌1 ‌ .35‌m ‌ etres‌  Adult‌s‌ eat‌‌  Adult‌s‌ eat‌b ‌ elt ‌MUST‌ be‌w
‌ orn‌i‌f‌‌  Driver‌  ‌
(approx‌4 ‌ ft‌5‌ ins)‌i‌n‌‌  belt‌‌MUST‌b ‌ e available‌  ‌
height‌o‌ r‌1
‌ 2‌o ‌ r‌1
‌ 3‌y‌ ears worn‌i‌f‌‌ 
available‌  ‌

Adult‌p‌ assengers‌a‌ ged‌  Seat‌b

‌ elt‌‌  Seat‌b
‌ elt ‌MUST‌ be‌w
‌ orn‌i‌f‌a‌ vailable‌  Passenger‌  ‌
14‌a‌ nd‌o
‌ ver‌  ‌ MUST‌b ‌ e‌‌ 
worn‌i‌f‌‌ 
available‌  ‌
  ‌ ‌
100. The‌‌driver ‌MUST‌ ensure‌‌that‌‌all‌‌children‌‌under‌‌14‌‌years‌‌of‌‌age‌‌ 
in‌‌cars,‌‌vans‌‌and‌‌other‌‌goods‌‌vehicles‌‌wear‌‌seat‌‌belts‌‌or‌‌sit‌‌in‌‌an‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌50‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
approved‌‌child‌‌restraint‌‌where‌‌required‌‌(see‌‌table‌‌above).‌‌If‌‌a‌‌child‌‌ 
is‌‌under‌‌1.35‌‌metres‌‌(approx‌‌4‌‌feet‌‌5‌‌inches)‌‌tall,‌‌a‌‌baby‌‌seat,‌‌child‌‌ 
seat,‌‌booster‌‌seat‌‌or‌‌booster‌‌cushion ‌MUST‌ be‌‌used‌‌suitable‌‌for‌‌ 
the‌‌child’s‌‌weight‌‌and‌‌fitted‌‌to‌‌the‌‌manufacturer’s‌‌instructions.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌14‌‌&‌‌15,‌‌MV(WSB)R,‌‌MV(WSBCFS)R‌‌& ‌‌
MV(WSB)(A)R‌  ‌

 
101. A‌‌rear-facing‌‌baby‌‌seat ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ be‌‌fitted‌‌into‌‌a‌‌seat‌‌ 
protected‌‌by‌‌an‌‌active‌‌frontal‌‌airbag,‌‌as‌‌in‌‌a‌‌crash‌‌it‌‌can‌‌cause‌‌ 
serious‌‌injury‌‌or‌‌death‌‌to‌‌the‌‌child.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌14‌‌&‌‌15,‌‌MV(WSB)R,‌‌MV(WSBCFS)R‌‌& ‌‌
MV(WSB)(A)R‌  ‌
102. Children‌‌in‌‌cars,‌‌vans‌‌and‌‌other‌‌goods‌‌vehicles.‌ Drivers‌‌who‌‌are‌‌ 
carrying‌‌children‌‌in‌‌cars,‌‌vans‌‌and‌‌other‌‌goods‌‌vehicles‌‌should‌‌also‌‌ 
ensure‌‌that‌  ‌
● children‌‌should‌‌get‌‌into‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌through‌‌the‌‌door‌‌nearest‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌51‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
the‌‌kerb‌  ‌
● child‌‌restraints‌‌are‌‌properly‌‌fitted‌‌to‌‌manufacturer’s‌‌ 
instructions‌  ‌
● children‌‌do‌‌not‌‌sit‌‌behind‌‌the‌‌rear‌‌seats‌‌in‌‌an‌‌estate‌‌car‌‌or‌‌ 
hatchback,‌‌unless‌‌a‌‌special‌‌child‌‌seat‌‌has‌‌been‌‌fitted‌  ‌
● the‌‌child‌‌safety‌‌door‌‌locks,‌‌where‌‌fitted,‌‌are‌‌used‌‌when‌‌ 
children‌‌are‌‌in‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌  ‌
● children‌‌are‌‌kept‌‌under‌‌control.‌  ‌
 ‌

7.Motorcycle‌‌licence‌‌requirements‌  ‌
If‌‌you‌‌have‌‌a‌‌provisional‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence,‌‌you ‌MUST‌ satisfactorily‌‌ 
complete‌‌a‌‌Compulsory‌‌Basic‌‌Training‌‌(CBT)‌‌course.‌‌You‌‌can‌‌then‌‌ride‌‌a ‌‌
motorcycle‌‌up‌‌to‌‌125‌‌cc‌‌with‌‌a‌‌power‌‌output‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌11‌‌kW‌‌on‌‌the‌‌ 
public‌‌road,‌‌with‌‌L‌‌plates‌‌(in‌‌Wales‌‌either‌‌D‌‌plates,‌‌L‌‌plates‌‌or‌‌both‌‌can‌‌be‌‌ 
used),‌‌for‌‌up‌‌to‌‌two‌‌years.‌‌Under‌‌direct‌‌access‌‌you‌‌can‌‌practise‌‌on‌‌a ‌‌
motorcycle‌‌that‌‌exceeds‌‌125‌‌cc‌‌provided‌‌that‌  ‌
● you‌‌meet‌‌the‌‌minimum‌‌age‌‌for‌‌the‌‌category‌‌concerned‌  ‌
● you’re‌‌accompanied‌‌at‌‌all‌‌times‌‌by‌‌a‌‌qualified‌‌approved‌‌ 
trainer,‌‌who‌‌is‌‌on‌‌another‌‌motorcycle‌‌and‌‌in‌‌radio‌‌contact‌‌ 
with‌‌you‌  ‌
● fluorescent‌‌or‌‌reflective‌‌safety‌‌clothing‌‌is‌‌worn‌‌during‌‌ 
supervision‌  ‌
● red‌‌L‌‌plates‌‌(D‌‌plates‌‌in‌‌Wales)‌‌are‌‌fitted‌‌and‌‌provisional‌‌ 
licence‌‌restrictions‌‌followed.‌  ‌

To‌‌obtain‌‌your‌‌full‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence‌‌you‌‌MUST‌‌pass‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌theory‌‌ 
test‌‌and‌‌then‌‌a‌‌practical‌‌test.‌  ‌
Law‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌regs‌‌16‌‌&‌‌68‌  ‌
A1‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence:‌ At‌‌age‌‌17‌‌or‌‌over,‌‌you‌‌take‌‌a‌‌test‌‌on‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌52‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
without‌‌sidecar‌‌of‌‌between‌‌120‌‌and‌‌125‌‌cc.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌pass‌‌you‌‌may‌‌ride‌‌a ‌‌
motorcycle‌‌up‌‌to‌‌125‌‌cc‌‌with‌‌power‌‌output‌‌up‌‌to‌‌11‌‌kW,‌‌or‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌ 
tricycle‌‌with‌‌power‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌15‌‌kW.‌  ‌
A2‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence:‌ At‌‌age‌‌19‌‌or‌‌over,‌‌you‌‌take‌‌a‌‌test‌‌on‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌ 
without‌‌sidecar‌‌of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌395‌‌cc‌‌with‌‌a‌‌power‌‌output‌‌of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌25‌‌kW‌‌ 
but‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌35‌‌kW.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌pass,‌‌you‌‌may‌‌ride‌‌any‌‌motorcycle‌‌not‌‌ 
exceeding‌‌35‌‌kW‌‌and‌‌with‌‌a‌‌power‌‌to‌‌weight‌‌ratio‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌0.2‌‌ 
kW/kg.‌  ‌
Full‌‌A‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence:‌ Test‌‌taken‌‌on‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌without‌‌sidecar,‌‌of‌‌ 
at‌‌least‌‌595‌‌cc‌‌and‌‌an‌‌engine‌‌power‌‌of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌40‌‌kW‌‌This‌‌gives‌‌you‌‌full‌‌ 
access‌‌to‌‌all‌‌motorcycles‌‌and‌‌motor‌‌tricycles.‌‌You‌‌obtain‌‌a‌‌category‌‌A ‌‌
licence‌‌by‌‌taking‌‌progressive‌‌access‌‌from‌‌age‌‌21,‌‌or‌‌under‌‌the‌‌direct‌‌ 
access‌‌scheme‌‌from‌‌age‌‌24.‌  ‌
Category‌‌A‌‌under‌‌progressive‌‌access:‌ You‌‌can‌‌take‌‌a‌‌category‌‌A‌‌practical‌‌ 
test‌‌at‌‌age‌‌21‌‌if‌‌you‌‌already‌‌have‌‌an‌‌A2‌‌licence‌‌that‌‌you’ve‌‌held‌‌for‌‌a ‌‌
minimum‌‌of‌‌two‌‌years.‌‌You‌‌don’t‌‌need‌‌to‌‌take‌‌another‌‌theory‌‌test‌‌or‌‌hold‌‌ 
a‌‌CBT‌‌certificate.‌  ‌
Category‌‌A‌‌under‌‌direct‌‌access:‌ This‌‌is‌‌for‌‌riders‌‌aged‌‌24‌‌or‌‌over.‌‌To‌‌ 
obtain‌‌a‌‌category‌‌A‌‌licence‌‌you‌‌must‌  ‌
● successfully‌‌complete‌‌a‌‌CBT‌‌course‌  ‌
● pass‌‌the‌‌motorcycle‌‌theory‌‌test‌  ‌
● pass‌‌the‌‌practical‌‌motorcycle‌‌test.‌  ‌

Passing‌‌the‌‌practical‌‌test‌‌on‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌40‌‌kW‌‌(53.6bhp)‌‌gives‌‌ 
immediate‌‌access‌‌to‌‌all‌‌sizes‌‌of‌‌motorcycle.‌  ‌
You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ carry‌‌a‌‌pillion‌‌passenger‌‌or‌‌pull‌‌a‌‌trailer‌‌until‌‌you‌‌have‌‌ 
passed‌‌your‌‌test.‌‌Also‌‌see‌‌Rule‌‌253‌‌covering‌‌vehicles‌‌prohibited‌‌from‌‌ 
motorways.‌  ‌
Law‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌reg‌‌16‌  ‌
 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌53‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Moped‌‌licence‌‌requirements‌  ‌
A‌‌moped ‌MUST‌ have‌‌an‌‌engine‌‌capacity‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌50‌‌cc,‌‌not‌‌weigh‌‌ 
more‌‌than‌‌250kg‌‌and‌‌be‌‌designed‌‌to‌‌have‌‌a‌‌maximum‌‌speed‌‌not‌‌ 
exceeding‌‌28mph‌‌(45‌‌km/h).‌‌Before‌‌June‌‌2003‌‌a‌‌licence‌‌allowed‌‌the‌‌riding‌‌ 
of‌‌mopeds‌‌up‌‌to‌‌50km/h.‌  ‌
To‌‌ride‌‌a‌‌moped,‌‌learners ‌MUST‌  ‌
● be‌‌16‌‌or‌‌over‌  ‌
● have‌‌a‌‌provisional‌‌moped‌‌licence‌  ‌
● complete‌‌CBT‌‌training.‌  ‌

You ‌MUST‌ first‌‌pass‌‌the‌‌theory‌‌test‌‌for‌‌motorcycles‌‌and‌‌then‌‌the‌‌moped‌‌ 
practical‌‌test‌‌to‌‌obtain‌‌your‌‌full‌‌moped‌‌licence.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌passed‌‌your‌‌car‌‌ 
driving‌‌test‌‌before‌‌1‌‌February‌‌2001‌‌you‌‌are‌‌qualified‌‌to‌‌ride‌‌a‌‌moped‌‌ 
without‌‌L‌‌plates‌‌(and/or‌‌D‌‌plates‌‌in‌‌Wales),‌‌although‌‌it‌‌is‌‌recommended‌‌ 
that‌‌you‌‌complete‌‌CBT‌‌before‌‌riding‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌passed‌‌your‌‌car‌‌ 
driving‌‌test‌‌after‌‌this‌‌date‌‌you ‌MUST‌ complete‌‌CBT‌‌before‌‌riding‌‌a‌‌moped‌‌ 
on‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌97(e)‌‌&‌‌101‌‌&‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌regs‌‌38(4)‌‌&‌‌43‌  ‌
 ‌
   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌54‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

8.Motor‌‌vehicle‌‌documentation‌‌ 
and‌‌learner‌‌driver‌‌requirements‌  ‌
 ‌

Documents‌  ‌
Driving‌‌licence.‌ You ‌MUST‌ have‌‌a‌‌valid‌‌driving‌‌licence‌‌for‌‌the‌‌category‌‌of‌‌ 
motor‌‌vehicle‌‌you‌‌are‌‌driving.‌‌You ‌MUST‌ inform‌‌the‌‌Driver‌‌and‌‌Vehicle‌‌ 
Licensing‌‌Agency‌‌(DVLA)‌‌if‌‌you‌‌change‌‌your‌‌name‌‌and/or‌‌address.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌87‌‌&‌‌99(4)‌  ‌
Holders‌‌of‌‌non-European‌‌Community‌‌licences‌‌who‌‌are‌‌now‌‌resident‌‌in‌‌ 
the‌‌UK‌‌may‌‌only‌‌drive‌‌on‌‌that‌‌licence‌‌for‌‌a‌‌maximum‌‌of‌‌12‌‌months‌‌from‌‌ 
the‌‌date‌‌they‌‌become‌‌resident‌‌in‌‌this‌‌country.‌‌To‌‌ensure‌‌continuous‌‌ 
driving‌‌entitlement‌  ‌
● a‌‌British‌‌provisional‌‌licence‌‌should‌‌be‌‌obtained‌‌and‌‌a‌‌driving‌‌ 
test(s)‌‌passed‌‌before‌‌the‌‌12-month‌‌period‌‌elapses,‌‌or‌  ‌
● in‌‌the‌‌case‌‌of‌‌a‌‌driver‌‌who‌‌holds‌‌a‌‌licence‌‌from‌‌a‌‌country‌‌ 
which‌‌has‌‌been‌‌designated‌‌in‌‌law‌‌for‌‌licence‌‌exchange‌‌ 
purposes,‌‌the‌‌driver‌‌should‌‌exchange‌‌the‌‌licence‌‌for‌‌a‌‌British‌‌ 
one.‌  ‌

MOT.‌ Cars‌‌and‌‌motorcycles ‌MUST‌ normally‌‌pass‌‌an‌‌MOT‌‌test‌‌three‌‌years‌‌ 
from‌‌the‌‌date‌‌of‌‌the‌‌first‌‌registration‌‌and‌‌every‌‌year‌‌after‌‌that.‌‌You ‌MUST‌‌ 
NOT‌ drive‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌without‌‌an‌‌MOT‌‌certificate‌‌when‌‌it‌‌should‌‌have‌‌ 
one.‌‌Exceptionally,‌‌you‌‌may‌‌drive‌‌to‌‌a‌‌pre-arranged‌‌test‌‌appointment‌‌or‌‌ 
to‌‌a‌‌garage‌‌for‌‌repairs‌‌required‌‌for‌‌the‌‌test.‌‌Driving‌‌an‌‌unroadworthy‌‌ 
motor‌‌vehicle‌‌may‌‌invalidate‌‌your‌‌insurance.‌‌From‌‌November‌‌2012,‌‌ 
motor‌‌vehicles‌‌manufactured‌‌before‌‌1960‌‌will‌‌be‌‌exempted‌‌from‌‌an‌‌MOT‌‌ 
requirement,‌‌although‌‌they‌‌can‌‌still‌‌be‌‌submitted‌‌for‌‌a‌‌test‌‌voluntarily.‌‌ 
Owners‌‌are‌‌still‌‌legally‌‌required‌‌to‌‌ensure‌‌their‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌and‌‌ 
roadworthy.‌  ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌55‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌45,‌‌47,‌‌49‌‌&‌‌53‌  ‌
Insurance.‌ To‌‌use‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌you ‌MUST‌ have‌‌a‌‌valid‌‌ 
insurance‌‌policy.‌‌This ‌MUST‌ at‌‌least‌‌cover‌‌you‌‌for‌‌injury‌‌or‌‌damage‌‌to‌‌a ‌‌
third‌‌party‌‌while‌‌using‌‌that‌‌motor‌‌vehicle.‌‌Before‌‌driving‌‌any‌‌motor‌‌ 
vehicle,‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌that‌‌it‌‌has‌‌this‌‌cover‌‌for‌‌your‌‌use‌‌or‌‌that‌‌your‌‌own‌‌ 
insurance‌‌provides‌‌adequate‌‌cover.‌‌You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ drive‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌ 
without‌‌insurance.‌‌Also,‌‌be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌even‌‌if‌‌a‌‌road‌‌traffic‌‌incident‌‌is‌‌not‌‌ 
your‌‌fault,‌‌you‌‌may‌‌still‌‌be‌‌held‌‌liable‌‌by‌‌insurance‌‌companies.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌143‌  ‌
Uninsured‌‌drivers‌‌can‌‌now‌‌be‌‌automatically‌‌detected‌‌by‌‌roadside‌‌ 
cameras.‌‌Further‌‌to‌‌the‌‌penalties‌‌for‌‌uninsured‌‌driving‌‌listed‌‌on‌‌page‌‌126,‌‌ 
an‌‌offender’s‌‌vehicle‌‌can‌‌now‌‌be‌‌seized‌‌by‌‌the‌‌Police,‌‌taken‌‌away‌‌and‌‌ 
crushed. ‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988,‌‌sects‌‌165a‌‌&‌‌165b‌  ‌
The‌‌types‌‌of‌‌cover‌‌available‌‌are‌‌indicated‌‌below:‌  ‌
Third-Party‌‌insurance‌ -‌‌this‌‌is‌‌often‌‌the‌‌cheapest‌‌form‌‌of‌‌insurance,‌‌and‌‌is‌‌ 
the‌‌minimum‌‌cover‌‌required‌‌by‌‌law.‌‌It‌‌covers‌‌anyone‌‌you‌‌might‌‌injure‌‌or‌‌ 
whose‌‌property‌‌you‌‌might‌‌damage.‌‌It‌‌does‌‌not‌‌cover‌‌damage‌‌to‌‌your‌‌own‌‌ 
motor‌‌vehicle‌‌or‌‌injury‌‌to‌‌yourself.‌  ‌
Third-Party,‌‌Fire‌‌and‌‌Theft‌‌insurance‌ -‌‌similar‌‌to‌‌third-party,‌‌but‌‌also‌‌ 
covers‌‌you‌‌against‌‌your‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌being‌‌stolen,‌‌or‌‌damaged‌‌by‌‌fire.‌  ‌
Comprehensive‌‌insurance‌ -‌‌this‌‌is‌‌the‌‌most‌‌expensive‌‌but‌‌the‌‌best‌‌ 
insurance.‌‌Apart‌‌from‌‌covering‌‌other‌‌persons‌‌and‌‌property‌‌against‌‌injury‌‌ 
or‌‌damage,‌‌it‌‌also‌‌covers‌‌damage‌‌to‌‌your‌‌own‌‌motor‌‌vehicle,‌‌up‌‌to‌‌the‌‌ 
market‌‌value‌‌of‌‌that‌‌vehicle,‌‌and‌‌personal‌‌injury‌‌to‌‌yourself.‌  ‌
Registration‌‌certificate.‌ Registration‌‌certificates‌‌(also‌‌called‌‌harmonised‌‌ 
registration‌‌certificates)‌‌are‌‌issued‌‌for‌‌all‌‌motor‌‌vehicles‌‌used‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌ 
describing‌‌them‌‌(make,‌‌model,‌‌etc)‌‌and‌‌giving‌‌details‌‌of‌‌the‌‌registered‌‌ 
keeper.‌‌You ‌MUST‌ notify‌‌the‌‌Driver‌‌and‌‌Vehicle‌‌Licensing‌‌Agency‌‌in‌‌ 
Swansea‌‌as‌‌soon‌‌as‌‌possible‌‌when‌‌you‌‌buy‌‌or‌‌sell‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌vehicle,‌‌or‌‌if‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌56‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
you‌‌change‌‌your‌‌name‌‌or‌‌address.‌‌For‌‌registration‌‌certificates‌‌issued‌‌after‌‌ 
27‌‌March‌‌1997,‌‌the‌‌buyer‌‌and‌‌seller‌‌are‌‌responsible‌‌for‌‌completing‌‌the‌‌ 
registration‌‌certificates.‌‌The‌‌seller‌‌is‌‌responsible‌‌for‌‌forwarding‌‌them‌‌to‌‌ 
DVLA.‌‌The‌‌procedures‌‌are‌‌explained‌‌on‌‌the‌‌back‌‌of‌‌the‌‌registration‌‌ 
certificates.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RV(R&L)R‌‌regs‌‌21,‌‌22,‌‌23‌‌&‌‌24‌  ‌
Vehicle‌‌Excise‌‌Duty‌‌(VED).‌ Vehicle‌‌Excise‌‌Duty‌‌MUST‌‌be‌‌paid‌‌on‌‌all‌‌motor‌‌ 
vehicles‌‌used‌‌or‌‌kept‌‌on‌‌public‌‌roads.‌‌   ‌
Law‌‌VERA‌‌sects‌‌29‌‌and‌‌33‌  ‌
Statutory‌‌Off-Road‌‌Notification‌‌(SORN).‌ This‌‌is‌‌a‌‌notification‌‌to‌‌the‌‌DVLA‌‌ 
that‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌not‌‌being‌‌used‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌ 
keeper‌‌and‌‌want‌‌to‌‌keep‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌untaxed‌‌and‌‌off‌‌the‌‌public‌‌road‌‌ 
you ‌MUST‌ declare‌‌SORN‌‌-‌‌it‌‌is‌‌an‌‌offence‌‌not‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌‌You‌‌then‌‌won’t‌‌ 
have‌‌to‌‌pay‌‌any‌‌road‌‌tax‌‌for‌‌that‌‌vehicle‌‌for‌‌a‌‌period‌‌of‌‌12‌‌months.‌‌You‌‌ 
need‌‌to‌‌send‌‌a‌‌further‌‌declaration‌‌after‌‌that‌‌period‌‌if‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌still‌‌off‌‌ 
the‌‌public‌‌road.‌‌The‌‌SORN‌‌will‌‌end‌‌if‌‌you‌‌sell‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌the‌‌new‌‌ 
owner‌‌will‌‌become‌‌immediately‌‌responsible.‌‌If‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌unused‌‌or‌‌ 
off‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌it ‌MUST‌ have‌‌either‌‌a‌‌SORN‌‌declaration‌‌or‌‌valid‌‌insurance.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RV(RL)R‌‌2002,‌‌reg‌‌26‌‌sched‌‌4 ‌ ‌
Production‌‌of‌‌documents.‌ You ‌MUST‌ be‌‌able‌‌to‌‌produce‌‌your‌‌driving‌‌ 
licence‌‌and‌‌counterpart,‌‌a‌‌valid‌‌insurance‌‌certificate‌‌and‌‌(if‌‌appropriate)‌‌a ‌‌
valid‌‌MOT‌‌certificate,‌‌when‌‌requested‌‌by‌‌a‌‌police‌‌officer.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌cannot‌‌do‌‌ 
this‌‌you‌‌may‌‌be‌‌asked‌‌to‌‌take‌‌them‌‌to‌‌a‌‌police‌‌station‌‌within‌‌seven‌‌days.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌164‌‌&‌‌165‌  ‌
 ‌
Learner‌‌drivers‌  ‌
Learners‌‌driving‌‌a‌‌car‌‌MUST‌‌hold‌‌a‌‌valid‌‌provisional‌‌licence.‌‌They‌‌ 
MUST‌ be‌‌supervised‌‌by‌‌someone‌‌at‌‌least‌‌21‌‌years‌‌old‌‌who‌‌holds‌‌a‌‌full‌‌ 
EC/EEA‌‌licence‌‌for‌‌that‌‌type‌‌of‌‌car‌‌(automatic‌‌or‌‌manual)‌‌and‌‌has‌‌held‌‌ 
one‌‌for‌‌at‌‌least‌‌three‌‌years.‌  ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌57‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
Laws‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌reg‌‌16‌‌&‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌87‌  ‌
Vehicles.‌ Any‌‌vehicle‌‌driven‌‌by‌‌a‌‌learner ‌MUST‌ display‌‌red‌‌L‌‌plates.‌‌In‌‌ 
Wales,‌‌either‌‌red‌‌D‌‌plates,‌‌red‌‌L‌‌plates,‌‌or‌‌both,‌‌can‌‌be‌‌used.‌‌Plates‌‌MUST‌‌ 
conform‌‌to‌‌legal‌‌specifications‌‌and ‌MUST‌ be‌‌clearly‌‌visible‌‌to‌‌others‌‌from‌‌ 
in‌‌front‌‌of‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌from‌‌behind.‌‌Plates‌‌should‌‌be‌‌removed‌‌or‌‌ 
covered‌‌when‌‌not‌‌being‌‌driven‌‌by‌‌a‌‌learner‌‌(except‌‌on‌‌driving‌‌school‌‌ 
vehicles).‌  ‌
Law‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌reg‌‌16‌‌&‌‌sched‌‌4 ‌ ‌
You ‌MUST‌ pass‌‌the‌‌theory‌‌test‌‌(if‌‌one‌‌is‌‌required)‌‌and‌‌then‌‌a‌‌practical‌‌ 
driving‌‌test‌‌for‌‌the‌‌category‌‌of‌‌vehicle‌‌you‌‌wish‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌before‌‌driving‌‌ 
unaccompanied.‌  ‌
Law‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌reg‌‌40‌  ‌

 ‌

   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌58‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

General‌r‌ ules,‌t‌ echniques‌‌ 

and‌a‌ dvice‌f‌ or‌a‌ ll‌d
‌ rivers‌ 
and‌r‌ iders‌  ‌
1.Overview‌  ‌
This‌‌section‌‌should‌‌be‌‌read‌‌by‌‌all‌‌drivers,‌‌motorcyclists,‌‌cyclists‌‌and‌‌horse‌‌ 
riders.‌‌The‌‌rules‌‌in ‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌ do‌‌not‌‌give‌‌you‌‌the‌‌right‌‌of‌‌way‌‌in‌‌ 
any‌‌circumstance,‌‌but‌‌they‌‌advise‌‌you‌‌when‌‌you‌‌should‌‌give‌‌way‌‌to‌‌ 
others.‌‌Always‌‌give‌‌way‌‌if‌‌it‌‌can‌‌help‌‌to‌‌avoid‌‌an‌‌incident.‌  ‌

2.Signals‌  ‌
103. Signals‌‌warn‌‌and‌‌inform‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users,‌‌including‌‌pedestrians‌‌ 
(‌download‌‌‘Signals‌‌to‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users’‌),‌‌of‌‌your‌‌intended‌‌actions.‌‌ 
You‌‌should‌‌always‌  ‌
● give‌‌clear‌‌signals‌‌in‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌time,‌‌having‌‌checked‌‌it‌‌is‌‌not‌‌ 
misleading‌‌to‌‌signal‌‌at‌‌that‌‌time‌  ‌
● use‌‌them‌‌to‌‌advise‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌before‌‌changing‌‌course‌ 
or‌‌direction,‌‌stopping‌‌or‌‌moving‌‌off‌  ‌
● cancel‌‌them‌‌after‌‌use‌  ‌
● make‌‌sure‌‌your‌‌signals‌‌will‌‌not‌‌confuse‌‌others.‌‌If,‌‌for‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌59‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
instance,‌‌you‌‌want‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌after‌‌a‌‌side‌‌road,‌‌do‌‌not‌‌signal‌‌ 
until‌‌you‌‌are‌‌passing‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌signal‌‌earlier‌‌it‌‌may‌‌ 
give‌‌the‌‌impression‌‌that‌‌you‌‌intend‌‌to‌‌turn‌‌into‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌ 
Your‌‌brake‌‌lights‌‌will‌‌warn‌‌traffic‌‌behind‌‌you‌‌that‌‌you‌‌are‌‌ 
slowing‌‌down‌  ‌
● use‌‌an‌‌arm‌‌signal‌‌to‌‌emphasise‌‌or‌‌reinforce‌‌your‌‌signal‌‌if‌‌ 
necessary.‌‌Remember‌‌that‌‌signalling‌‌does‌‌not‌‌give‌‌you‌‌ 
priority.‌  ‌

104. You‌‌should‌‌also‌  ‌
● watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌signals‌‌given‌‌by‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌and‌‌proceed‌‌ 
only‌‌when‌‌you‌‌are‌‌satisfied‌‌that‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌  ‌
● be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌an‌‌indicator‌‌on‌‌another‌‌vehicle‌‌may‌‌not‌‌have‌‌ 
been‌‌cancelled.‌  ‌

105. You ‌MUST‌ obey‌‌signals‌‌given‌‌by‌‌police‌‌officers,‌‌traffic‌‌officers,‌‌ 
traffic‌‌wardens‌‌and‌‌signs‌‌used‌‌by‌‌school‌‌crossing‌‌patrols.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTRA‌‌sect‌‌28,‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌35,‌‌TMA‌‌2004‌‌sect‌‌6,‌‌&‌‌FTWO‌‌art‌‌ 
3‌  ‌

106. Police‌‌stopping‌‌procedures.‌ If‌‌the‌‌police‌‌want‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌your‌‌ 
vehicle‌‌they‌‌will,‌‌where‌‌possible,‌‌attract‌‌your‌‌attention‌‌by‌  ‌
● flashing‌‌blue‌‌lights,‌‌headlights‌‌or‌‌sounding‌‌their‌‌siren‌‌or‌‌ 
horn,‌‌usually‌‌from‌‌behind‌  ‌
● directing‌‌you‌‌to‌‌pull‌‌over‌‌to‌‌the‌‌side‌‌by‌‌pointing‌‌and/or‌‌ 
using‌‌the‌‌left‌‌indicator.‌  ‌

You ‌MUST‌ then‌‌pull‌‌over‌‌and‌‌stop‌‌as‌‌soon‌‌as‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌‌Then‌‌ 
switch‌‌off‌‌your‌‌engine.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌163‌  ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌60‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

3.Other‌‌stopping‌‌procedures‌  ‌
107. Driver‌‌and‌‌Vehicle‌‌Standards‌‌Agency‌‌Officers‌h ‌ ave‌‌powers‌‌to‌‌ 
stop‌‌vehicles‌‌on‌‌all‌‌roads,‌‌including‌‌motorways‌‌and‌‌trunk‌‌roads,‌‌in‌‌ 
England‌‌and‌‌Wales.‌‌They‌‌will‌‌attract‌‌your‌‌attention‌‌by‌‌flashing‌ 
amber‌‌lights‌  ‌
● either‌‌from‌‌the‌‌front‌‌requesting‌‌you‌‌to‌‌follow‌‌them‌‌to‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌ 
place‌‌to‌‌stop‌  ‌
● or‌‌from‌‌behind‌‌directing‌‌you‌‌to‌‌pull‌‌over‌‌to‌‌the‌‌side‌‌by‌‌ 
pointing‌‌and/or‌‌using‌‌the‌‌left‌‌indicator.‌  ‌

It‌‌is‌‌an‌‌offence‌‌not‌‌to‌‌comply‌‌with‌‌their‌‌directions.‌‌You ‌MUST‌ obey‌‌any‌‌ 
signals‌‌given‌‌(d‌ ownload‌‌‘Signals‌‌by‌‌authorised‌‌persons’‌).‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988,‌‌sect‌‌67,‌‌&‌‌PRA‌‌2002,‌‌sect‌‌41‌‌&‌‌sched‌‌5(8)‌  ‌

108. Traffic‌‌Officers‌ have‌‌powers‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌vehicles‌‌on‌‌most‌‌motorways‌‌ 
and‌‌some‌‌‘A’‌‌class‌‌roads,‌‌in‌‌England‌‌only.‌‌If‌‌traffic‌‌officers‌‌in‌‌ 
uniform‌‌want‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌on‌‌safety‌‌grounds‌‌(e.g.‌‌an‌‌ 
insecure‌‌load)‌‌they‌‌will,‌‌where‌‌possible,‌‌attract‌‌your‌‌attention‌‌by‌  ‌
● flashing‌‌amber‌‌lights,‌‌usually‌‌from‌‌behind‌  ‌
● directing‌‌you‌‌to‌‌pull‌‌over‌‌to‌‌the‌‌side‌‌by‌‌pointing‌‌and/or‌‌ 
using‌‌the‌‌left‌‌indicator.‌  ‌

You‌M
‌ UST‌‌‌then‌‌pull‌‌over‌‌and‌‌stop‌‌as‌‌soon‌‌as‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌‌Then‌‌ 
switch‌‌off‌‌your‌‌engine.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌an‌‌offence‌‌not‌‌to‌‌comply‌‌with‌‌their‌‌ 
directions‌‌(see‌‌‘Signals‌‌by‌‌authorised‌‌persons’).‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA1988,‌‌sects‌‌35‌‌&163‌‌as‌‌amended‌‌by‌‌TMA‌‌2004,‌‌sect‌‌6 ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌61‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

109. Traffic‌‌light‌‌signals‌‌and‌‌traffic‌‌signs.‌ You ‌MUST‌ obey‌‌all‌‌traffic‌‌ 
light‌‌signals‌‌(d
‌ ownload‌‌‘Light‌‌signals‌‌controlling‌‌traffic’‌)‌‌and‌‌traffic‌‌ 
signs‌‌giving‌‌orders,‌‌including‌‌temporary‌‌signals‌‌&‌‌signs‌‌(d ‌ ownload‌‌ 
‘Traffic‌‌signs’)‌.‌‌Make‌‌sure‌‌you‌‌know,‌‌understand‌‌and‌‌act‌‌on‌‌all‌‌ 
other‌‌traffic‌‌and‌‌information‌‌signs‌‌and‌‌road‌‌markings‌‌(d ‌ ownload‌‌ 
‘Road‌‌markings’‌ and ‌Vehicle‌‌markings’‌)‌‌. ‌ ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10,‌‌15,‌‌16,‌‌25,‌‌26,‌‌27,‌‌28,‌‌29,‌‌ 
36,‌‌38‌‌&‌‌40‌  ‌

110. Flashing‌‌headlights.‌ Only‌‌flash‌‌your‌‌headlights‌‌to‌‌let‌‌other‌‌road‌‌ 
users‌‌know‌‌that‌‌you‌‌are‌‌there.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌flash‌‌your‌‌headlights‌‌to‌‌ 
convey‌‌any‌‌other‌‌message‌‌or‌‌intimidate‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users.‌  ‌

111. Never‌‌assume‌‌that‌‌flashing‌‌headlights‌‌is‌‌a‌‌signal‌‌inviting‌‌you‌‌to‌‌ 
proceed.‌‌Use‌‌your‌‌own‌‌judgement‌‌and‌‌proceed‌‌carefully.‌  ‌

112. The‌‌horn.‌ Use‌‌only‌‌while‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌moving‌‌and‌‌you‌‌need‌‌to‌‌ 
warn‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌of‌‌your‌‌presence.‌‌Never‌‌sound‌‌your‌‌horn‌‌ 
aggressively.‌‌You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ use‌‌your‌‌horn‌  ‌
● while‌‌stationary‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌  ‌
● when‌‌driving‌‌in‌‌a‌‌built-up‌‌area‌‌between‌‌the‌‌hours‌‌of‌‌11.30‌‌ 
pm‌‌and‌‌7.00‌‌am‌  ‌

except‌ when‌‌another‌‌road‌‌user‌‌poses‌‌a‌‌danger.‌  ‌
Law‌‌CUR‌‌reg‌‌99‌  ‌
 ‌
 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌62‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

4.Lighting‌‌requirements‌  ‌
113. You ‌MUST‌  ‌
● ensure‌‌all‌‌sidelights‌‌and‌‌rear‌‌registration‌‌plate‌‌lights‌‌are‌‌lit‌‌ 
between‌‌sunset‌‌and‌‌sunrise‌  ‌
● use‌‌headlights‌‌at‌‌night,‌‌except‌‌on‌‌a‌‌road‌‌which‌‌has‌‌lit‌‌street‌‌ 
lighting.‌‌These‌‌roads‌‌are‌‌generally‌‌restricted‌‌to‌‌a‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌ 
of‌‌30‌‌mph‌‌(48‌‌km/h)‌‌unless‌‌otherwise‌‌specified‌  ‌
● use‌‌headlights‌‌when‌‌visibility‌‌is‌‌seriously‌‌reduced‌‌(see‌ R ‌ ule‌‌ 
226‌).‌  ‌

Night‌‌(the‌‌hours‌‌of‌‌darkness)‌‌is‌‌defined‌‌as‌‌the‌‌period‌‌between‌‌half‌‌ 
an‌‌hour‌‌after‌‌sunset‌‌and‌‌half‌‌an‌‌hour‌‌before‌‌sunrise).‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RVLR‌‌regs‌‌3,‌‌24,‌‌&‌‌25,‌‌(In‌‌Scotland‌‌-‌‌RTRA‌‌1984‌‌sect‌‌82‌‌(as‌‌ 
amended‌‌by‌‌NRSWA,‌‌para‌‌59‌‌of‌‌sched‌‌8))‌  ‌

114. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌  ‌
● use‌‌any‌‌lights‌‌in‌‌a‌‌way‌‌which‌‌would‌‌dazzle‌‌or‌‌cause‌‌ 
discomfort‌‌to‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users,‌‌including‌‌pedestrians,‌‌ 
cyclists‌‌and‌‌horse‌‌riders‌  ‌
● use‌‌front‌‌or‌‌rear‌‌fog‌‌lights‌‌unless‌‌visibility‌‌is‌‌seriously‌‌ 
reduced.‌‌You‌M ‌ UST‌ s‌ witch‌‌them‌‌off‌‌when‌‌visibility‌‌improves‌‌ 
to‌‌avoid‌‌dazzling‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌(see‌ R ‌ ule‌‌226‌).‌  ‌

In‌‌stationary‌‌queues‌‌of‌‌traffic,‌‌drivers‌‌should‌‌apply‌‌the‌‌parking‌‌ 
brake‌‌and,‌‌once‌‌the‌‌following‌‌traffic‌‌has‌‌stopped,‌‌take‌‌their‌‌foot‌‌off‌‌ 
the‌‌footbrake‌‌to‌‌deactivate‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌brake‌‌lights.‌‌This‌‌will‌‌ 
minimise‌‌glare‌‌to‌‌road‌‌users‌‌behind‌‌until‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌moves‌‌again.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RVLR‌‌reg‌‌27‌  ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌63‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

115. You‌‌should‌‌also‌  ‌
● use‌‌dipped‌‌headlights,‌‌or‌‌dim-dip‌‌if‌‌fitted,‌‌at‌‌night‌‌in‌‌ 
built-up‌‌areas‌‌and‌‌in‌‌dull‌‌daytime‌‌weather,‌‌to‌‌ensure‌‌that‌‌ 
you‌‌can‌‌be‌‌seen‌  ‌
● keep‌‌your‌‌headlights‌‌dipped‌‌when‌‌overtaking‌‌until‌‌you‌‌are‌‌ 
level‌‌with‌‌the‌‌other‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌then‌‌change‌‌to‌‌main‌‌beam‌‌if‌‌ 
necessary,‌‌unless‌‌this‌‌would‌‌dazzle‌‌oncoming‌‌road‌‌users‌  ‌
● slow‌‌down,‌‌and‌‌if‌‌necessary‌‌stop,‌‌if‌‌you‌‌are‌‌dazzled‌‌by‌‌ 
oncoming‌‌headlights‌  ‌

116. Hazard‌‌warning‌‌lights.‌ These‌‌may‌‌be‌‌used‌‌when‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌ 
stationary,‌‌to‌‌warn‌‌that‌‌it‌‌is‌‌temporarily‌‌obstructing‌‌traffic.‌‌Never‌‌ 
use‌‌them‌‌as‌‌an‌‌excuse‌‌for‌‌dangerous‌‌or‌‌illegal‌‌parking.‌‌You ‌MUST‌‌ 
NOT‌ use‌‌hazard‌‌warning‌‌lights‌‌while‌‌driving‌‌or‌‌being‌‌towed‌‌unless‌‌ 
you‌‌are‌‌on‌‌a‌‌motorway‌‌or‌‌unrestricted‌‌dual‌‌carriageway‌‌and‌‌you‌‌ 
need‌‌to‌‌warn‌‌drivers‌‌behind‌‌you‌‌of‌‌a‌‌hazard‌‌or‌‌obstruction‌‌ahead.‌‌ 
Only‌‌use‌‌them‌‌for‌‌long‌‌enough‌‌to‌‌ensure‌‌that‌‌your‌‌warning‌‌has‌‌ 
been‌‌observed.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RVLR‌‌reg‌‌27‌  ‌

5.Control‌‌of‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌  ‌
Braking‌  ‌
117. In‌‌normal‌‌circumstances.‌ The‌‌safest‌‌way‌‌to‌‌brake‌‌is‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌‌ 
early‌‌and‌‌lightly.‌‌Brake‌‌more‌‌firmly‌‌as‌‌you‌‌begin‌‌to‌‌stop.‌‌Ease‌‌the‌‌ 
pressure‌‌off‌‌just‌‌before‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌comes‌‌to‌‌rest‌‌to‌‌avoid‌‌a‌‌jerky‌‌ 
stop.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌64‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

118. In‌‌an‌‌emergency.‌ Brake‌‌immediately.‌‌Try‌‌to‌‌avoid‌‌braking‌‌so‌‌ 
harshly‌‌that‌‌you‌‌lock‌‌your‌‌wheels.‌‌Locked‌‌wheels‌‌can‌‌lead‌‌to‌‌loss‌‌ 
of‌‌control.‌  ‌

119. Skids.‌ Skidding‌‌is‌‌usually‌‌caused‌‌by‌‌the‌‌driver‌‌braking,‌‌ 
accelerating‌‌or‌‌steering‌‌too‌‌harshly‌‌or‌‌driving‌‌too‌‌fast‌‌for‌‌the‌‌road‌‌ 
conditions.‌‌If‌‌skidding‌‌occurs,‌‌remove‌‌the‌‌cause‌‌by‌‌releasing‌‌the‌‌ 
brake‌‌pedal‌‌fully‌‌or‌‌easing‌‌off‌‌the‌‌accelerator.‌‌Turn‌‌the‌‌steering‌‌ 
wheel‌‌in‌‌the‌‌direction‌‌of‌‌the‌‌skid.‌‌For‌‌example,‌‌if‌‌the‌‌rear‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
vehicle‌‌skids‌‌to‌‌the‌‌right,‌‌steer‌‌immediately‌‌to‌‌the‌‌right‌‌to‌‌recover.‌  ‌

 ‌

120. ABS.‌ If‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌fitted‌‌with‌‌anti-lock‌‌brakes,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌ 
follow‌‌the‌‌advice‌‌given‌‌in‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌handbook.‌‌However,‌‌in‌‌the‌‌ 
case‌‌of‌‌an‌‌emergency,‌‌apply‌‌the‌‌footbrake‌‌firmly;‌‌do‌‌not‌‌release‌‌ 
the‌‌pressure‌‌until‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌has‌‌slowed‌‌to‌‌the‌‌desired‌‌speed.‌‌The‌‌ 
ABS‌‌should‌‌ensure‌‌that‌‌steering‌‌control‌‌will‌‌be‌‌retained,‌‌but‌‌do‌‌not‌‌ 
assume‌‌that‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌with‌‌ABS‌‌will‌‌stop‌‌in‌‌a‌‌shorter‌‌distance.‌  ‌

121. Brakes‌‌affected‌‌by‌‌water.‌ If‌‌you‌‌have‌‌driven‌‌through‌‌deep‌‌water‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌65‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
your‌‌brakes‌‌may‌‌be‌‌less‌‌effective.‌‌Test‌‌them‌‌at‌‌the‌‌first‌‌safe‌‌ 
opportunity‌‌by‌‌pushing‌‌gently‌‌on‌‌the‌‌brake‌‌pedal‌‌to‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌ 
that‌‌they‌‌work.‌‌If‌‌they‌‌are‌‌not‌‌fully‌‌effective,‌‌gently‌‌apply‌‌light‌‌ 
pressure‌‌while‌‌driving‌‌slowly.‌‌This‌‌will‌‌help‌‌to‌‌dry‌‌them‌‌out.‌  ‌

122. Coasting.‌ This‌‌term‌‌describes‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌travelling‌‌in‌‌neutral‌‌or‌‌ 
with‌‌the‌‌clutch‌‌pressed‌‌down.‌‌It‌‌can‌‌reduce‌‌driver‌‌control‌‌because‌  ‌
● engine‌‌braking‌‌is‌‌eliminated‌  ‌
● vehicle‌‌speed‌‌downhill‌‌will‌‌increase‌‌quickly‌  ‌
● increased‌‌use‌‌of‌‌the‌‌footbrake‌‌can‌‌reduce‌‌its‌‌effectiveness‌  ‌
● steering‌‌response‌‌will‌‌be‌‌affected,‌‌particularly‌‌on‌‌bends‌‌and‌‌ 
corners‌  ‌
● it‌‌may‌‌be‌‌more‌‌difficult‌‌to‌‌select‌‌the‌‌appropriate‌‌gear‌‌when‌‌ 
needed.‌  ‌

The‌‌Driver‌‌and‌‌the‌‌Environment‌  ‌
123. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ leave‌‌a‌‌parked‌‌vehicle‌‌unattended‌‌with‌‌the‌‌ 
engine‌‌running‌‌or‌‌leave‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌engine‌‌running‌‌unnecessarily‌‌ 
while‌‌that‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌stationary‌‌on‌‌a‌‌public‌‌road.‌‌Generally,‌‌if‌‌the‌‌ 
vehicle‌‌is‌‌stationary‌‌and‌‌is‌‌likely‌‌to‌‌remain‌‌so‌‌for‌‌more‌‌than‌‌a ‌‌
couple‌‌of‌‌minutes,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌apply‌‌the‌‌parking‌‌brake‌‌and‌‌switch‌‌ 
off‌‌the‌‌engine‌‌to‌‌reduce‌‌emissions‌‌and‌‌noise‌‌pollution.‌‌However‌‌it‌‌ 
is‌‌permissible‌‌to‌‌leave‌‌the‌‌engine‌‌running‌‌if‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌ 
stationary‌‌in‌‌traffic‌‌or‌‌for‌‌diagnosing‌‌faults.‌  ‌
Law‌‌CUR‌‌regs‌‌98‌‌&‌‌107‌  ‌

 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌66‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Speed‌‌limits‌  ‌
124. You‌M
‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌exceed‌‌the‌‌maximum‌‌speed‌‌limits‌‌for‌‌the‌‌road‌‌ 
and‌‌for‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌(see‌‌the‌s‌ peed‌‌limits‌‌table‌).‌‌A‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌of‌‌30‌‌ 
mph‌‌(48‌‌km/h)‌‌generally‌‌applies‌‌to‌‌all‌‌roads‌‌with‌‌street‌‌lights‌‌ 
(excluding‌‌motorways)‌‌unless‌‌signs‌‌show‌‌otherwise.‌  ‌

 ‌

Speed‌‌Limits‌  ‌ Built-u‌ Single‌‌  Dual‌‌  Motorw‌

p‌‌  carriagewa‌ carriagewa‌ ays‌  ‌
areas‌  ‌ ys‌  ‌ ys‌  ‌

Type‌‌of‌‌vehicle‌  ‌ mph‌‌  mph‌‌(km/h)‌  ‌mph‌‌  mph‌‌ 

(km/h‌ (km/h)‌  ‌ (km/h)‌  ‌
)‌  ‌

Cars‌‌&‌‌motorcycles‌‌‌(including‌‌  30‌‌  60‌‌‌(96)‌  ‌ 70‌‌‌(112)‌  ‌ 70‌‌‌(112)‌  ‌

car‌‌derived‌‌vans‌‌up‌‌to‌‌2 ‌‌ (48)‌  ‌
tonnes‌‌maximum‌‌laden‌‌ 
weight)‌  ‌

Cars‌‌towing‌‌caravans‌‌or‌‌  30‌‌  50‌‌‌(80)‌  ‌ 60‌‌‌(96)‌  ‌ 60‌‌‌(96)‌  ‌

trailers‌‌‌(including‌‌car‌‌derived‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌67‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

vans‌‌and‌‌motorcycles)‌  ‌ (48)‌  ‌

Motorhomes‌‌or‌‌motor‌‌  30‌‌  60‌‌‌(96)‌  ‌ 70‌‌‌(112)‌  ‌ 70‌‌‌(112)‌  ‌

caravans‌‌‌(not‌‌exceeding‌‌3.05‌‌  (48)‌  ‌
tonnes‌‌maximum‌‌unladen‌‌ 
weight)‌  ‌

Motorhomes‌‌or‌‌motor‌‌  30‌‌  50‌‌‌(80)‌  ‌ 60‌‌‌(96)‌  ‌ 70‌‌‌(112)‌  ‌

caravans‌‌‌(exceeding‌‌3.05‌‌  (48)‌  ‌
tonnes‌‌maximum‌‌unladen‌‌ 
weight)‌  ‌

Buses,‌‌coaches‌‌and‌‌minibuses‌‌  30‌‌  50‌‌‌(80)‌  ‌ 60‌‌‌(96)‌  ‌ 70†‌‌ 

(not‌‌exceeding‌‌12‌‌metres‌‌in‌‌  (48)‌  ‌ (112)‌  ‌
overall‌‌length)‌  ‌

Goods‌‌vehicles‌‌‌(not‌‌exceeding‌‌  30‌‌  50‌‌‌(80)‌  ‌ 60‌‌‌(96)‌  ‌ 70††‌‌ 

7.5‌‌tonnes‌‌maximum‌‌laden‌‌  (48)‌  ‌ (112)‌  ‌
weight)‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌68‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Goods‌‌vehicles‌‌‌(exceeding‌‌7.5‌‌  30‌‌  50‌‌‌(80)‌  ‌ 60‌‌‌(96)‌  ‌ 60‌‌‌(96)‌  ‌

tonnes‌‌maximum‌‌laden‌‌  (48)‌  ‌
weight)‌‌in‌‌England‌‌and‌‌Wales‌  ‌

Goods‌‌vehicles‌‌‌(exceeding‌‌7.5‌‌  30‌‌  40‌‌‌(64)‌  ‌ 50‌‌‌(80)‌  ‌ 60‌‌‌(96)‌  ‌

tonnes‌‌maximum‌‌laden‌‌  (48)‌  ‌
weight)‌‌in‌‌Scotland‌  ‌  ‌

 ‌

​†‌‌60‌‌mph‌‌(96‌‌km/h)‌‌if‌‌exceeding‌‌12‌‌metres‌‌in‌‌overall‌‌length.‌  ‌

††‌‌60‌‌mph‌‌(96‌‌km/h)‌‌if‌‌articulated‌‌or‌‌towing‌‌a‌‌trailer.‌  ‌

For‌‌speed‌‌limits‌‌that‌‌apply‌‌to‌‌special‌‌types‌‌of‌‌vehicles,‌‌such‌‌as‌‌ 
oversized‌‌vehicles,‌‌see‌F‌ urther‌‌reading.‌  ‌

​Locally‌‌set‌‌speed‌‌limits‌‌‌may‌‌apply,‌‌for‌‌example‌  ‌
● 20‌‌mph‌‌(32‌‌km/h)‌‌in‌‌some‌‌built-up‌‌areas‌  ‌
● 50‌‌mph‌‌(80‌‌km/h)‌‌on‌‌single‌‌carriageways‌‌with‌‌known‌‌hazards‌  ‌
● variable‌s‌ peed‌‌limit‌‌signs‌‌are‌‌used‌‌on‌‌some‌‌motorways‌‌and‌‌dual‌‌ 
carriageways‌‌to‌‌change‌‌the‌‌maximum‌‌speed‌‌limit.‌  ‌

Speed‌‌limits‌‌are‌‌enforced‌‌by‌‌the‌‌police.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌69‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌70‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Law‌‌RTRA‌‌sects‌‌81,‌‌86,‌‌89‌‌&‌‌sch‌‌6 ‌ ‌

125. The‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌is‌‌the‌‌absolute‌‌maximum‌‌and‌‌does‌‌not‌‌mean‌‌it‌‌is‌‌ 
safe‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌at‌‌that‌‌speed‌‌irrespective‌‌of‌‌conditions.‌‌Driving‌‌at‌‌ 
speeds‌‌too‌‌fast‌‌for‌‌the‌‌road‌‌and‌‌traffic‌‌conditions‌‌is‌‌dangerous.‌‌You‌‌ 
should‌‌always‌‌reduce‌‌your‌‌speed‌‌when‌  ‌
● the‌‌road‌‌layout‌‌or‌‌condition‌‌presents‌‌hazards,‌‌such‌‌as‌‌bends‌  ‌
● sharing‌‌the‌‌road‌‌with‌‌pedestrians,‌‌cyclists‌‌and‌‌horse‌‌riders,‌‌ 
particularly‌‌children,‌‌and‌‌motorcyclists‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌71‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● weather‌‌conditions‌‌make‌‌it‌‌safer‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌  ‌
● driving‌‌at‌n
‌ ight‌‌as‌‌it‌‌is‌‌more‌‌difficult‌‌to‌‌see‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users.‌  ‌
 
 ‌

126.   ‌

 ‌

Stopping‌‌Distances.‌ Drive‌‌at‌‌a‌‌speed‌‌that‌‌will‌‌allow‌‌you‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌ 
well‌‌within‌‌the‌‌distance‌‌you‌‌can‌‌see‌‌to‌‌be‌‌clear.‌‌You‌‌should‌  ‌
● leave‌‌enough‌‌space‌‌between‌‌you‌‌and‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌front‌‌so‌‌ 
that‌‌you‌‌can‌‌pull‌‌up‌‌safely‌‌if‌‌it‌‌suddenly‌‌slows‌‌down‌‌or‌‌stops.‌‌ 
The‌‌safe‌‌rule‌‌is‌‌never‌‌to‌‌get‌‌closer‌‌than‌‌the‌‌overall‌‌stopping‌‌ 
distance‌‌(see‌‌Typical‌‌Stopping‌‌Distances‌‌diagram,‌‌shown‌‌ 
below)‌  ‌
● allow‌‌at‌‌least‌‌a‌‌two-second‌‌gap‌‌between‌‌you‌‌and‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌ 
in‌‌front‌‌on‌‌roads‌‌carrying‌‌faster-moving‌‌traffic‌‌and‌‌in‌‌tunnels‌‌ 
where‌‌visibility‌‌is‌‌reduced.‌‌The‌‌gap‌‌should‌‌be‌‌at‌‌least‌‌ 
doubled‌‌on‌‌wet‌‌roads‌‌and‌‌increased‌‌still‌‌further‌‌on‌‌icy‌‌roads‌  ‌
● remember,‌‌large‌‌vehicles‌‌and‌‌motorcycles‌‌need‌‌a‌‌greater‌‌ 
distance‌‌to‌‌stop.‌‌If‌‌driving‌‌a‌‌large‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌a‌‌tunnel,‌‌you‌‌ 
should‌‌allow‌‌a‌‌four-second‌‌gap‌‌between‌‌you‌‌and‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌ 
in‌‌front.‌  ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌72‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

If‌‌you‌‌have‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌in‌‌a‌‌tunnel,‌‌leave‌‌at‌‌least‌‌a‌‌5-metre‌‌gap‌‌between‌‌ 
you‌‌and‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌front.‌  ‌

 ‌

Download‌‘‌ Typical‌s‌ topping‌d

‌ istances’‌  ‌

Tailgating‌‌‌is‌‌where‌‌the‌‌gap‌‌between‌‌you‌‌and‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌front‌‌is‌‌too‌‌ 
small‌‌for‌‌you‌‌to‌‌be‌‌able‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌safely‌‌if‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌front‌‌suddenly‌‌ 
brakes.‌  ‌

Tailgating‌‌is‌‌dangerous,‌‌intimidating‌‌and‌‌can‌‌cause‌‌collisions,‌‌especially‌‌ 
when‌‌driving‌‌at‌‌speed.‌‌Keeping‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌distance‌‌from‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌front‌‌ 
gives‌‌you‌‌time‌‌to‌‌react‌‌and‌‌stop‌‌if‌‌necessary.‌‌Dangerous‌‌and‌‌careless‌‌ 
driving‌‌offences,‌‌such‌‌as‌‌tailgating,‌‌are‌‌enforced‌‌by‌‌the‌‌police.‌  ‌

 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌73‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

6.Lines‌‌and‌‌lane‌‌markings‌‌on‌‌the‌‌ 
road‌  ‌
 ‌
Download‌‌‘Road‌‌markings’‌‌t‌ o‌‌see‌‌diagrams‌‌of‌‌all‌‌lines.‌  ‌
127. A‌‌broken‌‌white‌‌line.‌ This‌‌marks‌‌the‌‌centre‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌When‌‌ 
this‌‌line‌‌lengthens‌‌and‌‌the‌‌gaps‌‌shorten,‌‌it‌‌means‌‌that‌‌there‌‌is‌‌a ‌‌
hazard‌‌ahead.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌cross‌‌it‌‌unless‌‌you‌‌can‌‌see‌‌the‌‌road‌‌is‌‌clear‌‌ 
and‌‌wish‌‌to‌‌overtake‌‌or‌‌turn‌‌off.‌  ‌

 ‌
128. Double‌‌white‌‌lines‌‌where‌‌the‌‌line‌‌nearest‌‌to‌‌you‌‌is‌‌broken.‌ This‌‌ 
means‌‌you‌‌may‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌lines‌‌to‌‌overtake‌‌if‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe,‌‌provided‌‌you‌‌ 
can‌‌complete‌‌the‌‌manoeuvre‌‌before‌‌reaching‌‌a‌‌solid‌‌white‌‌line‌‌on‌‌ 
your‌‌side.‌‌White‌‌direction‌‌arrows‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌indicate‌‌that‌‌you‌‌ 
need‌‌to‌‌get‌‌back‌‌onto‌‌your‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌

 ‌
129. Double‌‌white‌‌lines‌‌where‌‌the‌‌line‌‌nearest‌‌you‌‌is‌‌solid.‌ This‌‌ 
means‌‌you‌M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌ cross‌‌or‌‌straddle‌‌it‌‌unless‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌and‌‌you‌‌ 
need‌‌to‌‌enter‌‌adjoining‌‌premises‌‌or‌‌a‌‌side‌‌road.‌‌You‌‌may‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌ 
line‌‌if‌‌necessary,‌‌provided‌‌the‌‌road‌‌is‌‌clear,‌‌to‌‌pass‌‌a‌‌stationary‌‌ 
vehicle,‌‌or‌‌overtake‌‌a‌‌pedal‌‌cycle,‌‌horse‌‌or‌‌road‌‌maintenance‌‌ 
vehicle,‌‌if‌‌they‌‌are‌‌travelling‌‌at‌‌10‌‌mph‌‌(16‌‌km/h)‌‌or‌‌less.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10‌‌&‌‌26‌  ‌
 ‌
130. Areas‌‌of‌‌white‌‌diagonal‌‌stripes‌ or‌‌chevrons‌‌painted‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌ 
These‌‌are‌‌to‌‌separate‌‌traffic‌‌lanes‌‌or‌‌to‌‌protect‌‌traffic‌‌turning‌‌right.‌  ‌
● If‌‌the‌‌area‌‌is‌‌bordered‌‌by‌‌a‌‌broken‌‌white‌‌line,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌not‌‌ 
enter‌‌the‌‌area‌‌unless‌‌it‌‌is‌‌necessary‌‌and‌‌you‌‌can‌‌see‌‌that‌‌it‌‌is‌‌ 
safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌  ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌74‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● If‌‌the‌‌area‌‌is‌‌marked‌‌with‌‌chevrons‌‌and‌‌bordered‌‌by‌‌solid‌‌ 
white‌‌lines‌‌you ‌MUST‌‌NOT ‌enter‌‌it‌‌except‌‌in‌‌an‌‌emergency.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌MT(E&W)R‌‌regs‌‌5,‌‌9,‌‌10‌‌&‌‌16,‌‌MT(S)R‌‌regs‌‌4,‌‌8,‌‌9‌‌&‌‌14,‌ 
RTA‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌10(1)‌  ‌

 ‌
131. Lane‌‌dividers.‌ These‌‌are‌‌short,‌‌broken‌‌white‌‌lines‌‌which‌‌are‌‌ 
used‌‌on‌‌wide‌‌carriageways‌‌to‌‌divide‌‌them‌‌into‌‌lanes.‌‌You‌‌should‌‌ 
keep‌‌between‌‌them.‌  ‌

 ‌
132. Reflective‌‌road‌‌studs‌ may‌‌be‌‌used‌‌with‌‌white‌‌lines.‌  ‌
● White‌‌studs‌‌mark‌‌the‌‌lanes‌‌or‌‌the‌‌middle‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌
● Red‌‌studs‌‌mark‌‌the‌‌left‌‌edge‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌
● Amber‌‌studs‌‌mark‌‌the‌‌central‌‌reservation‌‌of‌‌a‌‌dual‌‌ 
carriageway‌‌or‌‌motorway.‌  ‌
● Green‌‌studs‌‌mark‌‌the‌‌edge‌‌of‌‌the‌‌main‌‌carriageway‌‌at‌‌ 
lay-bys‌‌and‌‌slip‌‌roads.‌  ‌
● Green/yellow‌‌studs‌‌indicate‌‌temporary‌‌adjustments‌‌to‌‌lane‌‌ 
layouts,‌‌e.g.‌‌where‌‌road‌‌works‌‌are‌‌taking‌‌place.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌75‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌
  ‌
 ‌

7.Multi-lane‌‌carriageways‌  ‌
Lane‌‌discipline‌  ‌
133. If‌‌you‌‌need‌‌to‌‌change‌‌lane,‌‌first‌‌use‌‌your‌‌mirrors‌‌and‌‌if‌‌ 
necessary‌‌take‌‌a‌‌quick‌‌sideways‌‌glance‌‌to‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌you‌‌will‌‌not‌‌ 
force‌‌another‌‌road‌‌user‌‌to‌‌change‌‌course‌‌or‌‌speed.‌‌When‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌ 
to‌‌do‌‌so,‌‌signal‌‌to‌‌indicate‌‌your‌‌intentions‌‌to‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌and‌‌ 
when‌‌clear,‌‌move‌‌over.‌  ‌

134. You‌‌should‌‌follow‌‌the‌‌signs‌‌and‌‌road‌‌markings‌‌and‌‌get‌‌into‌‌the‌‌ 
lane‌‌as‌‌directed.‌‌In‌‌congested‌‌road‌‌conditions‌‌do‌‌not‌‌change‌‌lanes‌‌ 
unnecessarily.‌‌Merging‌‌in‌‌turn‌‌is‌‌recommended‌‌but‌‌only‌‌if‌‌safe‌‌and‌‌ 
appropriate‌‌when‌‌vehicles‌‌are‌‌travelling‌‌at‌‌a‌‌very‌‌low‌‌speed,‌‌e.g.‌‌ 
when‌‌approaching‌‌road‌‌works‌‌or‌‌a‌‌road‌‌traffic‌‌incident.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌not‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌76‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
recommended‌‌at‌‌high‌‌speed.‌  ‌

Single‌‌carriageway‌  ‌
135. Where‌‌a‌‌single‌‌carriageway‌‌has‌‌three‌‌lanes‌‌and‌‌the‌‌road‌‌ 
markings‌‌or‌‌signs‌‌do‌‌not‌‌give‌‌priority‌‌to‌‌traffic‌‌in‌‌either‌‌direction‌  ‌
● use‌‌the‌‌middle‌‌lane‌‌only‌‌for‌‌overtaking‌‌or‌‌turning‌‌right.‌‌ 
Remember,‌‌you‌‌have‌‌no‌‌more‌‌right‌‌to‌‌use‌‌the‌‌middle‌‌lane‌‌ 
than‌‌a‌‌driver‌‌coming‌‌from‌‌the‌‌opposite‌‌direction‌  ‌
● do‌‌not‌‌use‌‌the‌‌right-hand‌‌lane.‌  ‌

136. Where‌‌a‌‌single‌‌carriageway‌‌has‌‌four‌‌or‌‌more‌‌lanes,‌‌use‌‌only‌‌the‌‌ 
lanes‌‌that‌‌signs‌‌or‌‌markings‌‌indicate.‌  ‌

 
Dual‌‌carriageways‌  ‌
A‌‌dual‌‌carriageway‌‌is‌‌a‌‌road‌‌which‌‌has‌‌a‌‌central‌‌reservation‌‌to‌‌ 
separate‌‌the‌‌carriageways.‌  ‌

137. On‌‌a‌‌two-lane‌‌dual‌‌carriageway‌‌you‌‌should‌‌stay‌‌in‌‌the‌‌left-hand‌‌ 
lane.‌‌Use‌‌the‌‌right-hand‌‌lane‌‌for‌‌overtaking‌‌or‌‌turning‌‌right.‌‌After‌‌ 
overtaking,‌‌move‌‌back‌‌to‌‌the‌‌left-hand‌‌lane‌‌when‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌ 
so.‌  ‌

138. On‌‌a‌‌dual‌‌carriageway‌‌with‌‌three‌‌or‌‌more‌‌lanes,‌‌you‌‌may‌‌use‌‌ 
the‌‌middle‌‌lanes‌‌or‌‌the‌‌right-hand‌‌lane‌‌to‌‌overtake‌‌but‌‌you‌‌should‌‌ 
return‌‌to‌‌the‌‌middle‌‌lanes‌‌and‌‌then‌‌the‌‌left-hand‌‌lane‌‌when‌‌it‌‌is‌‌ 
safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌77‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

139. Climbing‌‌and‌‌crawler‌‌lanes.‌ These‌‌are‌‌provided‌‌on‌‌some‌‌hills.‌‌ 
Use‌‌this‌‌lane‌‌if‌‌you‌‌are‌‌driving‌‌a‌‌slow-moving‌‌vehicle‌‌or‌‌if‌‌there‌‌are‌‌ 
vehicles‌‌behind‌‌you‌‌wishing‌‌to‌‌overtake.‌‌Be‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌the‌‌signs‌‌and‌‌ 
road‌‌markings‌‌which‌‌indicate‌‌the‌‌lane‌‌is‌‌about‌‌to‌‌end.‌  ‌

140. Cycle‌‌lanes.‌ These‌‌are‌‌shown‌‌by‌‌road‌‌markings‌‌and‌‌signs.‌‌ 
You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ drive‌‌or‌‌park‌‌in‌‌a‌‌cycle‌‌lane‌‌marked‌‌by‌‌a‌‌solid‌‌ 
white‌‌line‌‌during‌‌its‌‌times‌‌of‌‌operation.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌drive‌‌or‌‌park‌‌in‌‌a ‌‌
cycle‌‌lane‌‌marked‌‌by‌‌a‌‌broken‌‌white‌‌line‌‌unless‌‌it‌‌is‌‌unavoidable.‌‌ 
You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ park‌‌in‌‌any‌‌cycle‌‌lane‌‌whilst‌‌waiting‌‌restrictions‌‌ 
apply.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTRA‌‌sects‌‌5‌‌&‌‌8 ‌ ‌
 ‌

141. Bus‌‌lanes.‌ These‌‌are‌‌shown‌‌by‌‌road‌‌markings‌‌and‌‌signs‌‌that‌‌ 
indicate‌‌which‌‌(if‌‌any)‌‌other‌‌vehicles‌‌are‌‌permitted‌‌to‌‌use‌‌the‌‌bus‌‌ 
lane.‌‌Unless‌‌otherwise‌‌indicated,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌not‌‌drive‌‌in‌‌a‌‌bus‌‌lane‌‌ 
during‌‌its‌‌period‌‌of‌‌operation.‌‌You‌‌may‌‌enter‌‌a‌‌bus‌‌lane‌‌to‌‌stop,‌‌to‌‌ 
load‌‌or‌‌unload‌‌where‌‌this‌‌is‌‌not‌‌prohibited.‌  ‌
 
142. High-occupancy‌‌vehicle‌‌lanes‌‌and‌‌other‌‌designated‌‌vehicle‌‌ 
lanes.‌ Lanes‌‌may‌‌be‌‌restricted‌‌for‌‌use‌‌by‌‌particular‌‌types‌‌of‌ 
vehicle;‌‌these‌‌restrictions‌‌may‌‌apply‌‌some‌‌or‌‌all‌‌of‌‌the‌‌time.‌‌The‌‌ 
operating‌‌times‌‌and‌‌vehicle‌‌types‌‌will‌‌be‌‌indicated‌‌on‌‌the‌‌ 
accompanying‌‌traffic‌‌signs.‌‌You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ drive‌‌in‌‌such‌‌lanes‌‌ 
during‌‌their‌‌times‌‌of‌‌operation‌‌unless‌‌signs‌‌indicate‌‌that‌‌your‌‌ 
vehicle‌‌is‌‌permitted.‌  ‌
  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌78‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
Download‌‌‘ Traffic‌‌signs’‌  ‌
  ‌
Vehicles‌‌permitted‌‌to‌‌use‌‌designated‌‌lanes‌‌may‌‌or‌‌may‌‌not‌‌include‌‌ 
cycles,‌‌buses,‌‌taxis,‌‌licensed‌‌private‌‌hire‌‌vehicles,‌‌motorcycles,‌‌ 
heavy‌‌goods‌‌vehicles‌‌(HGVs)‌‌and‌‌high-occupancy‌‌vehicles‌‌(HOVs).‌‌ 
Where‌‌HOV‌‌lanes‌‌are‌‌in‌‌operation,‌‌they ‌MUST‌‌ONLY‌ be‌‌used‌‌by‌  ‌
● vehicles‌‌containing‌‌at‌‌least‌‌the‌‌minimum‌‌number‌‌of‌‌people‌‌ 
indicated‌‌on‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌signs‌  ‌
● any‌‌other‌‌vehicles,‌‌such‌‌as‌‌buses‌‌and‌‌motorcycles,‌‌as‌‌ 
indicated‌‌on‌‌signs‌‌prior‌‌to‌‌the‌‌start‌‌of‌‌the‌‌lane,‌‌irrespective‌‌ 
of‌‌the‌‌number‌‌of‌‌occupants.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTRA‌‌sects‌‌5‌‌&‌‌8,‌‌&‌‌RTA‌‌1988,‌‌sect‌‌36‌  ‌
  ‌ ‌
143. One-way‌‌streets.‌ Traffic ‌MUST ‌travel‌‌in‌‌the‌‌direction‌‌indicated‌‌ 
by‌‌signs.‌‌Buses‌‌and/or‌‌cycles‌‌may‌‌have‌‌a‌‌contraflow‌‌lane.‌‌Choose‌‌ 
the‌‌correct‌‌lane‌‌for‌‌your‌‌exit‌‌as‌‌soon‌‌as‌‌you‌‌can.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌change‌‌ 
lanes‌‌suddenly.‌‌Unless‌‌road‌‌signs‌‌or‌‌markings‌‌indicate‌‌otherwise,‌‌ 
you‌‌should‌‌use‌  ‌
● the‌‌left-hand‌‌lane‌‌when‌‌going‌‌left‌  ‌
● the‌‌right-hand‌‌lane‌‌when‌‌going‌‌right‌  ‌
● the‌‌most‌‌appropriate‌‌lane‌‌when‌‌going‌‌straight‌‌ahead.‌  ‌
Remember‌‌–‌‌traffic‌‌could‌‌be‌‌passing‌‌on‌‌both‌‌sides.‌  ‌
‌Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌RTRA‌‌sects‌‌5‌‌&‌‌8 ‌ ‌
 
144. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌  ‌
● drive‌‌dangerously‌  ‌
● drive‌‌without‌‌due‌‌care‌‌and‌‌attention‌  ‌
● drive‌‌without‌‌reasonable‌‌consideration‌‌for‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌79‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌2‌‌&‌‌3‌‌as‌‌amended‌‌by‌‌RTA‌‌1991‌  ‌
 
145. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ drive‌‌on‌‌or‌‌over‌‌a‌‌pavement,‌‌footpath‌‌or‌‌ 
bridleway‌‌except‌‌to‌‌gain‌‌lawful‌‌access‌‌to‌‌property,‌‌or‌‌in‌‌the‌‌case‌‌of‌‌ 
an‌‌emergency.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌HA‌‌1835‌‌sect‌‌72‌‌&‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌34‌  ‌
 
146. Adapt‌‌your‌‌driving‌ to‌‌the‌‌appropriate‌‌type‌‌and‌‌condition‌‌of‌‌ 
road‌‌you‌‌are‌‌on.‌‌In‌‌particular‌  ‌
● Do‌‌not‌‌treat‌‌speed‌‌limits‌‌as‌‌a‌‌target.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌often‌‌not‌‌ 
appropriate‌‌or‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌at‌‌the‌‌maximum‌‌speed‌‌limit‌  ‌
● Take‌‌the‌‌road‌‌and‌‌traffic‌‌conditions‌‌into‌‌account.‌‌Be‌‌ 
prepared‌‌for‌‌unexpected‌‌or‌‌difficult‌‌situations,‌‌for‌‌example,‌‌ 
the‌‌road‌‌being‌‌blocked‌‌beyond‌‌a‌‌blind‌‌bend.‌‌Be‌‌prepared‌‌to‌‌ 
adjust‌‌your‌‌speed‌‌as‌‌a‌‌precaution‌  ‌
● where‌‌there‌‌are‌‌junctions,‌‌be‌‌prepared‌‌for‌‌road‌‌users‌‌ 
emerging‌  ‌
● in‌‌side‌‌roads‌‌and‌‌country‌‌lanes‌‌look‌‌out‌‌for‌‌unmarked‌‌ 
junctions‌‌where‌‌nobody‌‌has‌‌priority‌  ‌
● be‌‌prepared‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌at‌‌traffic‌‌control‌‌systems,‌‌road‌‌works,‌‌ 
pedestrian‌‌crossings‌‌or‌‌traffic‌‌lights‌‌as‌‌necessary‌  ‌
● try‌‌to‌‌anticipate‌‌what‌‌pedestrians‌‌and‌‌cyclists‌‌might‌‌do.‌‌If‌‌ 
pedestrians,‌‌particularly‌‌children,‌‌are‌‌looking‌‌the‌‌other‌‌way,‌‌ 
they‌‌may‌‌step‌‌out‌‌into‌‌the‌‌road‌‌without‌‌seeing‌‌you.‌  ‌

 
147. Be‌‌considerate. ‌Be‌‌careful‌‌of‌‌and‌‌considerate‌‌towards‌‌all‌‌types‌‌ 
of‌‌road‌‌users,‌‌especially‌‌those‌‌requiring‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌(see‌ R
‌ ule‌‌204‌).‌‌   ‌
● you‌‌MUST‌‌NOT‌‌throw‌‌anything‌‌out‌‌of‌‌a‌‌vehicle,‌‌for‌‌example,‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌80‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
cigarette‌‌ends,‌‌cans,‌‌paper‌‌or‌‌carrier‌‌bags.‌‌This‌‌can‌‌ 
endanger‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users,‌‌particularly‌‌motorcyclists‌‌and‌‌ 
cyclists‌  ‌
● try‌‌to‌‌be‌‌understanding‌‌if‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌cause‌‌problems;‌‌ 
they‌‌may‌‌be‌‌inexperienced‌‌or‌‌not‌‌know‌‌the‌‌area‌‌well‌  ‌
● be‌‌patient;‌‌remember‌‌that‌‌anyone‌‌can‌‌make‌‌a‌‌mistake‌  ‌
● Not‌‌allow‌‌yourself‌‌to‌‌become‌‌agitated‌‌or‌‌involved‌‌if‌‌ 
someone‌‌is‌‌behaving‌‌badly‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌This‌‌will‌‌only‌‌make‌‌ 
the‌‌situation‌‌worse.‌‌Pull‌‌over,‌‌calm‌‌down‌‌and,‌‌when‌‌you‌‌feel‌‌ 
relaxed,‌‌continue‌‌your‌‌journey‌  ‌
● Slow‌‌down‌‌and‌‌hold‌‌back‌‌if‌‌a‌‌road‌‌user‌‌pulls‌‌out‌‌into‌‌your‌‌ 
path‌‌at‌‌a‌‌junction.‌‌Allow‌‌them‌‌to‌‌get‌‌clear.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌over-react‌‌ 
by‌‌driving‌‌too‌‌close‌‌behind‌‌to‌‌intimidate‌‌them.‌  ‌

 
148. Safe‌‌driving‌‌and‌‌riding‌‌needs‌‌concentration.‌ Avoid‌‌distractions‌‌ 
when‌‌driving‌‌or‌‌riding‌‌such‌‌as‌  ‌
● loud‌‌music‌‌(this‌‌may‌‌mask‌‌other‌‌sounds)‌  ‌
● trying‌‌to‌‌read‌‌maps‌  ‌
● inserting‌‌a‌‌cassette‌‌or‌‌CD‌‌or‌‌tuning‌‌a‌‌radio‌  ‌
● arguing‌‌with‌‌your‌‌passengers‌‌or‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌  ‌
● eating‌‌and‌‌drinking‌  ‌
● smoking‌  ‌

You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ smoke‌‌in‌‌public‌‌transport‌‌vehicles‌‌or‌‌in‌‌vehicles‌‌ 
used‌‌for‌‌work‌‌purposes‌‌in‌‌certain‌‌prescribed‌‌circumstances.‌‌ 
Separate‌‌regulations‌‌apply‌‌to‌‌England,‌‌Wales‌‌and‌‌Scotland.‌‌In‌‌ 
England‌‌and‌‌Wales,‌‌the‌‌driver ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ smoke‌‌or‌‌allow‌‌anyone‌‌to‌‌ 
smoke‌‌in‌‌an‌‌enclosed‌‌private‌‌vehicle‌‌carrying‌‌someone‌‌under‌‌18,‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌81‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
including‌‌motor‌‌caravans.‌  ‌
Laws ‌TSf(EV)R‌‌regs‌, ‌TSfP(W)R‌‌regs‌, ‌TPSCP(S)R‌‌regs‌, ‌S-f(PV)R‌‌ 
regs‌ & ‌S-f(W)R‌‌regs‌  ‌

 ‌
Mobile‌‌phones‌‌and‌‌in-vehicle‌‌technology‌  ‌
 ‌
149. You ‌MUST ‌exercise‌‌proper‌‌control‌‌of‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌at‌‌all‌‌times.‌‌ 
You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ use‌‌a‌‌hand-held‌‌mobile‌‌phone,‌‌or‌‌similar‌‌device,‌‌ 
when‌‌driving‌‌or‌‌when‌‌supervising‌‌a‌‌learner‌‌driver,‌‌except‌‌to‌‌call‌‌ 
999‌‌or‌‌112‌‌in‌‌a‌‌genuine‌‌emergency‌‌when‌‌it‌‌is‌‌unsafe‌‌or‌‌impractical‌‌ 
to‌‌stop.‌‌Never‌‌use‌‌a‌‌hand-held‌‌microphone‌‌when‌‌driving.‌‌Using‌‌ 
hands-free‌‌equipment‌‌is‌‌also‌‌likely‌‌to‌‌distract‌‌your‌‌attention‌‌from‌‌ 
the‌‌road.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌far‌‌safer‌‌not‌‌to‌‌use‌‌any‌‌telephone‌‌while‌‌you‌‌are‌‌ 
driving‌‌or‌‌riding‌‌-‌‌find‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌place‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌first‌‌or‌‌use‌‌the‌‌voicemail‌‌ 
facility‌‌and‌‌listen‌‌to‌‌messages‌‌later.‌  ‌
 
You‌‌may‌‌park‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌using‌‌a‌‌hand-held‌‌remote‌‌control‌‌app‌‌or‌‌ 
device.‌‌The‌‌app‌‌or‌‌device‌‌MUST‌‌be‌‌legal,‌‌and‌‌you‌‌should‌‌not‌‌put‌‌ 
other‌‌people‌‌in‌‌danger‌‌when‌‌you‌‌use‌‌it.‌  ‌
 
150. There‌‌is‌‌a‌‌danger‌‌of‌‌driver‌‌distraction‌‌being‌‌caused‌‌by‌‌in-vehicle‌‌ 
systems‌‌such‌‌as‌‌satellite‌‌navigation‌‌systems,‌‌congestion‌‌warning‌‌ 
systems,‌‌PCs,‌‌multi-media,‌‌etc.‌‌You ‌MUST ‌exercise‌‌proper‌‌control‌‌ 
of‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌at‌‌all‌‌times.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌rely‌‌on‌‌driver‌‌assistance‌‌systems‌‌ 
such‌‌as‌‌cruise‌‌control‌‌or‌‌lane‌‌departure‌‌warnings.‌‌They‌‌are‌‌ 
available‌‌to‌‌assist‌‌but‌‌you‌‌should‌‌not‌‌reduce‌‌your‌‌concentration‌‌ 
levels.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌be‌‌distracted‌‌by‌‌maps‌‌or‌‌screen-based‌‌information‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌82‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
(such‌‌as‌‌navigation‌‌or‌‌vehicle‌‌management‌‌systems)‌‌while‌‌driving‌‌ 
or‌‌riding.‌‌If‌‌necessary‌‌find‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌place‌‌to‌‌stop.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌2‌‌&‌‌3‌‌&‌‌CUR‌‌reg‌‌104‌  ‌
 
151. In‌‌slow-moving‌‌traffic.‌ You‌‌should‌  ‌
 
● reduce‌‌the‌‌distance‌‌between‌‌you‌‌and‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌ahead‌‌to‌‌ 
maintain‌‌traffic‌‌flow‌  ‌
● never‌‌get‌‌so‌‌close‌‌to‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌front‌‌that‌‌you‌‌cannot‌‌ 
stop‌‌safely‌  ‌
● leave‌‌enough‌‌space‌‌to‌‌be‌‌able‌‌to‌‌manoeuvre‌‌if‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌ 
front‌‌breaks‌‌down‌‌or‌‌an‌‌emergency‌‌vehicle‌‌needs‌‌to‌‌get‌‌past‌  ‌
● not‌‌change‌‌lanes‌‌to‌‌the‌‌left‌‌to‌‌overtake‌  ‌
● allow‌‌access‌‌into‌‌and‌‌from‌‌side‌‌roads,‌‌as‌‌blocking‌‌these‌‌will‌‌ 
add‌‌to‌‌congestion‌  ‌
● be‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌cyclists‌‌and‌‌motorcyclists‌‌who‌‌may‌‌be‌‌passing‌‌ 
on‌‌either‌‌side.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌83‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌
Driving‌‌in‌‌built-up‌‌areas‌  ‌
 ‌
152. Residential‌‌streets.‌ You‌‌should‌‌drive‌‌slowly‌‌and‌‌carefully‌‌on‌‌ 
streets‌‌where‌‌there‌‌are‌‌likely‌‌to‌‌be‌‌pedestrians,‌‌cyclists‌‌and‌‌parked‌‌ 
cars.‌‌In‌‌some‌‌areas‌‌a‌‌20‌‌mph‌‌(32‌‌km/h)‌‌maximum‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌may‌‌ 
be‌‌in‌‌force.‌‌Look‌‌out‌‌for‌  ‌
● vehicles‌‌emerging‌‌from‌‌junctions‌‌or‌‌driveways‌  ‌
● vehicles‌‌moving‌‌off‌  ‌
● car‌‌doors‌‌opening‌  ‌
● pedestrians‌  ‌
● children‌‌running‌‌out‌‌from‌‌between‌‌parked‌‌cars‌  ‌
● cyclists‌‌and‌‌motorcyclists.‌  ‌
 
153. Traffic-calming‌‌measures. ‌On‌‌some‌‌roads‌‌there‌‌are‌‌features‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌84‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
such‌‌as‌‌road‌‌humps,‌‌chicanes‌‌and‌‌narrowings‌‌which‌‌are‌‌intended‌‌ 
to‌‌slow‌‌you‌‌down.‌‌When‌‌you‌‌approach‌‌these‌‌features‌‌reduce‌‌your‌‌ 
speed.‌‌Allow‌‌cyclists‌‌and‌‌motorcyclists‌‌room‌‌to‌‌pass‌‌through‌‌them.‌‌ 
Maintain‌‌a‌‌reduced‌‌speed‌‌along‌‌the‌‌whole‌‌of‌‌the‌‌stretch‌‌of‌‌road‌‌ 
within‌‌the‌‌calming‌‌measures.‌‌Give‌‌way‌‌to‌‌oncoming‌‌road‌‌users‌‌if‌‌ 
directed‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌‌by‌‌signs.‌‌You‌‌should‌‌not‌‌overtake‌‌other‌‌moving‌ 
road‌‌users‌‌while‌‌in‌‌these‌‌areas.‌  ‌
 

 ‌

 ‌
Country‌‌roads‌  ‌
 ‌
154. Take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌on‌‌country‌‌roads‌‌and‌‌reduce‌‌your‌‌speed‌‌at‌‌ 
approaches‌‌to‌‌bends,‌‌which‌‌can‌‌be‌‌sharper‌‌than‌‌they‌‌appear,‌‌and‌‌ 
at‌‌junctions‌‌and‌‌turnings,‌‌which‌‌may‌‌be‌‌partially‌‌hidden.‌‌Be‌‌ 
prepared‌‌for‌‌pedestrians,‌‌horse‌‌riders,‌‌cyclists,‌‌slow-moving‌‌farm‌‌ 
vehicles‌‌or‌‌mud‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌surface.‌‌Make‌‌sure‌‌you‌‌can‌‌stop‌‌ 
within‌‌the‌‌distance‌‌you‌‌can‌‌see‌‌to‌‌be‌‌clear.‌‌You‌‌should‌‌also‌‌reduce‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌85‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
your‌‌speed‌‌where‌‌country‌‌roads‌‌enter‌‌villages.‌  ‌
 
155. Single-track‌‌roads.‌ These‌‌are‌‌only‌‌wide‌‌enough‌‌for‌‌one‌‌vehicle.‌‌ 
They‌‌may‌‌have‌‌special‌‌passing‌‌places.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌see‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌coming‌‌ 
towards‌‌you,‌‌or‌‌the‌‌driver‌‌behind‌‌wants‌‌to‌‌overtake,‌‌pull‌‌into‌‌a ‌‌
passing‌‌place‌‌on‌‌your‌‌left,‌‌or‌‌wait‌‌opposite‌‌a‌‌passing‌‌place‌‌on‌‌your‌‌ 
right.‌‌Give‌‌way‌‌to‌‌vehicles‌‌coming‌‌uphill‌‌whenever‌‌you‌‌can.‌‌If‌‌ 
necessary,‌‌reverse‌‌until‌‌you‌‌reach‌‌a‌‌passing‌‌place‌‌to‌‌let‌‌the‌‌other‌‌ 
vehicle‌‌pass.‌‌Slow‌‌down‌‌when‌‌passing‌‌pedestrians,‌‌cyclists‌‌and‌ 
horse‌‌riders.‌  ‌

156. Do‌‌not‌‌park‌‌in‌‌passing‌‌places.‌  ‌
 
Vehicles‌‌prohibited‌‌from‌‌using‌‌roads‌‌and‌‌ 
pavements‌  ‌
157. Certain‌‌motorised‌‌vehicles‌‌do‌‌not‌‌meet‌‌the‌‌construction‌‌and‌‌ 
technical‌‌requirements‌‌for‌‌road‌‌vehicles‌‌and‌‌are‌‌generally‌‌not‌‌ 
intended,‌‌not‌‌suitable‌‌and‌‌not‌‌legal‌‌for‌‌road,‌‌pavement,‌‌footpath,‌‌ 
cycle‌‌path‌‌or‌‌bridleway‌‌use.‌‌These‌‌include‌‌most‌‌types‌‌of‌‌miniature‌‌ 
motorcycles,‌‌also‌‌called‌‌mini‌‌motos,‌‌and‌‌motorised‌‌scooters,‌‌also‌‌ 
called‌‌go‌‌peds,‌‌which‌‌are‌‌powered‌‌by‌‌electric‌‌or‌‌internal‌‌ 
combustion‌‌engines.‌‌These‌‌types‌‌of‌‌vehicle ‌MUST‌‌NOT ‌be‌‌used‌‌on‌‌ 
roads,‌‌pavements,‌‌footpaths‌‌or‌‌bridleways.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌34,‌‌41a,‌‌42,‌‌47,‌‌63‌‌&‌‌66,‌‌HA‌‌1835,‌‌sect‌‌72,‌‌& ‌‌
R(S)A‌‌sect‌‌129‌  ‌
 
158. Certain‌‌models‌‌of‌‌motorcycles,‌‌motor‌‌tricycles‌‌and‌‌quadricycles,‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌86‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
also‌‌called‌‌quad‌‌bikes,‌‌are‌‌suitable‌‌only‌‌for‌‌off-road‌‌use‌‌and‌‌do‌‌not‌‌ 
meet‌‌legal‌‌standards‌‌for‌‌use‌‌on‌‌roads.‌‌Vehicles‌‌that‌‌do‌‌not‌‌meet‌‌ 
these‌‌standards ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ be‌‌used‌‌on‌‌roads.‌‌They ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ be‌‌ 
used‌‌on‌‌pavements,‌‌footpaths,‌‌cycle‌‌paths‌‌or‌‌bridleways‌‌either.‌‌ 
You‌‌MUST‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌that‌‌any‌‌motorcycle,‌‌motor‌‌tricycle,‌‌ 
quadricycle‌‌or‌‌any‌‌other‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌meets‌‌legal‌‌standards‌‌and‌‌ 
is‌‌properly‌‌registered,‌‌taxed‌‌and‌‌insured‌‌before‌‌using‌‌it‌‌on‌‌the‌‌ 
roads.‌‌Even‌‌when‌‌registered,‌‌taxed‌‌and‌‌insured‌‌for‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌ 
vehicles ‌MUST‌‌NOT ‌be‌‌used‌‌on‌‌pavements.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌34,‌‌41a,‌‌42,‌‌47,‌‌63,‌‌66‌‌&‌‌156,‌‌HA‌‌1835,‌‌sect‌‌ 
72,‌‌R(S)A‌‌sect‌‌129,‌‌&‌‌VERA‌‌Ss‌‌1,‌‌29,‌‌31A,‌‌&‌‌43A‌  ‌

 ‌

   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌87‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Using‌t‌ he‌r‌ oad‌  ‌

 ‌

1.General‌‌rules‌  ‌
159. Before‌‌moving‌‌off‌‌you‌‌should‌  ‌
● use‌‌all‌‌mirrors‌‌to‌‌check‌‌the‌‌road‌‌is‌‌clear‌  ‌
● look‌‌round‌‌to‌‌check‌‌the‌‌blind‌‌spots‌‌(the‌‌areas‌‌you‌‌are‌‌ 
unable‌‌to‌‌see‌‌in‌‌the‌‌mirrors)‌  ‌
● signal‌‌if‌‌necessary‌‌before‌‌moving‌‌out‌  ‌
● look‌‌round‌‌for‌‌a‌‌final‌‌check.‌  ‌

Move‌‌off‌‌only‌‌when‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌  ‌

160. Once‌‌moving‌‌you‌‌should‌  ‌
● keep‌‌to‌‌the‌‌left,‌‌unless‌‌road‌‌signs‌‌or‌‌markings‌‌indicate‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌88‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
otherwise.‌‌The‌‌exceptions‌‌are‌‌when‌‌you‌‌want‌‌to‌‌overtake,‌‌ 
turn‌‌right‌‌or‌‌pass‌‌parked‌‌vehicles‌‌or‌‌pedestrians‌‌in‌‌the‌‌road‌  ‌
● keep‌‌well‌‌to‌‌the‌‌left‌‌on‌‌right-hand‌‌bends.‌‌This‌‌will‌‌improve‌‌ 
your‌‌view‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌and‌‌help‌‌avoid‌‌the‌‌risk‌‌of‌‌colliding‌‌ 
with‌‌traffic‌‌approaching‌‌from‌‌the‌‌opposite‌‌direction‌  ‌
● drive‌‌with‌‌both‌‌hands‌‌on‌‌the‌‌wheel‌‌where‌‌possible.‌‌This‌‌will‌‌ 
help‌‌you‌‌to‌‌remain‌‌in‌‌full‌‌control‌‌of‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌at‌‌all‌‌times.‌‌ 
You‌‌may‌‌use‌‌driver‌‌assistance‌‌systems‌‌while‌‌you‌‌are‌‌driving.‌‌ 
Make‌‌sure‌‌you‌‌use‌‌any‌‌system‌‌according‌‌to‌‌the‌‌ 
manufacturer’s‌‌instructions‌  ‌
● be‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users,‌‌especially‌‌cycles‌‌and‌‌ 
motorcycles‌‌who‌‌may‌‌be‌‌filtering‌‌through‌‌the‌‌traffic.‌‌These‌‌ 
are‌‌more‌‌difficult‌‌to‌‌see‌‌than‌‌larger‌‌vehicles‌‌and‌‌their‌‌riders‌‌ 
are‌‌particularly‌‌vulnerable.‌‌Give‌‌them‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌room,‌‌ 
especially‌‌if‌‌you‌‌are‌‌driving‌‌a‌‌long‌‌vehicle‌‌or‌‌towing‌‌a‌‌trailer‌  ‌
● select‌‌a‌‌lower‌‌gear‌‌before‌‌you‌‌reach‌‌a‌‌long‌‌downhill‌‌slope.‌‌ 
This‌‌will‌‌help‌‌to‌‌control‌‌your‌‌speed‌  ‌
● when‌‌towing,‌‌remember‌‌the‌‌extra‌‌length‌‌will‌‌affect‌‌ 
overtaking‌‌and‌‌manoeuvring.‌‌The‌‌extra‌‌weight‌‌will‌‌also‌‌ 
affect‌‌the‌‌braking‌‌and‌‌acceleration.‌  ‌

161. Mirrors.‌ All‌‌mirrors‌‌should‌‌be‌‌used‌‌effectively‌‌throughout‌‌your‌‌ 
journey.‌‌You‌‌should‌  ‌
● use‌‌your‌‌mirrors‌‌frequently‌‌so‌‌that‌‌you‌‌always‌‌know‌‌what‌‌is‌‌ 
behind‌‌and‌‌to‌‌each‌‌side‌‌of‌‌you‌  ‌
● use‌‌them‌‌in‌‌good‌‌time‌‌before‌‌you‌‌signal‌‌or‌‌change‌‌direction‌‌ 
or‌‌speed‌  ‌
● be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌mirrors‌‌do‌‌not‌‌cover‌‌all‌‌areas‌‌and‌‌there‌‌will‌‌ 
be‌‌blind‌‌spots.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌89‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

You‌‌will‌‌need‌‌to‌‌look‌‌round‌‌and‌‌check.‌  ‌
Remember:‌‌Mirrors‌‌–‌‌Signal‌‌–‌‌Manoeuvre‌  ‌
 ‌
 

2.Overtaking‌  ‌
162. Before‌‌overtaking‌ you‌‌should‌‌make‌‌sure‌  ‌
● the‌‌road‌‌is‌‌sufficiently‌‌clear‌‌ahead‌  ‌
● road‌‌users‌‌are‌‌not‌‌beginning‌‌to‌‌overtake‌‌you‌  ‌
● there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌suitable‌‌gap‌‌in‌‌front‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌user‌‌you‌‌plan‌‌to‌‌ 
overtake.‌  ‌

163. Overtake‌‌only‌ when‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌and‌‌legal‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌‌You‌‌should‌  ‌
● not‌‌get‌‌too‌‌close‌‌to‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌you‌‌intend‌‌to‌‌overtake‌  ‌
● use‌‌your‌‌mirrors,‌‌signal‌‌when‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so,‌‌take‌‌a‌‌quick‌‌ 
sideways‌‌glance‌‌if‌‌necessary‌‌into‌‌the‌‌blind‌‌spot‌‌area‌‌and‌‌ 
then‌‌start‌‌to‌‌move‌‌out‌  ‌
● not‌‌assume‌‌that‌‌you‌‌can‌‌simply‌‌follow‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌ahead‌‌which‌‌ 
is‌‌overtaking;‌‌there‌‌may‌‌only‌‌be‌‌enough‌‌room‌‌for‌‌one‌‌ 
vehicle‌  ‌
● move‌‌quickly‌‌past‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌you‌‌are‌‌overtaking,‌‌once‌‌you‌‌ 
have‌‌started‌‌to‌‌overtake.‌‌Allow‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌room.‌‌Move‌‌back‌ 
to‌‌the‌‌left‌‌as‌‌soon‌‌as‌‌you‌‌can‌‌but‌‌do‌‌not‌‌cut‌‌in‌  ‌
● take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌at‌‌night‌‌and‌‌in‌‌poor‌‌visibility‌‌when‌‌it‌‌is‌‌ 
harder‌‌to‌‌judge‌‌speed‌‌and‌‌distance‌  ‌
● give‌‌way‌‌to‌‌oncoming‌‌vehicles‌‌before‌‌passing‌‌parked‌‌ 
vehicles‌‌or‌‌other‌‌obstructions‌‌on‌‌your‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌90‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● only‌‌overtake‌‌on‌‌the‌‌left‌‌if‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌front‌‌is‌‌signalling‌‌to‌‌ 
turn‌‌right,‌‌and‌‌there‌‌is‌‌room‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌  ‌
● stay‌‌in‌‌your‌‌lane‌‌if‌‌traffic‌‌is‌‌moving‌‌slowly‌‌in‌‌queues.‌‌If‌‌the‌‌ 
queue‌‌on‌‌your‌‌right‌‌is‌‌moving‌‌more‌‌slowly‌‌than‌‌you‌‌are,‌‌you‌‌ 
may‌‌pass‌‌on‌‌the‌‌left‌  ‌
● give‌‌motorcyclists,‌‌cyclists‌‌and‌‌horse‌‌riders‌‌at‌‌least‌‌as‌‌much‌‌ 
room‌‌as‌‌you‌‌would‌‌when‌‌overtaking‌‌a‌‌car‌‌(see‌ R ‌ ules‌‌211‌‌to‌‌ 
213‌ a‌ nd‌ 2
‌ 14‌‌to‌‌215‌).‌  ‌
Remember:‌‌Mirrors‌‌–‌‌Signal‌‌–‌‌Manoeuvre‌  ‌

 ‌

164. Large‌‌vehicles.‌ Overtaking‌‌these‌‌is‌‌more‌‌difficult.‌‌You‌‌should‌  ‌
● drop‌‌back.‌‌This‌‌will‌‌increase‌‌your‌‌ability‌‌to‌‌see‌‌ahead‌‌and‌‌ 
should‌‌allow‌‌the‌‌driver‌‌of‌‌the‌‌large‌‌vehicle‌‌to‌‌see‌‌you‌‌in‌‌ 
their‌‌mirrors.‌‌Getting‌‌too‌‌close‌‌to‌‌large‌‌vehicles,‌‌including‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌91‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
agricultural‌‌vehicles‌‌such‌‌as‌‌a‌‌tractor‌‌with‌‌a‌‌trailer‌‌or‌‌other‌‌ 
fixed‌‌equipment,‌‌will‌‌obscure‌‌your‌‌view‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌ahead‌‌ 
and‌‌there‌‌may‌‌be‌‌another‌‌slow-moving‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌front‌  ‌
● make‌‌sure‌‌that‌‌you‌‌have‌‌enough‌‌room‌‌to‌‌complete‌‌your‌‌ 
overtaking‌‌manoeuvre‌‌before‌‌committing‌‌yourself.‌‌It‌‌takes‌‌ 
longer‌‌to‌‌pass‌‌a‌‌large‌‌vehicle.‌‌If‌‌in‌‌doubt‌‌do‌‌not‌‌overtake‌  ‌
● not‌‌assume‌‌you‌‌can‌‌follow‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌ahead‌‌which‌‌is‌‌ 
overtaking‌‌a‌‌long‌‌vehicle.‌‌If‌‌a‌‌problem‌‌develops,‌‌they‌‌may‌‌ 
abort‌‌overtaking‌‌and‌‌pull‌‌back‌‌in.‌  ‌

 ‌

165. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ overtake‌  ‌
● if‌‌you‌‌would‌‌have‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌or‌‌straddle‌‌double‌‌white‌‌lines‌‌ 
with‌‌a‌‌solid‌‌line‌‌nearest‌‌to‌‌you‌‌(but‌‌see‌ R ‌ ule‌‌129‌) ‌ ‌
● if‌‌you‌‌would‌‌have‌‌to‌‌enter‌‌an‌‌area‌‌designed‌‌to‌‌divide‌‌traffic,‌‌ 
if‌‌it‌‌is‌‌surrounded‌‌by‌‌a‌‌solid‌‌white‌‌line‌‌   ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌92‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● the‌‌nearest‌‌vehicle‌‌to‌‌a‌‌pedestrian‌‌crossing,‌‌especially‌‌when‌‌ 
it‌‌has‌‌stopped‌‌to‌‌let‌‌pedestrians‌‌cross‌  ‌
● if‌‌you‌‌would‌‌have‌‌to‌‌enter‌‌a‌‌lane‌‌reserved‌‌for‌‌buses,‌‌trams‌‌ 
or‌‌cycles‌‌during‌‌its‌‌hours‌‌of‌‌operation‌  ‌
● after‌‌a‌‌‘No‌‌Overtaking’‌‌sign‌‌and‌‌until‌‌you‌‌pass‌‌a‌‌sign‌‌ 
cancelling‌‌the‌‌restriction.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36,‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10,‌‌22,‌‌23‌‌&‌‌24,‌‌ 
ZPPPCRGD‌‌reg‌‌24‌  ‌

166. DO‌‌NOT‌ overtake‌‌if‌‌there‌‌is‌‌any‌‌doubt,‌‌or‌‌where‌‌you‌‌cannot‌‌see‌‌ 
far‌‌enough‌‌ahead‌‌to‌‌be‌‌sure‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe.‌‌For‌‌example,‌‌when‌‌you‌‌are‌‌ 
approaching‌  ‌
● a‌‌corner‌‌or‌‌bend‌  ‌
● a‌‌hump‌‌bridge‌ 
● the‌‌brow‌‌of‌‌a‌‌hill.‌  ‌

167. DO‌‌NOT‌ overtake‌‌where‌‌you‌‌might‌‌come‌‌into‌‌conflict‌‌with‌‌other‌‌ 
road‌‌users.‌‌For‌‌example‌  ‌
● approaching‌‌or‌‌at‌‌a‌‌road‌‌junction‌‌on‌‌either‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌  ‌
● where‌‌the‌‌road‌‌narrows‌  ‌
● when‌‌approaching‌‌a‌‌school‌‌crossing‌‌patrol‌  ‌
● between‌‌the‌‌kerb‌‌and‌‌a‌‌bus‌‌or‌‌tram‌‌when‌‌it‌‌is‌‌at‌‌a‌‌stop‌  ‌
● where‌‌traffic‌‌is‌‌queuing‌‌at‌‌junctions‌‌or‌‌road‌‌works‌  ‌
● when‌‌you‌‌would‌‌force‌‌another‌‌road‌‌user‌‌to‌‌swerve‌‌or‌‌slow‌‌ 
down‌  ‌
● at‌‌a‌‌level‌‌crossing‌  ‌
● when‌‌a‌‌road‌‌user‌‌is‌‌indicating‌‌right,‌‌even‌‌if‌‌you‌‌believe‌‌the‌‌ 
signal‌‌should‌‌have‌‌been‌‌cancelled.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌take‌‌a‌‌risk;‌‌wait‌‌ 
for‌‌the‌‌signal‌‌to‌‌be‌‌cancelled‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌93‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● stay‌‌behind‌‌if‌‌you‌‌are‌‌following‌‌a‌‌cyclist‌‌approaching‌‌a ‌‌
roundabout‌‌or‌‌junction,‌‌and‌‌you‌‌intend‌‌to‌‌turn‌‌left‌  ‌
● when‌‌a‌‌tram‌‌is‌‌standing‌‌at‌‌a‌‌kerbside‌‌tram‌‌stop‌‌and‌‌there‌‌is‌‌ 
no‌‌clearly‌‌marked‌‌passing‌‌lane‌‌for‌‌other‌‌traffic.‌  ‌

168. Being‌‌overtaken.‌ If‌‌a‌‌driver‌‌is‌‌trying‌‌to‌‌overtake‌‌you,‌‌maintain‌‌a ‌‌
steady‌‌course‌‌and‌‌speed,‌‌slowing‌‌down‌‌if‌‌necessary‌‌to‌‌let‌‌the‌‌ 
vehicle‌‌pass.‌‌Never‌‌obstruct‌‌drivers‌‌who‌‌wish‌‌to‌‌pass.‌‌Speeding‌‌up‌‌ 
or‌‌driving‌‌unpredictably‌‌while‌‌someone‌‌is‌‌overtaking‌‌you‌‌is‌‌ 
dangerous.‌‌Drop‌‌back‌‌to‌‌maintain‌‌a‌‌two-second‌‌gap‌‌if‌‌someone‌‌ 
overtakes‌‌and‌‌pulls‌‌into‌‌the‌‌gap‌‌in‌‌front‌‌of‌‌you.‌  ‌

169. Do‌‌not‌‌hold‌‌up‌‌a‌‌long‌‌queue‌‌of‌‌traffic,‌‌especially‌‌if‌‌you‌‌are‌‌ 
driving‌‌a‌‌large‌‌or‌‌slow-moving‌‌vehicle.‌‌Check‌‌your‌‌mirrors‌‌ 
frequently,‌‌and‌‌if‌‌necessary,‌‌pull‌‌in‌‌where‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌and‌‌let‌‌traffic‌‌ 
pass.‌  ‌
 ‌

3.Road‌‌junctions‌  ‌
170. Take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌at‌‌junctions.‌‌You‌‌should‌  ‌
● Watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌cyclists,‌‌motorcyclists,‌‌powered‌‌ 
wheelchairs/mobility‌‌scooters‌‌and‌‌pedestrians‌‌as‌‌they‌‌are‌‌ 
not‌‌always‌‌easy‌‌to‌‌see.‌‌Be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌they‌‌may‌‌not‌‌have‌‌ 
seen‌‌or‌‌heard‌‌you‌‌if‌‌you‌‌are‌‌approaching‌‌from‌‌behind‌  ‌
● Watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌pedestrians‌‌crossing‌‌a‌‌road‌‌into‌‌which‌‌you‌‌are‌‌ 
turning.‌‌If‌‌they‌‌have‌‌started‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌they‌‌have‌‌priority,‌‌so‌‌ 
give‌‌way‌  ‌
● watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌long‌‌vehicles‌‌which‌‌may‌‌be‌‌turning‌‌at‌‌a ‌‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌94‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
junction‌‌ahead;‌‌they‌‌may‌‌have‌‌to‌‌use‌‌the‌‌whole‌‌width‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
road‌‌to‌‌make‌‌the‌‌turn‌‌(see‌ R ‌ ule‌‌221‌) ‌ ‌
● watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌horse‌‌riders‌‌who‌‌may‌‌take‌‌a‌‌different‌‌line‌‌on‌‌ 
the‌‌road‌‌from‌‌that‌‌which‌‌you‌‌would‌‌expect‌  ‌
● Not‌‌assume,‌‌when‌‌waiting‌‌at‌‌a‌‌junction,‌‌that‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌ 
coming‌‌from‌‌the‌‌right‌‌and‌‌signalling‌‌left‌‌will‌‌actually‌‌turn.‌‌ 
Wait‌‌and‌‌make‌‌sure‌  ‌
● Look‌‌all‌‌around‌‌before‌‌emerging.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌cross‌‌or‌‌join‌‌a‌‌road‌‌ 
until‌‌there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌gap‌‌large‌‌enough‌‌for‌‌you‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌‌safely.‌  ‌

 ‌

171. You ‌MUST‌ stop‌‌behind‌‌the‌‌line‌‌at‌‌a‌‌junction‌‌with‌‌a‌‌‘Stop’‌‌sign‌‌ 
and‌‌a‌‌solid‌‌white‌‌line‌‌across‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌Wait‌‌for‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌gap‌‌in‌‌the‌‌ 
traffic‌‌before‌‌you‌‌move‌‌off.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10‌‌&‌‌16‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌95‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

172. The‌‌approach‌‌to‌‌a‌‌junction‌‌may‌‌have‌‌a‌‌‘Give‌‌Way’‌‌sign‌‌or‌‌a ‌‌
triangle‌‌marked‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌You ‌MUST‌ give‌‌way‌‌to‌‌traffic‌‌on‌‌the‌‌ 
main‌‌road‌‌when‌‌emerging‌‌from‌‌a‌‌junction‌‌with‌‌broken‌‌white‌‌lines‌‌ 
across‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10(1),16(1)‌‌&‌‌25‌  ‌

173. Dual‌‌carriageways.‌ When‌‌crossing‌‌or‌‌turning‌‌right,‌‌first‌‌assess‌‌ 
whether‌‌the‌‌central‌‌reservation‌‌is‌‌deep‌‌enough‌‌to‌‌protect‌‌the‌‌full‌‌ 
length‌‌of‌‌your‌‌vehicle.‌  ‌
● If‌‌it‌‌is,‌‌then‌‌you‌‌should‌‌treat‌‌each‌‌half‌‌of‌‌the‌‌carriageway‌‌as‌‌ 
a‌‌separate‌‌road.‌‌Wait‌‌in‌‌the‌‌central‌‌reservation‌‌until‌‌there‌‌is‌‌ 
a‌‌safe‌‌gap‌‌in‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌on‌‌the‌‌second‌‌half‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌
● If‌‌the‌‌central‌‌reservation‌‌is‌‌too‌‌shallow‌‌for‌‌the‌‌length‌‌of‌‌your‌‌ 
vehicle,‌‌wait‌‌until‌‌you‌‌can‌‌cross‌‌both‌‌carriageways‌‌in‌‌one‌‌go.‌  ‌

 ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌96‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

174. Box‌‌junctions.‌ These‌‌have‌‌criss-cross‌‌yellow‌‌lines‌‌painted‌‌on‌‌the‌‌ 
road‌‌(d‌ ownload‌‌‘Road‌‌markings’‌).‌‌You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ enter‌‌the‌‌box‌‌ 
until‌‌your‌‌exit‌‌road‌‌or‌‌lane‌‌is‌‌clear.‌‌However,‌‌you‌‌may‌‌enter‌‌the‌‌ 
box‌‌and‌‌wait‌‌when‌‌you‌‌want‌‌to‌‌turn‌‌right,‌‌and‌‌are‌‌only‌‌stopped‌‌ 
from‌‌doing‌‌so‌‌by‌‌oncoming‌‌traffic,‌‌or‌‌by‌‌other‌‌vehicles‌‌waiting‌‌to‌‌ 
turn‌‌right.‌‌At‌‌signalled‌‌roundabouts‌‌you ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ enter‌‌the‌‌box‌‌ 
unless‌‌you‌‌can‌‌cross‌‌over‌‌it‌‌completely‌‌without‌‌stopping.‌  ‌
Law‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10(1)‌‌&‌‌29(2)‌  ‌

 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌97‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Junctions‌‌controlled‌‌by‌‌traffic‌‌lights‌  ‌
175. You ‌MUST‌ stop‌‌behind‌‌the‌‌white‌‌‘Stop’‌‌line‌‌across‌‌your‌‌side‌‌of‌‌ 
the‌‌road‌‌unless‌‌the‌‌light‌‌is‌‌green.‌‌If‌‌the‌‌amber‌‌light‌‌appears‌‌you‌‌ 
may‌‌go‌‌on‌‌only‌‌if‌‌you‌‌have‌‌already‌‌crossed‌‌the‌‌stop‌‌line‌‌or‌‌are‌‌so‌‌ 
close‌‌to‌‌it‌‌that‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌might‌‌cause‌‌a‌‌collision.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10‌‌&‌‌36‌  ‌

176. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ move‌‌forward‌‌over‌‌the‌‌white‌‌line‌‌when‌‌the‌‌red‌‌ 
light‌‌is‌‌showing.‌‌Only‌‌go‌‌forward‌‌when‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌lights‌‌are‌‌green‌‌if‌‌ 
there‌‌is‌‌room‌‌for‌‌you‌‌to‌‌clear‌‌the‌‌junction‌‌safely‌‌or‌‌you‌‌are‌‌taking‌‌ 
up‌‌a‌‌position‌‌to‌‌turn‌‌right.‌‌If‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌lights‌‌are‌‌not‌‌working,‌‌treat‌‌ 
the‌‌situation‌‌as‌‌you‌‌would‌‌an‌‌unmarked‌‌junction‌‌and‌‌proceed‌‌with‌‌ 
great‌‌care.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10‌‌&‌‌36‌  ‌

177. Green‌‌filter‌‌arrow.‌ This‌‌indicates‌‌a‌‌filter‌‌lane‌‌only.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌enter‌‌ 
that‌‌lane‌‌unless‌‌you‌‌want‌‌to‌‌go‌‌in‌‌the‌‌direction‌‌of‌‌the‌‌arrow.‌‌You‌‌ 
may‌‌proceed‌‌in‌‌the‌‌direction‌‌of‌‌the‌‌green‌‌arrow‌‌when‌‌it,‌‌or‌‌the‌‌full‌‌ 
green‌‌light‌‌shows.‌‌Give‌‌other‌‌traffic,‌‌especially‌‌cyclists,‌‌time‌‌and‌‌ 
room‌‌to‌‌move‌‌into‌‌the‌‌correct‌‌lane.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌98‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌

178. Advanced‌‌stop‌‌lines.‌ Some‌‌signal-controlled‌‌junctions‌‌have‌‌ 
advanced‌‌stop‌‌lines‌‌to‌‌allow‌‌cycles‌‌to‌‌be‌‌positioned‌‌ahead‌‌of‌‌other‌‌ 
traffic.‌‌Motorists,‌‌including‌‌motorcyclists, ‌MUST‌ stop‌‌at‌‌the‌‌first‌‌ 
white‌‌line‌‌reached‌‌if‌‌the‌‌lights‌‌are‌‌amber‌‌or‌‌red‌‌and‌‌should‌‌avoid‌‌ 
blocking‌‌the‌‌way‌‌or‌‌encroaching‌‌on‌‌the‌‌marked‌‌area‌‌at‌‌other‌‌ 
times,‌‌e.g.‌‌if‌‌the‌‌junction‌‌ahead‌‌is‌‌blocked.‌‌If‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌has‌‌ 
proceeded‌‌over‌‌the‌‌first‌‌white‌‌line‌‌at‌‌the‌‌time‌‌that‌‌the‌‌signal‌‌goes‌‌ 
red,‌‌you ‌MUST‌ stop‌‌at‌‌the‌‌second‌‌white‌‌line,‌‌even‌‌if‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌ 
in‌‌the‌‌marked‌‌area.‌‌Allow‌‌cyclists‌‌time‌‌and‌‌space‌‌to‌‌move‌‌off‌‌when‌‌ 
the‌‌green‌‌signal‌‌shows.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10,‌‌36(1)‌‌&‌‌43(2)‌  ‌

 ‌

Turning‌‌right‌  ‌
179. Well‌‌before‌ you‌‌turn‌‌right‌‌you‌‌should‌  ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌99‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● use‌‌your‌‌mirrors‌‌to‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌you‌‌know‌‌the‌‌position‌‌and‌‌ 
movement‌‌of‌‌traffic‌‌behind‌‌you‌  ‌
● give‌‌a‌‌right-turn‌‌signal‌  ‌
● take‌‌up‌‌a‌‌position‌‌just‌‌left‌‌of‌‌the‌‌middle‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌or‌‌in‌‌the‌‌ 
space‌‌marked‌‌for‌‌traffic‌‌turning‌‌right‌  ‌
● leave‌‌room‌‌for‌‌other‌‌vehicles‌‌to‌‌pass‌‌on‌‌the‌‌left,‌‌if‌‌possible.‌  ‌

180. Wait‌‌until‌‌there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌gap‌‌between‌‌you‌‌and‌‌any‌‌oncoming‌‌ 
vehicle.‌‌Watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌cyclists,‌‌motorcyclists,‌‌pedestrians‌‌and‌‌other‌‌ 
road‌‌users.‌‌Check‌‌your‌‌mirrors‌‌and‌‌blind‌‌spot‌‌again‌‌to‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌ 
you‌‌are‌‌not‌‌being‌‌overtaken,‌‌then‌‌make‌‌the‌‌turn.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌cut‌‌the‌‌ 
corner.‌‌Take‌‌great‌‌care‌‌when‌‌turning‌‌into‌‌a‌‌main‌‌road;‌‌you‌‌will‌‌ 
need‌‌to‌‌watch‌‌for‌‌traffic‌‌in‌‌both‌‌directions‌‌and‌‌wait‌‌for‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌gap.‌  ‌

Remember:‌‌Mirrors‌‌–‌‌Signal‌‌–‌‌Manoeuvre‌  ‌

 ‌

Rule‌‌180:‌‌Position‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌correctly‌‌to‌‌avoid‌‌obstructing‌‌traffic‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌100‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

181. When‌‌turning‌ right‌‌at‌‌crossroads‌‌where‌‌an‌‌oncoming‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌ 
also‌‌turning‌‌right,‌‌there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌choice‌‌of‌‌two‌‌methods‌  ‌
● turn‌‌right‌‌side‌‌to‌‌right‌‌side;‌‌keep‌‌the‌‌other‌‌vehicle‌‌on‌‌your‌‌ 
right‌‌and‌‌turn‌‌behind‌‌it.‌‌This‌‌is‌‌generally‌‌the‌‌safer‌‌method‌‌as‌‌ 
you‌‌have‌‌a‌‌clear‌‌view‌‌of‌‌any‌‌approaching‌‌traffic‌‌when‌‌ 
completing‌‌your‌‌turn‌  ‌
● left‌‌side‌‌to‌‌left‌‌side,‌‌turning‌‌in‌‌front‌‌of‌‌each‌‌other.‌‌This‌‌can‌‌ 
block‌‌your‌‌view‌‌of‌‌oncoming‌‌vehicles,‌‌so‌‌take‌‌extra‌‌care.‌‌ 
Cyclists‌‌and‌‌motorcyclists‌‌in‌‌particular‌‌may‌‌be‌‌hidden‌‌from‌‌ 
your‌‌view.‌‌Road‌‌layout,‌‌markings‌‌or‌‌how‌‌the‌‌other‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌ 
positioned‌‌can‌‌determine‌‌which‌‌course‌‌should‌‌be‌‌taken.‌  ‌

 ‌

 ‌
Turning‌‌left‌  ‌
182. Use‌‌your‌‌mirrors‌‌and‌‌give‌‌a‌‌left-turn‌‌signal‌‌well‌‌before‌‌you‌‌turn‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌101‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
left.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌overtake‌‌just‌‌before‌‌you‌‌turn‌‌left‌‌and‌‌watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌ 
traffic‌‌coming‌‌up‌‌on‌‌your‌‌left‌‌before‌‌you‌‌make‌‌the‌‌turn,‌‌especially‌‌ 
if‌‌driving‌‌a‌‌large‌‌vehicle.‌‌Cyclists,‌‌motorcyclists‌‌and‌‌other‌‌road‌‌ 
users‌‌in‌‌particular‌‌may‌‌be‌‌hidden‌‌from‌‌your‌‌view.‌  ‌

 ‌

183. When‌‌turning‌  ‌
● keep‌‌as‌‌close‌‌to‌‌the‌‌left‌‌as‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌and‌‌practicable‌  ‌
● give‌‌way‌‌to‌‌any‌‌vehicles‌‌using‌‌a‌‌bus‌‌lane,‌‌cycle‌‌lane‌‌or‌‌ 
tramway‌‌from‌‌either‌‌direction.‌  ‌
 ‌

4.Roundabouts‌  ‌
184. On‌‌approaching‌‌a‌‌roundabout‌t‌ ake‌‌notice‌‌and‌‌act‌‌on‌‌all‌‌the‌‌ 
information‌‌available‌‌to‌‌you,‌‌including‌‌traffic‌‌signs,‌‌traffic‌‌lights‌‌ 
and‌‌lane‌‌markings‌‌which‌‌direct‌‌you‌‌into‌‌the‌‌correct‌‌lane.‌‌You‌‌ 
should‌  ‌
● use‌M ‌ irrors‌‌–‌‌Signal‌‌–‌‌Manoeuvre‌a‌ t‌‌all‌‌stages‌  ‌
● decide‌‌as‌‌early‌‌as‌‌possible‌‌which‌‌exit‌‌you‌‌need‌‌to‌‌take‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌102‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● give‌‌an‌‌appropriate‌‌signal‌‌(see‌R‌ ule‌‌186‌).‌‌Time‌‌your‌‌signals‌‌ 
so‌‌as‌‌not‌‌to‌‌confuse‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌  ‌
● get‌‌into‌‌the‌‌correct‌‌lane‌  ‌
● adjust‌‌your‌‌speed‌‌and‌‌position‌‌to‌‌fit‌‌in‌‌with‌‌traffic‌‌conditions‌  ‌
● be‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌the‌‌speed‌‌and‌‌position‌‌of‌‌all‌‌the‌‌road‌‌users‌‌ 
around‌‌you.‌  ‌
185. When‌‌reaching‌‌the‌‌roundabout‌ you‌‌should‌  ‌
● give‌‌priority‌‌to‌‌traffic‌‌approaching‌‌from‌‌your‌‌right,‌‌unless‌‌ 
directed‌‌otherwise‌‌by‌‌signs,‌‌road‌‌markings‌‌or‌‌traffic‌‌lights‌  ‌
● check‌‌whether‌‌road‌‌markings‌‌allow‌‌you‌‌to‌‌enter‌‌the‌‌ 
roundabout‌‌without‌‌giving‌‌way.‌‌If‌‌so,‌‌proceed,‌‌but‌‌still‌‌look‌‌ 
to‌‌the‌‌right‌‌before‌‌joining‌  ‌
● watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌all‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌already‌‌on‌‌the‌‌ 
roundabout;‌‌be‌‌aware‌‌they‌‌may‌‌not‌‌be‌‌signalling‌‌correctly‌‌ 
or‌‌at‌‌all‌  ‌
● look‌‌forward‌‌before‌‌moving‌‌off‌‌to‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌traffic‌‌in‌‌front‌‌ 
has‌‌moved‌‌off.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌103‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌
186. Signals‌‌and‌‌position‌  ‌
When‌‌taking‌‌the‌‌first‌‌exit‌‌to‌‌the‌‌left,‌‌unless‌‌signs‌‌or‌‌markings‌‌indicate‌ 
otherwise‌  ‌
● signal‌‌left‌‌and‌‌approach‌‌in‌‌the‌‌left-hand‌‌lane‌  ‌
● keep‌‌to‌‌the‌‌left‌‌on‌‌the‌‌roundabout‌‌and‌‌continue‌‌signalling‌‌ 
left‌‌to‌‌leave.‌  ‌

When‌‌taking‌‌an‌‌exit‌‌to‌‌the‌‌right‌‌or‌‌going‌‌full‌‌circle,‌‌unless‌‌signs‌‌or‌‌ 
markings‌‌indicate‌‌otherwise‌  ‌
● signal‌‌right‌‌and‌‌approach‌‌in‌‌the‌‌right-hand‌‌lane‌  ‌
● keep‌‌to‌‌the‌‌right‌‌on‌‌the‌‌roundabout‌‌until‌‌you‌‌need‌‌to‌‌ 
change‌‌lanes‌‌to‌‌exit‌‌the‌‌roundabout‌ 
● signal‌‌left‌‌after‌‌you‌‌have‌‌passed‌‌the‌‌exit‌‌before‌‌the‌‌one‌‌you‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌104‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
want.‌  ‌

When‌‌taking‌‌any‌‌intermediate‌‌exit,‌‌unless‌‌signs‌‌or‌‌markings‌‌indicate‌‌ 
otherwise‌  ‌
● select‌‌the‌‌appropriate‌‌lane‌‌on‌‌approach‌‌to‌‌and‌‌on‌‌the‌‌ 
roundabout‌  ‌
● you‌‌should‌‌not‌‌normally‌‌need‌‌to‌‌signal‌‌on‌‌approach‌  ‌
● stay‌‌in‌‌this‌‌lane‌‌until‌‌you‌‌need‌‌to‌‌alter‌‌course‌‌to‌‌exit‌‌the‌‌ 
roundabout‌  ‌
● signal‌‌left‌‌after‌‌you‌‌have‌‌passed‌‌the‌‌exit‌‌before‌‌the‌‌one‌‌you‌‌ 
want.‌  ‌

When‌‌there‌‌are‌‌more‌‌than‌‌three‌‌lanes‌‌at‌‌the‌‌entrance‌‌to‌‌a ‌‌
roundabout,‌‌use‌‌the‌‌most‌‌appropriate‌‌lane‌‌on‌‌approach‌‌and‌‌through‌‌ 
it.‌  ‌
187. In‌‌all‌‌cases‌‌watch‌‌out‌‌for‌ and‌‌give‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌room‌‌to‌  ‌
● pedestrians‌‌who‌‌may‌‌be‌‌crossing‌‌the‌‌approach‌‌and‌‌exit‌‌ 
roads‌  ‌
● traffic‌‌crossing‌‌in‌‌front‌‌of‌‌you‌‌on‌‌the‌‌roundabout,‌‌especially‌‌ 
vehicles‌‌intending‌‌to‌‌leave‌‌by‌‌the‌‌next‌‌exit‌  ‌
● traffic‌‌which‌‌may‌‌be‌‌straddling‌‌lanes‌‌or‌‌positioned‌‌ 
incorrectly‌  ‌
● motorcyclists‌  ‌
● cyclists‌‌and‌‌horse‌‌riders‌‌who‌‌may‌‌stay‌‌in‌‌the‌‌left-hand‌‌lane‌‌ 
and‌‌signal‌‌right‌‌if‌‌they‌‌intend‌‌to‌‌continue‌‌round‌‌the‌‌ 
roundabout.‌‌Allow‌‌them‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌  ‌
● long‌‌vehicles‌‌(including‌‌those‌‌towing‌‌trailers).‌‌These‌‌might‌‌ 
have‌‌to‌‌take‌‌a‌‌different‌‌course‌‌or‌‌straddle‌‌lanes‌‌either‌‌ 
approaching‌‌or‌‌on‌‌the‌‌roundabout‌‌because‌‌of‌‌their‌‌length.‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌105‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
Watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌their‌‌signals.‌  ‌

188. Mini-roundabouts.‌ Approach‌‌these‌‌in‌‌the‌‌same‌‌way‌‌as‌‌normal‌‌ 
roundabouts.‌‌All‌‌vehicles ‌MUST‌ pass‌‌round‌‌the‌‌central‌‌markings‌‌ 
except‌‌large‌‌vehicles‌‌which‌‌are‌‌physically‌‌incapable‌‌of‌‌doing‌‌so.‌‌ 
Remember,‌‌there‌‌is‌‌less‌‌space‌‌to‌‌manoeuvre‌‌and‌‌less‌‌time‌‌to‌‌ 
signal.‌‌Avoid‌‌making‌‌U-turns‌‌at‌‌mini-roundabouts.‌‌Beware‌‌of‌‌ 
others‌‌doing‌‌this.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10(1)‌‌&‌‌16(1)‌  ‌
189. At‌‌double‌‌mini-roundabouts‌‌treat‌‌each‌‌roundabout‌‌separately‌‌ 
and‌‌give‌‌way‌‌to‌‌traffic‌‌from‌‌the‌‌right.‌  ‌
190. Multiple‌‌roundabouts.‌ At‌‌some‌‌complex‌‌junctions,‌‌there‌‌may‌‌be‌‌ 
a‌‌series‌‌of‌‌mini-roundabouts‌‌at‌‌each‌‌intersection.‌‌Treat‌‌each‌‌ 
mini-roundabout‌‌separately‌‌and‌‌follow‌‌the‌‌normal‌‌rules.‌  ‌

 ‌

 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌106‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

5.Pedestrian‌‌crossings‌  ‌
191. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ park‌‌on‌‌a‌‌crossing‌‌or‌‌in‌‌the‌‌area‌‌covered‌‌by‌‌the‌‌ 
zig-zag‌‌lines.‌‌You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ overtake‌‌the‌‌moving‌‌vehicle‌‌nearest‌‌ 
the‌‌crossing‌‌or‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌nearest‌‌the‌‌crossing‌‌which‌‌has‌‌stopped‌‌ 
to‌‌give‌‌way‌‌to‌‌pedestrians.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌ZPPPCRGD‌‌regs‌‌18,‌‌20‌‌&‌‌24,‌‌RTRA‌‌sect‌‌25(5)‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌ 
10,‌‌27‌‌&‌‌28‌  ‌

192. In‌‌queuing‌‌traffic,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌keep‌‌the‌‌crossing‌‌clear.‌  ‌

 ‌

193. You‌‌should‌‌take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌where‌‌the‌‌view‌‌of‌‌either‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
crossing‌‌is‌‌blocked‌‌by‌‌queuing‌‌traffic‌‌or‌‌incorrectly‌‌parked‌‌vehicles.‌‌ 
Pedestrians‌‌may‌‌be‌‌crossing‌‌between‌‌stationary‌‌vehicles.‌  ‌

194. Allow‌‌pedestrians‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌time‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌and‌‌do‌‌not‌‌harass‌‌ 
them‌‌by‌‌revving‌‌your‌‌engine‌‌or‌‌edging‌‌forward.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌107‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

195. Zebra‌‌crossings.‌ As‌‌you‌‌approach‌‌a‌‌zebra‌‌crossing‌  ‌
● look‌‌out‌‌for‌‌pedestrians‌‌waiting‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌and‌‌be‌‌ready‌‌to‌‌ 
slow‌‌down‌‌or‌‌stop‌‌to‌‌let‌‌them‌‌cross‌  ‌
● you‌‌MUST‌‌give‌‌way‌‌when‌‌a‌‌pedestrian‌‌has‌‌moved‌‌onto‌‌a ‌‌
crossing‌  ‌
● allow‌‌more‌‌time‌‌for‌‌stopping‌‌on‌‌wet‌‌or‌‌icy‌‌roads‌ 
● do‌‌not‌‌wave‌‌or‌‌use‌‌your‌‌horn‌‌to‌‌invite‌‌pedestrians‌‌across;‌‌ 
this‌‌could‌‌be‌‌dangerous‌‌if‌‌another‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌approaching‌  ‌
● be‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌pedestrians‌‌approaching‌‌from‌‌the‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
crossing.‌  ‌

A‌‌zebra‌‌crossing‌‌with‌‌a‌‌central‌‌island‌‌is‌‌two‌‌separate‌‌crossings‌‌(see‌ 
pictures‌‌in ‌Crossings‌‌(18‌‌to‌‌30)‌).‌  ‌
Law‌‌ZPPPCRGD‌‌reg‌‌25‌  ‌

 ‌
Signal-controlled‌‌crossings‌  ‌
196. Pelican‌‌crossings.‌ These‌‌are‌‌signal-controlled‌‌crossings‌‌where‌‌ 
flashing‌‌amber‌‌follows‌‌the‌‌red‌‌‘Stop’‌‌light.‌‌You ‌MUST‌ stop‌‌when‌‌ 
the‌‌red‌‌light‌‌shows.‌‌When‌‌the‌‌amber‌‌light‌‌is‌‌flashing,‌‌ 
you ‌MUST‌ give‌‌way‌‌to‌‌any‌‌pedestrians‌‌on‌‌the‌‌crossing.‌‌If‌‌the‌‌ 
amber‌‌light‌‌is‌‌flashing‌‌and‌‌there‌‌are‌‌no‌‌pedestrians‌‌on‌‌the‌‌ 
crossing,‌‌you‌‌may‌‌proceed‌‌with‌‌caution.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌ZPPPCRGD‌‌regs‌‌23‌‌&‌‌26‌‌&‌‌RTRA‌‌sect‌‌25(5)‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌108‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌

197. Pelican‌‌crossings‌‌which‌‌go‌‌straight‌‌across‌‌the‌‌road‌‌are‌‌one‌‌ 
crossing,‌‌even‌‌when‌‌there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌central‌‌island.‌‌You ‌MUST‌ wait‌‌for‌‌ 
pedestrians‌‌who‌‌are‌‌crossing‌‌from‌‌the‌‌other‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌island.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌ZPPPCRGD‌‌reg‌‌26‌‌&‌‌RTRA‌‌sect‌‌25(5)‌  ‌

198. Give‌‌way‌‌to‌‌anyone‌‌still‌‌crossing‌‌after‌‌the‌‌signal‌‌for‌‌vehicles‌‌has‌‌ 
changed‌‌to‌‌green.‌‌This‌‌advice‌‌applies‌‌to‌‌all‌‌crossings.‌  ‌

199. Toucan,‌‌puffin‌‌and‌‌equestrian‌‌crossings.‌ These‌‌are‌‌similar‌‌to‌‌ 
pelican‌‌crossings,‌‌but‌‌there‌‌is‌‌no‌‌flashing‌‌amber‌‌phase;‌‌the‌‌light‌‌ 
sequence‌‌for‌‌traffic‌‌at‌‌these‌‌three‌‌crossings‌‌is‌‌the‌‌same‌‌as‌‌at‌‌traffic‌‌ 
lights.‌‌If‌‌the‌‌signal-controlled‌‌crossing‌‌is‌‌not‌‌working,‌‌proceed‌‌with‌‌ 
extreme‌‌caution.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌109‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
 ‌

6.Reversing ‌  ‌
200. Choose‌‌an‌‌appropriate‌‌place‌‌to‌‌manoeuvre.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌need‌‌to‌‌turn‌‌ 
your‌‌vehicle‌‌around,‌‌wait‌‌until‌‌you‌‌find‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌place.‌‌Try‌‌not‌‌to‌‌ 
reverse‌‌or‌‌turn‌‌round‌‌in‌‌a‌‌busy‌‌road;‌‌find‌‌a‌‌quiet‌‌side‌‌road‌‌or‌‌drive‌‌ 
round‌‌a‌‌block‌‌of‌‌side‌‌streets.‌  ‌
 
201. Do‌‌not‌‌reverse‌‌from‌‌a‌‌side‌‌road‌‌into‌‌a‌‌main‌‌road.‌‌When‌‌using‌‌a ‌‌
driveway,‌‌reverse‌‌in‌‌and‌‌drive‌‌out‌‌if‌‌you‌‌can.‌  ‌

 
202. Look‌‌carefully‌‌before‌‌you‌‌start‌‌reversing.‌‌You‌‌should‌  ‌
● use‌‌all‌‌your‌‌mirrors‌  ‌
● check‌‌the‌‌‘blind‌‌spot’‌‌behind‌‌you‌‌(the‌‌part‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌you‌‌ 
cannot‌‌see‌‌easily‌‌in‌‌the‌‌mirrors)‌  ‌
● check‌‌there‌‌are‌‌no‌‌pedestrians‌‌(particularly‌‌children),‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌110‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
cyclists,‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌or‌‌obstructions‌‌in‌‌the‌‌road‌‌behind‌‌ 
you.‌  ‌
● Reverse‌‌slowly‌‌while‌  ‌
● checking‌‌all‌‌around‌  ‌
● looking‌‌mainly‌‌through‌‌the‌‌rear‌‌window‌  ‌
● being‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌the‌‌front‌‌of‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌will‌‌swing‌‌out‌‌as‌‌ 
you‌‌turn.‌  ‌
Get‌‌someone‌‌to‌‌guide‌‌you‌‌if‌‌you‌‌cannot‌‌see‌‌clearly.‌  ‌

 ‌
203. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ reverse‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌further‌‌than‌‌necessary.‌  ‌
Law‌‌CUR‌‌reg‌‌106‌  ‌

7.The‌‌road‌‌user‌‌and‌‌the‌‌law‌  ‌
The‌‌following‌‌list‌‌can‌‌be‌‌found‌‌abbreviated‌‌throughout‌‌the‌‌Code.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌not‌‌ 
intended‌‌to‌‌be‌‌a‌‌comprehensive‌‌guide,‌‌but‌‌a‌‌guide‌‌to‌‌some‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
important‌‌points‌‌of‌‌law.‌‌For‌‌the‌‌precise‌‌wording‌‌of‌‌the‌‌law,‌‌please‌‌refer‌‌to‌‌ 
the‌‌various‌‌Acts‌‌and‌‌Regulations‌‌(as‌‌amended)‌‌indicated‌‌in‌‌the‌‌Code.‌‌ 
Abbreviations‌‌are‌‌listed‌‌below.‌  ‌

Most‌‌of‌‌the‌‌provisions‌‌apply‌‌on‌‌all‌‌roads‌‌throughout‌‌Great‌‌Britain,‌‌ 
although‌‌there‌‌are‌‌some‌‌exceptions.‌‌The‌‌definition‌‌of‌‌a‌‌road‌‌in‌‌England‌‌ 
and‌‌Wales‌‌is‌‌‘any‌‌highway‌‌and‌‌any‌‌other‌‌road‌‌to‌‌which‌‌the‌‌public‌‌has‌‌ 
access‌‌and‌‌includes‌‌bridges‌‌over‌‌which‌‌a‌‌road‌‌passes’‌‌(RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌ 
192(1)).‌‌In‌‌Scotland,‌‌there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌similar‌‌definition‌‌which‌‌is‌‌extended‌‌to‌‌ 
include‌‌any‌‌way‌‌over‌‌which‌‌the‌‌public‌‌have‌‌a‌‌right‌‌of‌‌passage‌‌(R(S)A‌‌1984‌‌ 
sect‌‌151(1)).‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌111‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

It‌‌is‌‌important‌‌to‌‌note‌‌that‌‌references‌‌to‌‌‘road’‌‌therefore‌‌generally‌‌include‌‌ 
footpaths,‌‌bridleways‌‌and‌‌cycle‌‌tracks,‌‌and‌‌many‌‌roadways‌‌and‌‌driveways‌‌ 
on‌‌private‌‌land‌‌(including‌‌many‌‌car‌‌parks).‌‌In‌‌most‌‌cases,‌‌the‌‌law‌‌will‌‌ 
apply‌‌to‌‌them‌‌and‌‌there‌‌may‌‌be‌‌additional‌‌rules‌‌for‌‌particular‌‌paths‌‌or‌‌ 
ways.‌‌Some‌‌serious‌‌driving‌‌offences,‌‌including‌‌drink-driving‌‌offences,‌‌also‌‌ 
apply‌‌to‌‌all‌‌public‌‌places,‌‌for‌‌example‌‌public‌‌car‌‌parks.‌  ‌

Acts‌‌and‌‌regulations‌‌from‌‌1988‌‌can‌‌be‌‌viewed‌‌on‌‌the ‌UK‌‌legislation‌‌s‌ ite.‌‌ 
Acts‌‌and‌‌regulations‌‌prior‌‌to‌‌1988‌‌are‌‌only‌‌available‌‌in‌‌their‌‌original‌‌print‌‌ 
format‌‌which‌‌may‌‌be‌‌obtained‌‌from The‌‌Stationery‌‌Office as‌‌detailed‌‌ 
inside‌‌the‌‌back‌‌cover.‌  ‌

Acts‌‌and‌‌regulations‌‌prior‌‌to‌‌1988‌  ‌
Chronically‌‌Sick‌‌&‌‌Disabled‌‌Persons‌‌Act‌‌1970‌‌CSDPA‌  ‌
Functions‌‌of‌‌Traffic‌‌Wardens‌‌Order‌‌1970‌‌FTWO‌  ‌
Greater‌‌London‌‌(General‌‌Powers)‌‌Act‌‌1974‌‌GL(GP)A‌  ‌
Highway‌‌Act‌‌1835‌‌or‌‌1980‌‌(as‌‌indicated)‌‌HA‌  ‌
Motorways‌‌Traffic‌‌(England‌‌&‌‌Wales)‌‌Regulations‌‌1982‌‌MT(E&W)R‌  ‌
Motorways‌‌Traffic‌‌(England‌‌&‌‌Wales)‌‌Amended‌‌Regulations‌‌MT(E&W)(A)R‌  ‌
Pedal‌‌Cycles‌‌(Construction‌‌&‌‌Use)‌‌Regulations‌‌1983‌‌PCUR‌  ‌
Public‌‌Passenger‌‌Vehicles‌‌Act‌‌1981‌‌PPVA‌  ‌
Road‌‌Traffic‌‌Act‌‌1984‌‌RTA‌  ‌
Road‌‌Traffic‌‌Regulation‌‌Act‌‌1984‌‌RTRA‌  ‌
Road‌‌Vehicles‌‌(Construction‌‌&‌‌Use)‌‌Regulations‌‌1986‌‌CUR‌  ‌
Roads‌‌(Scotland)‌‌Act‌‌1984‌‌R(S)A‌  ‌

Acts‌‌and‌‌regulations‌‌from‌‌1988‌‌onwards‌  ‌
Horses‌‌(Protective‌‌Headgear‌‌for‌‌Young‌‌Riders)‌‌Act‌‌1990‌‌H(PHYR)A‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌112‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
Horses‌‌(Protective‌‌Headgear‌‌for‌‌Young‌‌Riders)‌‌Regulations‌‌1992‌‌H(PHYR)R‌  ‌
Motor‌‌Cycles‌‌(Eye‌‌Protectors)‌‌Regulations‌‌1999‌‌MC(EP)R‌  ‌
Motor‌‌Cycles‌‌(Protective‌‌Helmets)‌‌Regulations‌‌1998‌‌MC(PH)R‌  ‌
Motorways‌‌Traffic‌‌(Scotland)‌‌Regulations‌‌1995‌‌MT(S)R‌  ‌
Motor‌‌Vehicles‌‌(Driving‌‌Licences)‌‌Regulations‌‌1999‌‌MV(DL)R‌  ‌
Motor‌‌Vehicles‌‌(Wearing‌‌of‌‌Seat‌‌Belts)‌‌Regulations‌‌1993‌‌MV(WSB)R‌  ‌
Motor‌‌Vehicles‌‌(Wearing‌‌of‌‌Seat‌‌Belts)‌‌(Amendment)‌‌Regulations‌‌2006‌‌ 
MV(WSB)(A)R‌  ‌
Motor‌‌Vehicles‌‌(Wearing‌‌of‌‌Seat‌‌Belts‌‌by‌‌Children‌‌in‌‌Front‌‌Seats)‌‌ 
Regulations‌‌1993‌‌MV(WSBCFS)R‌  ‌
New‌‌Roads‌‌and‌‌Streetworks‌‌Act‌‌1991‌‌NRSWA‌  ‌
Powers‌‌of‌‌Criminal‌‌Courts‌‌(Sentencing)‌‌Act‌‌2000‌‌PCC(S)A‌  ‌
Police‌‌Reform‌‌Act‌‌2002‌‌PRA‌  ‌
Prohibition‌‌of‌‌Smoking‌‌in‌‌Certain‌‌Premises‌‌(Scotland)‌‌Regulations‌‌2006.‌‌ 
Scottish‌‌SI‌‌2006/No‌‌90‌‌TPSCP(S)R*‌  ‌
Road‌‌Safety‌‌Act‌‌2006‌‌RSA‌  ‌
Road‌‌Traffic‌‌Act‌‌1988‌‌RTA‌  ‌
Road‌‌Traffic‌‌Act‌‌1991‌‌RTA‌  ‌
Road‌‌Traffic‌‌(New‌‌Drivers)‌‌Act‌‌1995‌‌RT(ND)A‌  ‌
Road‌‌Traffic‌‌Offenders‌‌Act‌‌1988‌‌RTOA‌  ‌
Road‌‌Vehicles‌‌(Display‌‌of‌‌Registration‌‌Marks)‌‌Regulations‌‌2001‌‌RV(DRM)R‌  ‌
Road‌‌Vehicles‌‌Lighting‌‌Regulations‌‌1989‌‌RVLR‌  ‌
Road‌‌Vehicles‌‌(Registration‌‌&‌‌Licensing)‌‌Regulations‌‌2002‌‌RV(R&L)R‌  ‌
Smoke-free‌‌(Exemptions‌‌and‌‌Vehicles)‌‌Regulations‌‌2007‌‌SI‌‌2007/765‌‌ 
TSf(EV)*‌  ‌
Smoke-free‌‌Premises‌‌etc‌‌(Wales)‌‌Regulations‌‌2007‌‌SI‌‌2007/W787‌‌ 
TSfP(W)R*‌  ‌
Traffic‌‌Management‌‌Act‌‌2004‌‌TMA‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌113‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
Traffic‌‌Signs‌‌Regulations‌‌&‌‌General‌‌Directions‌‌2002‌‌TSRGD‌  ‌
Use‌‌of‌‌Invalid‌‌Carriages‌‌on‌‌Highways‌‌Regulations‌‌1988‌‌UICHR‌  ‌
Vehicle‌‌Excise‌‌and‌‌Registration‌‌Act‌‌1994‌‌VERA‌  ‌
Zebra,‌‌Pelican‌‌and‌‌Puffin‌‌Pedestrian‌‌Crossings‌‌Regulations‌‌and‌‌General‌‌ 
Directions‌‌1997‌‌ZPPPCRGD‌  ‌
*Specific‌‌legislation‌‌applies‌‌to‌‌smoking‌‌in‌‌vehicles‌‌which‌‌constitute‌‌ 
workplaces.‌‌For‌‌information,‌‌visit‌  ‌
http://www.smokefreeengland.co.uk‌; ‌‌
http://www.clearingtheairscotland.com‌; ‌‌
http://www.smokingbanwales.co.uk‌  ‌
  ‌
 ‌

Road‌u ‌ sers‌r‌ equiring‌e

‌ xtra‌‌ 
care‌  ‌
 ‌

1.Overview‌  ‌
204. The‌‌most‌‌vulnerable‌‌road‌‌users‌‌are‌‌pedestrians,‌‌cyclists,‌‌ 
motorcyclists‌‌and‌‌horse‌‌riders.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌particularly‌‌important‌‌to‌‌be‌‌ 
aware‌‌of‌‌children,‌‌older‌‌and‌‌disabled‌‌people,‌‌and‌‌learner‌‌and‌‌ 
inexperienced‌‌drivers‌‌and‌‌riders.‌  ‌
 ‌

2.Pedestrians ‌  ‌
205. There‌‌is‌‌a‌‌risk‌‌of‌‌pedestrians,‌‌especially‌‌children,‌‌stepping‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌114‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
unexpectedly‌‌into‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌You‌‌should‌‌drive‌‌with‌‌the‌‌safety‌‌of‌‌ 
children‌‌in‌‌mind‌‌at‌‌a‌‌speed‌‌suitable‌‌for‌‌the‌‌conditions.‌  ‌

206. Drive‌‌carefully‌‌and‌‌slowly‌ when‌  ‌
● in‌‌crowded‌‌shopping‌‌streets,‌‌Home‌‌Zones‌‌and‌‌Quiet‌‌Lanes‌‌ 
(see‌ R
‌ ule‌‌218‌)‌‌or‌‌residential‌‌areas‌  ‌
● driving‌‌past‌‌bus‌‌and‌‌tram‌‌stops;‌‌pedestrians‌‌may‌‌emerge‌‌ 
suddenly‌‌into‌‌the‌‌road‌  ‌
● passing‌‌parked‌‌vehicles,‌‌especially‌‌ice‌‌cream‌‌vans;‌‌children‌‌ 
are‌‌more‌‌interested‌‌in‌‌ice‌‌cream‌‌than‌‌traffic‌‌and‌‌may‌‌run‌‌ 
into‌‌the‌‌road‌‌unexpectedly‌  ‌
● needing‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌a‌‌pavement‌‌or‌‌cycle‌‌track;‌‌for‌‌example,‌‌to‌‌ 
reach‌‌or‌‌leave‌‌a‌‌driveway.‌‌Give‌‌way‌‌to‌‌pedestrians‌‌and‌‌ 
cyclists‌‌on‌‌the‌‌pavement‌  ‌
● reversing‌‌into‌‌a‌‌side‌‌road;‌‌look‌‌all‌‌around‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌ 
give‌‌way‌‌to‌‌any‌‌pedestrians‌‌who‌‌may‌‌be‌‌crossing‌‌the‌‌road‌  ‌
● turning‌‌at‌‌road‌‌junctions;‌‌give‌‌way‌‌to‌‌pedestrians‌‌who‌‌are‌‌ 
already‌‌crossing‌‌the‌‌road‌‌into‌‌which‌‌you‌‌are‌‌turning‌  ‌
● the‌‌pavement‌‌is‌‌closed‌‌due‌‌to‌‌street‌‌repairs‌‌and‌‌pedestrians‌‌ 
are‌‌directed‌‌to‌‌use‌‌the‌‌road‌  ‌
● approaching‌‌pedestrians‌‌on‌‌narrow‌‌rural‌‌roads‌‌without‌‌a ‌‌
footway‌‌or‌‌footpath.‌‌Always‌‌slow‌‌down‌‌and‌‌be‌‌prepared‌‌to‌‌ 
stop‌‌if‌‌necessary,‌‌giving‌‌them‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌room‌‌as‌‌you‌‌drive‌‌ 
past.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌115‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌

207. Particularly‌‌vulnerable‌‌pedestrians.‌ These‌‌include:‌  ‌
● children‌‌and‌‌older‌‌pedestrians‌‌who‌‌may‌‌not‌‌be‌‌able‌‌to‌‌judge‌‌ 
your‌‌speed‌‌and‌‌could‌‌step‌‌into‌‌the‌‌road‌‌in‌‌front‌‌of‌‌you.‌‌At‌‌ 
40‌‌mph‌‌(64‌‌km/h)‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌will‌‌probably‌‌kill‌‌any‌‌ 
pedestrians‌‌it‌‌hits.‌‌At‌‌20‌‌mph‌‌(32‌‌km/h)‌‌there‌‌is‌‌only‌‌a‌‌1‌‌in‌‌ 
20‌‌chance‌‌of‌‌the‌‌pedestrian‌‌being‌‌killed.‌‌So‌‌kill‌‌your‌‌speed‌  ‌
● older‌‌pedestrians‌‌who‌‌may‌‌need‌‌more‌‌time‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌ 
road.‌‌Be‌‌patient‌‌and‌‌allow‌‌them‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌in‌‌their‌‌own‌‌time.‌‌ 
Do‌‌not‌‌hurry‌‌them‌‌by‌‌revving‌‌your‌‌engine‌‌or‌‌edging‌‌forward‌  ‌
● people‌‌with‌‌disabilities.‌‌People‌‌with‌‌hearing‌‌impairments‌‌ 
may‌‌not‌‌be‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌approaching.‌‌Those‌‌with‌‌ 
walking‌‌difficulties‌‌require‌‌more‌‌time‌  ‌
● blind‌‌or‌‌partially‌‌sighted‌‌people,‌‌who‌‌may‌‌be‌‌carrying‌‌a ‌‌
white‌‌cane‌‌using‌‌a‌‌guide‌‌dog.‌‌They‌‌may‌‌not‌‌be‌‌able‌‌to‌‌see‌‌ 
you‌‌approaching‌  ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌116‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● deafblind‌‌people‌‌who‌‌may‌‌be‌‌carrying‌‌a‌‌white‌‌cane‌‌with‌‌a ‌‌
red‌‌band‌‌or‌‌using‌‌a‌‌dog‌‌with‌‌a‌‌red‌‌and‌‌white‌‌harness.‌‌They‌‌ 
may‌‌not‌‌see‌‌or‌‌hear‌‌instructions‌‌or‌‌signals.‌  ‌

208. Near‌‌schools.‌ Drive‌‌slowly‌‌and‌‌be‌‌particularly‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌young‌‌ 
cyclists‌‌and‌‌pedestrians.‌‌In‌‌some‌‌places,‌‌there‌‌may‌‌be‌‌a‌‌flashing‌‌ 
amber‌‌signal‌‌below‌‌the‌‌‘School’‌‌warning‌‌sign‌‌which‌‌tells‌‌you‌‌that‌‌ 
there‌‌may‌‌be‌‌children‌‌crossing‌‌the‌‌road‌‌ahead.‌‌Drive‌‌very‌‌slowly‌‌ 
until‌‌you‌‌are‌‌clear‌‌of‌‌the‌‌area.‌  ‌

209. Drive‌‌carefully‌‌and‌‌slowly‌‌when‌‌passing‌‌a‌‌stationary‌‌bus‌‌showing‌‌ 
a‌‌‘School‌‌Bus’‌‌sign‌‌(d
‌ ownload‌‌‘Vehicle‌‌markings’‌)‌‌as‌‌children‌‌may‌‌ 
be‌‌getting‌‌on‌‌or‌‌off.‌  ‌

210. You ‌MUST‌ stop‌‌when‌‌a‌‌school‌‌crossing‌‌patrol‌‌shows‌‌a‌‌‘Stop‌‌for‌‌ 
children’‌‌sign‌‌(download‌‘‌ Traffic‌‌signs’‌).‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTRA‌‌sect‌‌28‌  ‌
 ‌

3.Motorcyclists‌‌and‌‌cyclists‌ 
211. It‌‌is‌‌often‌‌difficult‌‌to‌‌see‌‌motorcyclists‌‌and‌‌cyclists,‌‌especially‌‌ 
when‌‌they‌‌are‌‌coming‌‌up‌‌from‌‌behind,‌‌coming‌‌out‌‌of‌‌junctions,‌‌at‌‌ 
roundabouts,‌‌overtaking‌‌you‌‌or‌‌filtering‌‌through‌‌traffic.‌‌Always‌‌ 
look‌‌out‌‌for‌‌them‌‌before‌‌you‌‌emerge‌‌from‌‌a‌‌junction;‌‌they‌‌could‌‌ 
be‌‌approaching‌‌faster‌‌than‌‌you‌‌think.‌‌When‌‌turning‌‌right‌‌across‌‌a ‌‌
line‌‌of‌‌slow-moving‌‌or‌‌stationary‌‌traffic,‌‌look‌‌out‌‌for‌‌cyclists‌‌or‌‌ 
motorcyclists‌‌on‌‌the‌‌inside‌‌of‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌you‌‌are‌‌crossing.‌‌Be‌‌ 
especially‌‌careful‌‌when‌‌turning,‌‌and‌‌when‌‌changing‌‌direction‌‌or‌‌ 
lane.‌‌Be‌‌sure‌‌to‌‌check‌‌mirrors‌‌and‌‌blind‌‌spots‌‌carefully.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌117‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌
 
212. When‌‌passing‌‌motorcyclists‌‌and‌‌cyclists,‌‌give‌‌them‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌ 
room‌‌(see ‌Rules‌‌162‌‌to‌‌167‌).‌‌If‌‌they‌‌look‌‌over‌‌their‌‌shoulder‌‌it‌‌ 
could‌‌mean‌‌that‌‌they‌‌intend‌‌to‌‌pull‌‌out,‌‌turn‌‌right‌‌or‌‌change‌‌ 
direction.‌‌Give‌‌them‌‌time‌‌and‌‌space‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌  ‌
 
213. Motorcyclists‌‌and‌‌cyclists‌‌may‌‌suddenly‌‌need‌‌to‌‌avoid‌‌uneven‌‌ 
road‌‌surfaces‌‌and‌‌obstacles‌‌such‌‌as‌‌drain‌‌covers‌‌or‌‌oily,‌‌wet‌‌or‌‌icy‌‌ 
patches‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌Give‌‌them‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌room‌‌and‌‌pay‌‌particular‌‌ 
attention‌‌to‌‌any‌‌sudden‌‌change‌‌of‌‌direction‌‌they‌‌may‌‌have‌‌to‌‌ 
make.‌  ‌
 

4.Other‌‌road‌‌users‌  ‌
214. Animals.‌ When‌‌passing‌‌animals,‌‌drive‌‌slowly.‌‌Give‌‌them‌‌plenty‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌118‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
of‌‌room‌‌and‌‌be‌‌ready‌‌to‌‌stop.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌scare‌‌animals‌‌by‌‌sounding‌‌ 
your‌‌horn,‌‌revving‌‌your‌‌engine‌‌or‌‌accelerating‌‌rapidly‌‌once‌‌you‌‌ 
have‌‌passed‌‌them.‌‌Look‌‌out‌‌for‌‌animals‌‌being‌‌led,‌‌driven‌‌or‌‌ridden‌‌ 
on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌and‌‌take‌‌extra‌‌care.‌‌Keep‌‌your‌‌speed‌‌down‌‌at‌‌bends‌‌ 
and‌‌on‌‌narrow‌‌country‌‌roads.‌‌If‌‌a‌‌road‌‌is‌‌blocked‌‌by‌‌a‌‌herd‌‌of‌‌ 
animals,‌‌stop‌‌and‌‌switch‌‌off‌‌your‌‌engine‌‌until‌‌they‌‌have‌‌left‌‌the‌‌ 
road.‌‌Watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌animals‌‌on‌‌unfenced‌‌roads.‌  ‌
 
215. Horse‌‌riders‌‌and‌‌horse-drawn‌‌vehicles.‌ Be‌‌particularly‌‌careful‌‌of‌‌ 
horse‌‌riders‌‌and‌‌horse-drawn‌‌vehicles‌‌especially‌‌when‌‌overtaking.‌‌ 
Always‌‌pass‌‌wide‌‌and‌‌slowly.‌‌Horse‌‌riders‌‌are‌‌often‌‌children,‌‌so‌‌ 
take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌and‌‌remember‌‌riders‌‌may‌‌ride‌‌in‌‌double‌‌file‌‌when‌‌ 
escorting‌‌a‌‌young‌‌or‌‌inexperienced‌‌horse‌‌or‌‌rider.‌‌Look‌‌out‌‌for‌‌ 
horse‌‌riders’‌‌and‌‌horse‌‌drivers’‌‌signals‌‌and‌‌heed‌‌a‌‌request‌‌to‌‌slow‌‌ 
down‌‌or‌‌stop.‌‌Take‌‌great‌‌care‌‌and‌‌treat‌‌all‌‌horses‌‌as‌‌a‌‌potential‌‌ 
hazard.‌  ‌

216. Older‌‌drivers.‌ Their‌‌reactions‌‌may‌‌be‌‌slower‌‌than‌‌other‌‌drivers.‌‌ 
Make‌‌allowance‌‌for‌‌this.‌  ‌

217. Learners‌‌and‌‌inexperienced‌‌drivers.‌ They‌‌may‌‌not‌‌be‌‌so‌‌skilful‌‌ 
at‌‌anticipating‌‌and‌‌responding‌‌to‌‌events.‌‌Be‌‌particularly‌‌patient‌‌ 
with‌‌learner‌‌drivers‌‌and‌‌young‌‌drivers.‌‌Drivers‌‌who‌‌have‌‌recently‌ 
passed‌‌their‌‌test‌‌may‌‌display‌‌a‌‌‘new‌‌driver’‌‌plate‌‌or‌‌sticker‌‌ 
(see ‌Safety‌‌code‌‌for‌‌new‌‌drivers‌).‌  ‌

218. Home‌‌Zones‌‌and‌‌Quiet‌‌Lanes.‌‌These‌‌are‌‌places‌‌where‌‌people‌‌ 
could‌‌be‌‌using‌‌the‌‌whole‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌for‌‌a‌‌range‌‌of‌‌activities‌‌such‌‌ 
as‌‌children‌‌playing‌‌or‌‌for‌‌a‌‌community‌‌event.‌‌You‌‌should‌‌drive‌‌ 
slowly‌‌and‌‌carefully‌‌and‌‌be‌‌prepared‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌to‌‌allow‌‌people‌‌extra‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌119‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
time‌‌to‌‌make‌‌space‌‌for‌‌you‌‌to‌‌pass‌‌them‌‌in‌‌safety.‌  ‌
 ‌

 ‌
  ‌
 ‌

5.Other‌‌vehicles‌  ‌
219. Emergency‌‌and‌‌Incident‌‌Support‌‌vehicles.‌ You‌‌should‌‌look‌‌and‌‌ 
listen‌‌for‌‌ambulances,‌‌fire‌‌engines,‌‌police,‌‌doctors‌‌or‌‌other‌‌ 
emergency‌‌vehicles‌‌using‌‌flashing‌‌blue,‌‌red‌‌or‌‌green‌‌lights‌‌and‌‌ 
sirens‌‌or‌‌flashing‌‌headlights,‌‌or‌‌Highways‌‌Agency‌‌Traffic‌‌Officer‌‌and‌‌ 
Incident‌‌Support‌‌vehicles‌‌using‌‌flashing‌‌amber‌‌lights.‌‌When‌‌one‌‌ 
approaches‌‌do‌‌not‌‌panic.‌‌Consider‌‌the‌‌route‌‌of‌‌such‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌ 
take‌‌appropriate‌‌action‌‌to‌‌let‌‌it‌‌pass,‌‌while‌‌complying‌‌with‌‌all‌‌ 
traffic‌‌signs.‌‌If‌‌necessary,‌‌pull‌‌to‌‌the‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌and‌‌stop,‌‌but‌‌ 
try‌‌to‌‌avoid‌‌stopping‌‌before‌‌the‌‌brow‌‌of‌‌a‌‌hill,‌‌a‌‌bend‌‌or‌‌narrow‌‌ 
section‌‌of‌‌road.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌endanger‌‌yourself,‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌or‌‌ 
pedestrians‌‌and‌‌avoid‌‌mounting‌‌the‌‌kerb.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌brake‌‌harshly‌‌on‌‌ 
approach‌‌to‌‌a‌‌junction‌‌or‌‌roundabout,‌‌as‌‌a‌‌following‌‌vehicle‌‌may‌‌ 
not‌‌have‌‌the‌‌same‌‌view‌‌as‌‌you.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌120‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

220. Powered‌‌vehicles‌‌used‌‌by‌‌disabled‌‌people.‌ These‌‌small‌‌vehicles‌‌ 
travel‌‌at‌‌a‌‌maximum‌‌speed‌‌of‌‌8‌‌mph‌‌(12‌‌km/h).‌‌On‌‌a‌‌dual‌‌ 
carriageway‌‌where‌‌the‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌exceeds‌‌50‌‌mph‌‌(80‌‌km/h)‌‌ 
they ‌MUST‌ have‌‌a‌‌flashing‌‌amber‌‌beacon,‌‌but‌‌on‌‌other‌‌roads‌‌you‌‌ 
may‌‌not‌‌have‌‌that‌‌advance‌‌warning‌‌(see ‌Rules‌‌36‌‌to‌‌46‌ inclusive).‌  ‌
Law‌‌RVLR‌‌reg‌‌17(1)‌‌&‌‌26‌  ‌

221. Large‌‌vehicles.‌ These‌‌may‌‌need‌‌extra‌‌road‌‌space‌‌to‌‌turn‌‌or‌‌to‌‌ 
deal‌‌with‌‌a‌‌hazard‌‌that‌‌you‌‌are‌‌not‌‌able‌‌to‌‌see.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌following‌‌ 
a‌‌large‌‌vehicle,‌‌such‌‌as‌‌a‌‌bus‌‌or‌‌articulated‌‌lorry,‌‌be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌the‌‌ 
driver‌‌may‌‌not‌‌be‌‌able‌‌to‌‌see‌‌you‌‌in‌‌the‌‌mirrors.‌‌Be‌‌prepared‌‌to‌‌ 
stop‌‌and‌‌wait‌‌if‌‌it‌‌needs‌‌room‌‌or‌‌time‌‌to‌‌turn.‌  ‌

 ‌

222. Large‌‌vehicles‌‌can‌‌block‌‌your‌‌view.‌‌Your‌‌ability‌‌to‌‌see‌‌and‌‌to‌‌plan‌‌ 
ahead‌‌will‌‌be‌‌improved‌‌if‌‌you‌‌pull‌‌back‌‌to‌‌increase‌‌your‌‌separation‌‌ 
distance.‌‌Be‌‌patient,‌‌as‌‌larger‌‌vehicles‌‌are‌‌subject‌‌to‌‌lower‌‌speed‌‌ 
limits‌‌than‌‌cars‌‌and‌‌motorcycles.‌‌Many‌‌large‌‌vehicles‌‌may‌‌be‌‌fitted‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌121‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
with‌‌speed‌‌limiting‌‌devices‌‌which‌‌will‌‌restrict‌‌speed‌‌to‌‌56‌‌mph‌‌(90‌‌ 
km/h)‌‌even‌‌on‌‌a‌‌motorway.‌  ‌

223. Buses,‌‌coaches‌‌and‌‌trams.‌ Give‌‌priority‌‌to‌‌these‌‌vehicles‌‌when‌‌ 
you‌‌can‌‌do‌‌so‌‌safely,‌‌especially‌‌when‌‌they‌‌signal‌‌to‌‌pull‌‌away‌‌from‌‌ 
stops.‌‌Look‌‌out‌‌for‌‌people‌‌getting‌‌off‌‌a‌‌bus‌‌or‌‌tram‌‌and‌‌crossing‌‌ 
the‌‌road.‌  ‌

224. Electric‌‌vehicles.‌ Be‌‌careful‌‌of‌‌electric‌‌vehicles‌‌such‌‌as‌‌milk‌‌ 
floats‌‌and‌‌trams.‌‌Trams‌‌move‌‌quickly‌‌but‌‌silently‌‌and‌‌cannot‌‌steer‌‌ 
to‌‌avoid‌‌you.‌  ‌

225. Vehicles‌‌with‌‌flashing‌‌amber‌‌beacons.‌ These‌‌warn‌‌of‌‌a ‌‌
slow-moving‌‌or‌‌stationary‌‌vehicle‌‌(such‌‌as‌‌a‌‌Traffic‌‌Officer‌‌vehicle,‌‌ 
salt‌‌spreader,‌‌snow‌‌plough‌‌or‌‌recovery‌‌vehicle)‌‌or‌‌abnormal‌‌loads,‌‌ 
so‌‌approach‌‌with‌‌caution.‌‌On‌‌unrestricted‌‌dual‌‌carriageways,‌‌ 
motor‌‌vehicles‌‌first‌‌used‌‌on‌‌or‌‌after‌‌1‌‌January‌‌1947‌‌with‌‌a ‌‌
maximum‌‌speed‌‌of‌‌25‌‌mph‌‌(40‌‌km/h)‌‌or‌‌less‌‌(such‌‌as‌‌ 
tractors) ‌MUST‌ use‌‌a‌‌flashing‌‌amber‌‌beacon‌‌(also‌‌see‌‌Rule‌‌220‌‌ 
above). ‌  ‌
Law‌‌RVLR‌‌1989,‌‌reg‌‌17‌  ‌
 ‌
   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌122‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Driving‌i‌n‌a‌ dverse‌w
‌ eather‌‌ 
conditions‌  ‌
 ‌

1.Overview‌  ‌
226. You ‌MUST‌ use‌‌headlights‌‌when‌‌visibility‌‌is‌‌seriously‌‌reduced,‌‌ 
generally‌‌when‌‌you‌‌cannot‌‌see‌‌for‌‌more‌‌than‌‌100‌‌metres‌‌(328‌‌ 
feet).‌‌You‌‌may‌‌also‌‌use‌‌front‌‌or‌‌rear‌‌fog‌‌lights‌‌but‌‌you ‌MUST‌ switch‌‌ 
them‌‌off‌‌when‌‌visibility‌‌improves‌‌(see ‌Rule‌‌236‌). ‌  ‌
Law‌‌RVLR‌‌regs‌‌25‌‌&‌‌27‌  ‌
 ‌

2.Wet‌‌weather‌  ‌
227. Wet‌‌weather.‌ In‌‌wet‌‌weather,‌‌stopping‌‌distances‌‌will‌‌be‌‌at‌‌least‌‌ 
double‌‌those‌‌required‌‌for‌‌stopping‌‌on‌‌dry‌‌roads.‌‌This‌‌is‌‌because‌‌ 
your‌‌tyres‌‌have‌‌less‌‌grip‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌In‌‌wet‌‌weather‌  ‌
● you‌‌should‌‌keep‌‌well‌‌back‌‌from‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌front.‌‌This‌‌will‌‌ 
increase‌‌your‌‌ability‌‌to‌‌see‌‌and‌‌plan‌‌ahead‌  ‌
● if‌‌the‌‌steering‌‌becomes‌‌unresponsive,‌‌it‌‌probably‌‌means‌‌ 
that‌‌water‌‌is‌‌preventing‌‌the‌‌tyres‌‌from‌‌gripping‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌ 
Ease‌‌off‌‌the‌‌accelerator‌‌and‌‌slow‌‌down‌‌gradually‌  ‌
● the‌‌rain‌‌and‌‌spray‌‌from‌‌vehicles‌‌may‌‌make‌‌it‌‌difficult‌‌to‌‌see‌‌ 
and‌‌be‌‌seen‌  ‌
● be‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌the‌‌dangers‌‌of‌‌spilt‌‌diesel‌‌that‌‌will‌‌make‌‌the‌‌ 
surface‌‌very‌‌slippery‌‌(see‌ A ‌ nnex‌‌6:‌‌Vehicle‌‌maintenance,‌‌ 
safety‌‌and‌‌security‌) ‌ ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌123‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌around‌‌pedestrians,‌‌cyclists,‌‌motorcyclists‌‌ 
and‌‌horse‌‌riders.‌  ‌
 

3.Icy‌‌and‌‌snowy‌‌weather‌  ‌
228. In‌‌winter‌‌check‌‌the‌‌local‌‌weather‌‌forecast‌‌for‌‌warnings‌‌of‌‌icy‌‌or‌‌ 
snowy‌‌weather. ‌DO‌‌NOT‌ drive‌‌in‌‌these‌‌conditions‌‌unless‌‌your‌‌ 
journey‌‌is‌‌essential.‌‌If‌‌it‌‌is,‌‌take‌‌great‌‌care‌‌and‌‌allow‌‌more‌‌time‌‌for‌‌ 
your‌‌journey.‌‌Take‌‌an‌‌emergency‌‌kit‌‌of‌‌de-icer‌‌and‌‌ice‌‌scraper,‌‌ 
torch,‌‌warm‌‌clothing‌‌and‌‌boots,‌‌first‌‌aid‌‌kit,‌‌jump‌‌leads‌‌and‌‌a ‌‌
shovel,‌‌together‌‌with‌‌a‌‌warm‌‌drink‌‌and‌‌emergency‌‌food‌‌in‌‌case‌‌ 
you‌‌get‌‌stuck‌‌or‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌breaks‌‌down.‌  ‌
 ‌
229. Before‌‌you‌‌set‌‌off‌  ‌
● you ‌MUST‌ be‌‌able‌‌to‌‌see,‌‌so‌‌clear‌‌all‌‌snow‌‌and‌‌ice‌‌from‌‌all‌‌ 
your‌‌windows‌  ‌
● you ‌MUST‌ ensure‌‌that‌‌lights‌‌are‌‌clean‌‌and‌‌number‌‌plates‌‌ 
are‌‌clearly‌‌visible‌‌and‌‌legible‌  ‌
● make‌‌sure‌‌the‌‌mirrors‌‌are‌‌clear‌‌and‌‌the‌‌windows‌‌are‌‌ 
demisted‌‌thoroughly‌  ‌
● remove‌‌all‌‌snow‌‌that‌‌might‌‌fall‌‌off‌‌into‌‌the‌‌path‌‌of‌‌other‌‌ 
road‌‌users‌  ‌
● check‌‌your‌‌planned‌‌route‌‌is‌‌clear‌‌of‌‌delays‌‌and‌‌that‌‌no‌‌ 
further‌‌snowfalls‌‌or‌‌severe‌‌weather‌‌are‌‌predicted.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌CUR‌‌reg‌‌30,‌‌RVLR‌‌reg‌‌23,‌‌VERA‌‌sect‌‌43‌‌&‌‌RV(DRM)R‌‌ 
reg‌‌11‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌124‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 
 ‌
230. When‌‌driving‌ in‌‌icy‌‌or‌‌snowy‌‌weather‌  ‌
● drive‌‌with‌‌care,‌‌even‌‌if‌‌the‌‌roads‌‌have‌‌been‌‌treated‌  ‌
● keep‌‌well‌‌back‌‌from‌‌the‌‌road‌‌user‌‌in‌‌front‌‌as‌‌stopping‌‌ 
distances‌‌can‌‌be‌‌ten‌‌times‌‌greater‌‌than‌‌on‌‌dry‌‌roads‌  ‌
● take‌‌care‌‌when‌‌overtaking‌‌vehicles‌‌spreading‌‌salt‌‌or‌‌other‌‌ 
de-icer,‌‌particularly‌‌if‌‌you‌‌are‌‌riding‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌or‌‌cycle‌  ‌
● Watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌snowploughs‌‌which‌‌may‌‌throw‌‌out‌‌snow‌‌on‌‌ 
either‌‌side.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌overtake‌‌them‌‌unless‌‌the‌‌lane‌‌you‌‌intend‌‌ 
to‌‌use‌‌has‌‌been‌‌cleared‌  ‌
● be‌‌prepared‌‌for‌‌the‌‌road‌‌conditions‌‌to‌‌change‌‌over‌‌relatively‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌125‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
short‌‌distances‌  ‌
● Listen‌‌to‌‌travel‌‌bulletins‌‌and‌‌take‌‌note‌‌of‌‌variable‌‌message‌‌ 
signs‌‌that‌‌may‌‌provide‌‌information‌‌about‌‌weather,‌‌road‌‌and‌‌ 
traffic‌‌conditions‌‌ahead.‌  ‌
 ‌
231. Drive‌‌extremely‌‌carefully‌ when‌‌the‌‌roads‌‌are‌‌icy.‌‌Avoid‌‌sudden‌‌ 
actions‌‌as‌‌these‌‌could‌‌cause‌‌loss‌‌of‌‌control.‌‌You‌‌should‌  ‌
● drive‌‌at‌‌a‌‌slow‌‌speed‌‌in‌‌as‌‌high‌‌a‌‌gear‌‌as‌‌possible;‌‌accelerate‌‌ 
and‌‌brake‌‌very‌‌gently‌  ‌
● drive‌‌particularly‌‌slowly‌‌on‌‌bends‌‌where‌‌loss‌‌of‌‌control‌‌is‌‌ 
more‌‌likely.‌‌Brake‌‌progressively‌‌on‌‌the‌‌straight‌‌before‌‌you‌‌ 
reach‌‌a‌‌bend.‌‌Having‌‌slowed‌‌down,‌‌steer‌‌smoothly‌‌round‌‌ 
the‌‌bend,‌‌avoiding‌‌sudden‌‌actions‌  ‌
● check‌‌your‌‌grip‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌surface‌‌when‌‌there‌‌is‌‌snow‌‌or‌‌ 
ice‌‌by‌‌choosing‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌place‌‌to‌‌brake‌‌gently.‌‌If‌‌the‌‌steering‌‌ 
feels‌‌unresponsive‌‌this‌‌may‌‌indicate‌‌ice‌‌and‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌ 
losing‌‌its‌‌grip‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌When‌‌travelling‌‌on‌‌ice,‌‌tyres‌‌ 
make‌‌virtually‌‌no‌‌noise.‌  ‌
 ‌

4.Windy‌‌weather‌  ‌
232. High-sided‌‌vehicles‌‌are‌‌most‌‌affected‌‌by‌‌windy‌‌weather,‌‌but‌‌ 
strong‌‌gusts‌‌can‌‌also‌‌blow‌‌a‌‌car,‌‌cyclist,‌‌motorcyclist‌‌or‌‌horse‌‌rider‌‌ 
off‌‌course.‌‌This‌‌can‌‌happen‌‌on‌‌open‌‌stretches‌‌of‌‌road‌‌exposed‌‌to‌‌ 
strong‌‌crosswinds,‌‌or‌‌when‌‌passing‌‌bridges‌‌or‌‌gaps‌‌in‌‌hedges.‌  ‌
233. In‌‌very‌‌windy‌‌weather‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌may‌‌be‌‌affected‌‌by‌‌ 
turbulence‌‌created‌‌by‌‌large‌‌vehicles.‌‌Motorcyclists‌‌are‌‌particularly‌‌ 
affected,‌‌so‌‌keep‌‌well‌‌back‌‌from‌‌them‌‌when‌‌they‌‌are‌‌overtaking‌‌a ‌‌
high-sided‌‌vehicle.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌126‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
 ‌

5.Fog ‌  ‌
234. Before‌‌entering‌‌fog‌c‌ heck‌‌your‌‌mirrors‌‌then‌‌slow‌‌down.‌‌If‌‌‘Fog’‌‌ 
is‌‌shown‌‌on‌‌a‌‌sign‌‌but‌‌the‌‌road‌‌is‌‌clear,‌‌be‌‌prepared‌‌for‌‌a‌‌bank‌‌of‌‌ 
fog‌‌or‌‌drifting‌‌patchy‌‌fog‌‌ahead.‌‌Even‌‌if‌‌it‌‌seems‌‌to‌‌be‌‌clearing,‌‌you‌‌ 
can‌‌suddenly‌‌find‌‌yourself‌‌in‌‌thick‌‌fog‌. ‌ ‌
235. When ‌driving‌‌in‌‌fog‌ you‌‌should‌  ‌
● use‌‌your‌‌lights‌‌as‌‌required‌‌(see‌ R ‌ ule‌‌226‌) ‌ ‌
● keep‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌distance‌‌behind‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌front.‌‌Rear‌‌lights‌‌ 
can‌‌give‌‌a‌‌false‌‌sense‌‌of‌‌security‌  ‌
● be‌‌able‌‌to‌‌pull‌‌up‌‌well‌‌within‌‌the‌‌distance‌‌you‌‌can‌‌see‌‌ 
clearly.‌‌This‌‌is‌‌particularly‌‌important‌‌on‌‌motorways‌‌and‌‌dual‌‌ 
carriageways,‌‌as‌‌vehicles‌‌are‌‌travelling‌‌faster‌  ‌
● use‌‌your‌‌windscreen‌‌wipers‌‌and‌‌demisters‌  ‌
● beware‌‌of‌‌other‌‌drivers‌‌not‌‌using‌‌headlights‌  ‌
● not‌‌accelerate‌‌to‌‌get‌‌away‌‌from‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌which‌‌is‌‌too‌‌close‌‌ 
behind‌‌you‌  ‌
● check‌‌your‌‌mirrors‌‌before‌‌you‌‌slow‌‌down.‌‌Then‌‌use‌‌your‌‌ 
brakes‌‌so‌‌that‌‌your‌‌brake‌‌lights‌‌warn‌‌drivers‌‌behind‌‌you‌‌that‌‌ 
you‌‌are‌‌slowing‌‌down‌  ‌
● stop‌‌in‌‌the‌‌correct‌‌position‌‌at‌‌a‌‌junction‌‌with‌‌limited‌‌ 
visibility‌‌and‌‌listen‌‌for‌‌traffic.‌‌When‌‌you‌‌are‌‌sure‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌ 
emerge,‌‌do‌‌so‌‌positively‌‌and‌‌do‌‌not‌‌hesitate‌‌in‌‌a‌‌position‌‌ 
that‌‌puts‌‌you‌‌directly‌‌in‌‌the‌‌path‌‌of‌‌approaching‌‌vehicles.‌  ‌
236. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ use‌‌front‌‌or‌‌rear‌‌fog‌‌lights‌‌unless‌‌visibility‌‌is‌‌ 
seriously‌‌reduced‌‌(see ‌Rule‌‌226‌)‌‌as‌‌they‌‌dazzle‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌ 
and‌‌can‌‌obscure‌‌your‌‌brake‌‌lights.‌‌You ‌MUST‌ switch‌‌them‌‌off‌‌when‌‌ 
visibility‌‌improves.‌  ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌127‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
Law‌‌RVLR‌‌regs‌‌25‌‌&‌‌27‌  ‌
 ‌

6.Hot‌‌weather‌  ‌
237. Keep‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌well‌‌ventilated‌‌to‌‌avoid‌‌drowsiness.‌‌Be‌‌aware‌‌ 
that‌‌the‌‌road‌‌surface‌‌may‌‌become‌‌soft‌‌or‌‌if‌‌it‌‌rains‌‌after‌‌a‌‌dry‌‌spell‌‌ 
it‌‌may‌‌become‌‌slippery.‌‌These‌‌conditions‌‌could‌‌affect‌‌your‌‌steering‌‌ 
and‌‌braking.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌dazzled‌‌by‌‌bright‌‌sunlight,‌‌slow‌‌down‌‌and‌‌if‌‌ 
necessary,‌‌stop.‌  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌128‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Waiting‌a‌ nd‌p
‌ arking‌  ‌
 ‌

1.Waiting‌‌and‌‌parking‌  ‌
238. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ wait‌‌or‌‌park‌‌on‌‌yellow‌‌lines‌‌during‌‌the‌‌times‌‌of‌‌ 
operation‌‌shown‌‌on‌‌nearby‌‌time‌‌plates‌‌(or‌‌zone‌‌entry‌‌signs‌‌if‌‌in‌‌a ‌‌
Controlled‌‌Parking‌‌Zone)‌‌– ‌download‌‌‘ Traffic‌‌signs’‌‌‌and ‌‘Road‌‌ 
markings’‌‌‌.‌‌Double‌‌yellow‌‌lines‌‌indicate‌‌a‌‌prohibition‌‌of‌‌waiting‌‌at‌‌ 
any‌‌time‌‌even‌‌if‌‌there‌‌are‌‌no‌‌upright‌‌signs.‌‌You‌M
‌ UST‌‌NOT‌ wait‌‌or‌‌ 
park,‌‌or‌‌stop‌‌to‌‌set‌‌down‌‌and‌‌pick‌‌up‌‌passengers,‌‌on‌‌school‌‌ 
entrance‌‌markings‌‌(d ‌ ownload‌‌‘Road‌‌markings’‌)‌‌when‌‌upright‌‌signs‌‌ 
indicate‌‌a‌‌prohibition‌‌of‌‌stopping.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTRA‌‌sects‌‌5‌‌&‌‌8 ‌ ‌
 ‌

2.Parking ‌  ‌
239. Use‌‌off-street‌‌parking‌‌areas,‌‌or‌‌bays‌‌marked‌‌out‌‌with‌‌white‌‌lines‌‌ 
on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌as‌‌parking‌‌places,‌‌wherever‌‌possible.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌have‌‌to‌‌ 
stop‌‌on‌‌the‌‌roadside‌  ‌
● do‌‌not‌‌park‌‌facing‌‌against‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌flow‌  ‌
● stop‌‌as‌‌close‌‌as‌‌you‌‌can‌‌to‌‌the‌‌side‌  ‌
● do‌‌not‌‌stop‌‌too‌‌close‌‌to‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌displaying‌‌a‌‌Blue‌‌Badge:‌‌ 
remember,‌‌the‌‌occupant‌‌may‌‌need‌‌more‌‌room‌‌to‌‌get‌‌in‌‌or‌‌ 
out‌  ‌
● you‌ M‌ UST‌ s‌ witch‌‌off‌‌the‌‌engine,‌‌headlights‌‌and‌‌fog‌‌lights‌  ‌
● you‌ M‌ UST‌ a‌ pply‌‌the‌‌handbrake‌‌before‌‌leaving‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌  ‌
● you‌ M‌ UST‌ e‌ nsure‌‌you‌‌do‌‌not‌‌hit‌‌anyone‌‌when‌‌you‌‌open‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌129‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
your‌‌door.‌‌Check‌‌for‌‌cyclists‌‌or‌‌other‌‌traffic‌  ‌
● it‌‌is‌‌safer‌‌for‌‌your‌‌passengers‌‌(especially‌‌children)‌‌to‌‌get‌‌out‌‌ 
of‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌on‌‌the‌‌side‌‌next‌‌to‌‌the‌‌kerb‌  ‌
● put‌‌all‌‌valuables‌‌out‌‌of‌‌sight‌‌and‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌ 
secure‌  ‌
● lock‌‌your‌‌vehicle.‌  ‌
 
Before‌‌using‌‌a‌‌hand-held‌‌device‌‌to‌‌help‌‌you‌‌to‌‌park,‌‌you‌‌MUST‌‌ 
make‌‌sure‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌‌Then,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌move‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌into‌‌ 
the‌‌parking‌‌space‌‌in‌‌the‌‌safest‌‌way,‌‌and‌‌by‌‌the‌‌shortest‌‌route‌‌ 
possible.‌  ‌
 
When‌‌you‌‌use‌‌a‌‌hand-held‌‌device‌‌to‌‌help‌‌you‌‌to‌‌park,‌‌you‌‌MUST‌‌ 
remain‌‌in‌‌control‌‌of‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌at‌‌all‌‌times.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌use‌‌the‌‌ 
hand-held‌‌device‌‌for‌‌anything‌‌else‌‌while‌‌you‌‌are‌‌using‌‌it‌‌to‌‌help‌‌you‌‌ 
park,‌‌and‌‌do‌‌not‌‌put‌‌anyone‌‌in‌‌danger.‌‌Use‌‌the‌‌hand-held‌‌device‌‌ 
according‌‌to‌‌the‌‌manufacturer’s‌‌instructions.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌130‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌
Rule‌‌239:‌‌Check‌‌before‌‌opening‌‌your‌‌door‌  ‌
 ‌
240. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ stop‌‌or‌‌park‌‌on‌  ‌
● the‌‌carriageway,‌‌an‌‌emergency‌‌area‌‌or‌‌a‌‌hard‌‌shoulder‌‌of‌‌a ‌‌
motorway‌‌except‌‌in‌‌an‌‌emergency‌‌(see‌R ‌ ules‌‌270‌‌‌and‌‌271)‌  ‌
● a‌‌pedestrian‌‌crossing,‌‌including‌‌the‌‌area‌‌marked‌‌by‌‌the‌‌ 
zig-zag‌‌lines‌‌(s‌ ee ‌Rule‌‌191‌) ‌ ‌
● a‌‌clearway‌  ‌
● taxi‌‌bays‌‌as‌‌indicated‌‌by‌‌upright‌‌signs‌‌and‌‌markings‌  ‌
● an‌‌Urban‌‌Clearway‌‌within‌‌its‌‌hours‌‌of‌‌operation,‌‌except‌‌to‌‌ 
pick‌‌up‌‌or‌‌set‌‌down‌‌passengers‌‌   ‌
● a‌‌road‌‌marked‌‌with‌‌double‌‌white‌‌lines,‌‌even‌‌when‌‌a‌‌broken‌‌ 
white‌‌line‌‌is‌‌on‌‌your‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌except‌‌to‌‌pick‌‌up‌‌or‌‌set‌‌ 
down‌‌passengers,‌‌or‌‌to‌‌load‌‌or‌‌unload‌‌goods‌  ‌
● a‌‌tram‌‌or‌‌cycle‌‌lane‌‌during‌‌its‌‌period‌‌of‌‌operation‌  ‌
● a‌‌cycle‌‌track‌  ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌131‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● red‌‌lines,‌‌in‌‌the‌‌case‌‌of‌‌specially‌‌designated‌‌‘red‌‌routes’,‌‌ 
unless‌‌otherwise‌‌indicated‌‌by‌‌signs.‌‌Any‌‌vehicle‌‌may‌‌enter‌‌a ‌‌
bus‌‌lane‌‌to‌‌stop,‌‌load‌‌or‌‌unload‌‌where‌‌this‌‌is‌‌not‌‌prohibited‌‌ 
(‌see ‌Rule‌‌140‌).‌  ‌
Laws‌‌MT(E&W)R‌‌regs‌‌7‌‌&‌‌9,‌‌MT(S)R‌‌regs‌‌6‌‌&‌‌8,‌‌ZPPPCRGD‌‌ 
regs‌‌18‌‌&‌‌20,‌‌RTRA‌‌sects‌‌5,‌‌6‌‌&‌‌8,‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10,‌‌26‌‌&‌‌27,‌‌ 
RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌21(1)‌‌&‌‌36‌  ‌

241. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ park‌‌in‌‌parking‌‌spaces‌‌reserved‌‌for‌‌specific‌‌ 
users,‌‌such‌‌as‌‌Blue‌‌Badge‌‌holders,‌‌residents‌‌or‌‌motorcycles,‌‌unless‌‌ 
entitled‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌CSDPA‌‌sect‌‌21‌‌&‌‌RTRA‌‌sects‌‌5‌‌&‌‌8 ‌ ‌

242. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ leave‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌or‌‌trailer‌‌in‌‌a‌‌dangerous‌‌ 
position‌‌or‌‌where‌‌it‌‌causes‌‌any‌‌unnecessary‌‌obstruction‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
road.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988,‌‌sect‌‌22‌‌&‌‌CUR‌‌reg‌‌103‌  ‌

243. DO‌‌NOT‌ stop‌‌or‌‌park‌  ‌
● near‌‌a‌‌school‌‌entrance‌  ‌
● anywhere‌‌you‌‌would‌‌prevent‌‌access‌‌for‌‌Emergency‌‌Services‌  ‌
● at‌‌or‌‌near‌‌a‌‌bus‌‌or‌‌tram‌‌stop‌‌or‌‌taxi‌‌rank‌  ‌
● on‌‌the‌‌approach‌‌to‌‌a‌‌level‌‌crossing/tramway‌‌crossing‌  ‌
● opposite‌‌or‌‌within‌‌10‌‌metres‌‌(32‌‌feet)‌‌of‌‌a‌‌junction,‌‌except‌‌ 
in‌‌an‌‌authorised‌‌parking‌‌space‌  ‌
● near‌‌the‌‌brow‌‌of‌‌a‌‌hill‌‌or‌‌hump‌‌bridge‌  ‌
● opposite‌‌a‌‌traffic‌‌island‌‌or‌‌(if‌‌this‌‌would‌‌cause‌‌an‌‌ 
obstruction)‌‌another‌‌parked‌‌vehicle‌  ‌
● where‌‌you‌‌would‌‌force‌‌other‌‌traffic‌‌to‌‌enter‌‌a‌‌tram‌‌lane‌  ‌
● where‌‌the‌‌kerb‌‌has‌‌been‌‌lowered‌‌to‌‌help‌‌wheelchair‌‌users‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌132‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
and‌‌powered‌‌mobility‌‌vehicles‌  ‌
● in‌‌front‌‌of‌‌an‌‌entrance‌‌to‌‌a‌‌property‌  ‌
● on‌‌a‌‌bend‌  ‌
● where‌‌you‌‌would‌‌obstruct‌‌cyclists’‌‌use‌‌of‌‌cycle‌‌ 
facilities‌ e
‌ xcept‌w‌ hen‌‌forced‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌‌by‌‌stationary‌‌traffic.‌  ‌

244. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ park‌‌partially‌‌or‌‌wholly‌‌on‌‌the‌‌pavement‌‌in‌‌ 
London,‌‌and‌‌should‌‌not‌‌do‌‌so‌‌elsewhere‌‌unless‌‌signs‌‌permit‌‌it.‌‌ 
Parking‌‌on‌‌the‌‌pavement‌‌can‌‌obstruct‌‌and‌‌seriously‌‌inconvenience‌‌ 
pedestrians,‌‌people‌‌in‌‌wheelchairs‌‌or‌‌with‌‌visual‌‌impairments‌‌and‌‌ 
people‌‌with‌‌prams‌‌or‌‌pushchairs.‌  ‌
Law‌‌GL(GP)A‌‌sect‌‌15‌  ‌

245. Controlled‌‌Parking‌‌Zones.‌ The‌‌zone‌‌entry‌‌signs‌‌indicate‌‌the‌‌ 
times‌‌when‌‌the‌‌waiting‌‌restrictions‌‌within‌‌the‌‌zone‌‌are‌‌in‌‌force.‌‌ 
Parking‌‌may‌‌be‌‌allowed‌‌in‌‌some‌‌places‌‌at‌‌other‌‌times.‌‌Otherwise‌‌ 
parking‌‌will‌‌be‌‌within‌‌separately‌‌signed‌‌and‌‌marked‌‌bays.‌  ‌

246. Goods‌‌vehicles.‌ Vehicles‌‌with‌‌a‌‌maximum‌‌laden‌‌weight‌‌of‌‌over‌‌ 
7.5‌‌tonnes‌‌(including‌‌any‌‌trailer) ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ be‌‌parked‌‌on‌‌a‌‌verge,‌‌ 
pavement‌‌or‌‌any‌‌land‌‌situated‌‌between‌‌carriageways,‌‌without‌‌ 
police‌‌permission.‌‌The‌‌only‌‌exception‌‌is‌‌when‌‌parking‌‌is‌‌essential‌‌ 
for‌‌loading‌‌and‌‌unloading,‌‌in‌‌which‌‌case‌‌the‌‌vehicle ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ be‌‌ 
left‌‌unattended.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌19‌  ‌

247. Loading‌‌and‌‌unloading.‌ Do‌‌not‌‌load‌‌or‌‌unload‌‌where‌‌there‌‌are‌‌ 
yellow‌‌markings‌‌on‌‌the‌‌kerb‌‌and‌‌upright‌‌signs‌‌advise‌‌restrictions‌‌ 
are‌‌in‌‌place‌‌(see‌‌pages‌‌115-116).‌‌This‌‌may‌‌be‌‌permitted‌‌where‌‌ 
parking‌‌is‌‌otherwise‌‌restricted.‌‌On‌‌red‌‌routes,‌‌specially‌‌marked‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌133‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
and‌‌signed‌‌bays‌‌indicate‌‌where‌‌and‌‌when‌‌loading‌‌and‌‌unloading‌‌is‌‌ 
permitted.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTRA‌‌sects‌‌5‌‌&‌‌8 ‌ ‌
 

3.Parking‌‌at‌‌night‌  ‌
248. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ park‌‌on‌‌a‌‌road‌‌at‌‌night‌‌facing‌‌against‌‌the‌‌ 
direction‌‌of‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌flow‌‌unless‌‌in‌‌a‌‌recognised‌‌parking‌‌space. ‌  ‌
Laws‌‌CUR‌‌reg‌‌101‌‌&‌‌RVLR‌‌reg‌‌24‌  ‌
 ‌
249. All‌‌vehicles ‌MUST‌ display‌‌parking‌‌lights‌‌when‌‌parked‌‌on‌‌a‌‌road‌‌ 
or‌‌a‌‌lay-by‌‌on‌‌a‌‌road‌‌with‌‌a‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌greater‌‌than‌‌30‌‌mph‌‌(48‌‌ 
km/h).‌  ‌
Law‌‌RVLR‌‌reg‌‌24‌  ‌
 ‌
250. Cars,‌‌goods‌‌vehicles‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌1525‌‌kg‌‌unladen‌‌weight,‌‌ 
invalid‌‌carriages,‌‌motorcycles‌‌and‌‌pedal‌‌cycles‌‌may‌‌be‌‌parked‌‌ 
without‌‌lights‌‌on‌‌a‌‌road‌‌(or‌‌lay-by)‌‌with‌‌a‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌of‌‌30‌‌mph‌‌ 
(48‌‌km/h)‌‌or‌‌less‌‌if‌‌they‌‌are‌  ‌
● at‌‌least‌‌10‌‌metres‌‌(32‌‌feet)‌‌away‌‌from‌‌any‌‌junction,‌‌close‌‌to‌‌ 
the‌‌kerb‌‌and‌‌facing‌‌in‌‌the‌‌direction‌‌of‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌flow‌  ‌
● in‌‌a‌‌recognised‌‌parking‌‌place‌‌or‌‌lay-by.‌  ‌
Other‌‌vehicles‌‌and‌‌trailers,‌‌and‌‌all‌‌vehicles‌‌with‌‌projecting‌‌loads,‌‌ 
MUST‌‌NOT‌ be‌‌left‌‌on‌‌a‌‌road‌‌at‌‌night‌‌without‌‌lights.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RVLR‌‌reg‌‌24‌‌&‌‌CUR‌‌reg‌‌82(7)‌  ‌
 ‌
251. Parking‌‌in‌‌fog.‌ It‌‌is‌‌especially‌‌dangerous‌‌to‌‌park‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌in‌‌ 
fog.‌‌If‌‌it‌‌is‌‌unavoidable,‌‌leave‌‌your‌‌parking‌‌lights‌‌or‌‌sidelights‌‌on.‌  ‌
 ‌
252. Parking‌‌on‌‌hills.‌ If‌‌you‌‌park‌‌on‌‌a‌‌hill‌‌you‌‌should‌  ‌
● park‌‌close‌‌to‌‌the‌‌kerb‌‌and‌‌apply‌‌the‌‌handbrake‌‌firmly‌  ‌
● select‌‌a‌‌forward‌‌gear‌‌and‌‌turn‌‌your‌‌steering‌‌wheel‌‌away‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌134‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
from‌‌the‌‌kerb‌‌when‌‌facing‌‌uphill‌  ‌
● select‌‌reverse‌‌gear‌‌and‌‌turn‌‌your‌‌steering‌‌wheel‌‌towards‌‌the‌‌ 
kerb‌‌when‌‌facing‌‌downhill‌  ‌
● use‌‌‘park’‌‌if‌‌your‌‌car‌‌has‌‌an‌‌automatic‌‌gearbox.‌  ‌

 
 ‌
   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌135‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

4.Decriminalised‌‌Parking‌‌ 
Enforcement‌  ‌
DPE is‌‌becoming‌‌increasingly‌‌common‌‌as‌‌more‌‌authorities‌‌take‌‌on‌‌this‌‌ 
role.‌‌The‌‌local‌‌traffic‌‌authority‌‌assumes‌‌responsibility‌‌for‌‌enforcing‌‌many‌‌ 
parking‌‌contraventions‌‌in‌‌place‌‌of‌‌the‌‌police.‌‌Further‌‌details‌‌on‌‌DPE may‌‌ 
be‌‌found‌‌at‌‌the‌‌following‌‌websites:‌  ‌
Traffic‌‌penalty‌‌tribunal‌ (outside‌‌London)‌  ‌
Parking‌‌and‌‌traffic‌‌appeals‌‌service‌ (inside‌‌London)‌  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌136‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Motorways‌  ‌
Rules‌‌for‌‌motorways,‌‌including‌‌rules‌‌for‌‌signals,‌‌joining‌‌the‌‌motorway,‌‌ 
driving‌‌on‌‌the‌‌motorway,‌‌lane‌‌discipline,‌‌overtaking,‌‌stopping‌‌and‌‌leaving‌‌ 
the‌‌motorway.‌‌A‌‌number‌‌of‌‌the‌‌rules‌‌for‌‌motorways‌‌also‌‌apply‌‌to‌‌other‌‌ 
high-speed‌‌roads.‌  ‌
 
A‌‌number‌‌of‌‌the‌‌rules‌‌for‌‌motorways‌‌also‌‌apply‌‌to‌‌other‌‌high-speed‌‌ 
roads.‌‌Many‌‌other‌‌Rules‌‌apply‌‌to‌‌motorway‌‌driving,‌‌either‌‌wholly‌‌or‌‌in‌‌ 
part‌:‌‌Rules ‌46‌, ‌57‌, ‌83‌‌to‌‌88‌, ‌89‌‌to‌‌102‌, ‌103‌‌to‌‌126‌,‌1
‌ 39‌,‌1
‌ 44‌,‌1
‌ 46‌‌to‌‌ 
151‌, ‌160‌‌to‌‌161‌, ‌219‌, ‌221‌‌to‌‌222,‌‌2 ‌ 25‌, ‌226-237‌, ‌274‌‌to‌‌278‌,‌2 ‌ 80‌‌to‌‌ 
287 ‌and ‌288‌‌to‌‌290.‌  ‌
 ‌

1.General‌  ‌
253. Prohibited‌‌vehicles.‌ Motorways ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ be‌‌used‌‌by‌‌ 
pedestrians,‌‌holders‌‌of‌‌provisional‌‌motorcycle‌‌or‌‌car‌‌licences,‌‌ 
riders‌‌of‌‌motorcycles‌‌under‌‌50‌‌cc,‌‌cyclists,‌‌horse‌‌riders,‌‌certain‌‌ 
slow-moving‌‌vehicles‌‌and‌‌those‌‌carrying‌‌oversized‌‌loads‌‌(except‌‌by‌‌ 
special‌‌permission),‌‌agricultural‌‌vehicles,‌‌and‌‌powered‌‌ 
wheelchairs/powered‌‌mobility‌‌scooters‌‌(see ‌Rules‌‌36‌‌to‌‌ 
46‌ inclusive)‌‌   ‌

Provisional‌‌car‌‌licence‌‌holders‌M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌drive‌‌on‌‌the‌‌motorway‌‌ 
unless‌‌they‌‌are‌‌accompanied‌‌by‌‌a‌‌DVSA‌‌Approved‌‌Driving‌‌Instructor‌‌ 
(ADI)‌‌and‌‌are‌‌driving‌‌a‌‌car‌‌displaying‌‌red‌‌L‌‌plates‌‌(or‌‌D‌‌plates‌‌in‌‌ 
Wales)‌‌with‌‌dual‌‌controls‌. ‌ ‌
Laws‌‌HA‌‌1980‌‌sects‌‌16,‌‌17‌‌&‌‌sch‌‌4,‌‌MT(E&W)R‌‌regs‌‌3(d),‌‌4‌‌&‌‌11,‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌137‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
MT(E&W)(A)R,‌‌R(S)A‌‌sects‌‌7,‌‌8‌‌&‌‌sch‌‌3,‌‌RTRA‌‌sects‌‌17(2)‌‌&‌‌(3),‌‌& ‌‌
MT(S)R‌‌reg‌‌10‌  ‌

254. Traffic‌‌on‌‌motorways‌‌usually‌‌travels‌‌faster‌‌than‌‌on‌‌other‌‌roads,‌‌ 
so‌‌you‌‌have‌‌less‌‌time‌‌to‌‌react.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌especially‌‌important‌‌to‌‌use‌‌your‌‌ 
mirrors‌‌earlier‌‌and‌‌look‌‌much‌‌further‌‌ahead‌‌than‌‌you‌‌would‌‌on‌‌ 
other‌‌roads.‌  ‌
 

2.Motorway‌‌signals‌  ‌
255. Signs‌‌and‌‌signals‌‌‌(d‌ ownload‌‌‘Light‌‌signals‌‌controlling‌‌traffic’‌)‌‌are‌‌ 
used‌‌to‌‌warn‌‌you‌‌of‌‌hazards‌‌ahead.‌‌For‌‌example,‌‌there‌‌may‌‌be‌‌an‌‌ 
incident,‌‌fog,‌‌a‌‌spillage‌‌or‌‌road‌‌workers‌‌on‌‌the‌‌carriageway‌‌which‌‌ 
you‌‌may‌‌not‌‌immediately‌‌be‌‌able‌‌to‌‌see.‌  ‌

256. A‌‌single‌‌sign‌‌or‌‌signal‌‌can‌‌display‌‌advice,‌‌restrictions‌‌and‌‌ 
warnings‌‌for‌‌all‌‌lanes.‌  ‌

Lane‌‌specific‌‌signs‌‌and‌‌signals‌‌can‌‌display‌‌advice,‌‌restrictions‌‌and‌‌ 
warnings‌‌that‌‌apply‌‌to‌‌individual‌‌lanes.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌138‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

257. Amber‌‌flashing‌‌lights.‌‌   ‌

These‌‌signals‌‌warn‌‌of‌‌a‌‌hazard‌‌ahead.‌‌You‌‌should‌  ‌
● reduce‌‌your‌‌speed‌  ‌
● be‌‌prepared‌‌for‌‌the‌‌hazard‌  ‌
● only‌‌increase‌‌your‌‌speed‌‌when‌‌you‌‌pass‌‌a‌‌signal‌‌that‌‌is‌‌not‌‌ 
flashing,‌‌or‌‌a‌‌sign‌‌displaying‌‌a‌‌national‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌or‌‌the‌‌word‌‌ 
‘END’,‌‌and‌‌you‌‌are‌‌sure‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌  ‌

 ‌

258. Red‌‌flashing‌‌light‌‌signals‌‌and‌‌a‌‌red‌‌‘X’‌‌on‌‌a‌‌sign‌‌identify‌‌a‌‌closed‌‌ 
lane‌‌in‌‌which‌‌people,‌‌stopped‌‌vehicles‌‌or‌‌other‌‌hazards‌‌are‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌139‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
present.‌‌You‌  ‌

● MUST‌‌follow‌‌the‌‌instructions‌‌on‌‌signs‌‌in‌‌advance‌‌of‌‌a‌‌closed‌‌lane‌‌ 
to‌‌move‌‌safely‌‌to‌‌an‌‌open‌‌lane‌  ‌
● MUST‌‌NOT‌‌drive‌‌in‌‌a‌‌closed‌‌lane.‌‌A‌‌sign‌‌will‌‌inform‌‌you‌‌when‌‌the‌‌ 
lane‌‌is‌‌no‌‌longer‌‌closed‌‌by‌‌displaying‌‌a‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌or‌‌the‌‌word‌‌ 
‘END’‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌140‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Be‌‌aware‌‌that‌  ‌
● there‌‌can‌‌be‌‌several‌‌hazards‌‌in‌‌a‌‌closed‌‌lane‌  ‌
● emergency‌‌services‌‌and‌‌traffic‌‌authorities‌‌use‌‌closed‌‌lanes‌‌to‌‌ 
reach‌‌incidents‌‌and‌‌help‌‌people‌‌in‌‌need‌  ‌
● where‌‌the‌‌left‌‌lane‌‌is‌‌closed‌‌at‌‌an‌‌exit‌‌slip‌‌road,‌‌this‌‌means‌‌that‌‌ 
the‌‌exit‌‌cannot‌‌be‌‌used.‌  ‌

Where‌‌red‌‌flashing‌‌light‌‌signals‌‌and‌‌closure‌‌of‌‌all‌‌lanes‌‌are‌‌shown‌‌ 
on‌‌a‌‌sign,‌‌the‌‌road‌‌is‌‌closed.‌‌You‌  ‌
● MUST‌‌NOT‌‌go‌‌beyond‌‌the‌‌sign‌‌in‌‌any‌‌lane‌‌or‌‌use‌‌the‌‌hard‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌141‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
shoulder‌‌to‌‌avoid‌‌the‌‌road‌‌closure‌‌unless‌‌directed‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌‌by‌‌a ‌‌
police‌‌or‌‌traffic‌‌officer.‌  ‌

Lane‌‌and‌‌road‌‌closures‌‌indicated‌‌by‌‌red‌‌flashing‌‌lights‌‌are‌‌enforced‌‌ 
by‌‌the‌‌police.‌  ‌
 ‌

3.Joining‌‌the‌‌motorway‌  ‌
 ‌
259. Joining‌‌the‌‌motorway.‌ When‌‌you‌‌join‌‌the‌‌motorway‌‌you‌‌will‌‌ 
normally‌‌approach‌‌it‌‌from‌‌a‌‌road‌‌on‌‌the‌‌left‌‌(a‌‌slip‌‌road)‌‌or‌‌from‌‌ 
an‌‌adjoining‌‌motorway.‌‌You‌‌should‌  ‌
● give‌‌priority‌‌to‌‌traffic‌‌already‌‌on‌‌the‌‌motorway‌  ‌
● check‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌on‌‌the‌‌motorway‌‌and‌‌match‌‌your‌‌speed‌‌to‌‌ 
fit‌‌safely‌‌into‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌flow‌‌in‌‌the‌‌left-hand‌‌lane‌  ‌
● not‌‌cross‌‌solid‌‌white‌‌lines‌‌that‌‌separate‌‌lanes‌‌or‌‌use‌‌the‌‌ 
hard‌‌shoulder‌  ‌
● stay‌‌on‌‌the‌‌slip‌‌road‌‌if‌‌it‌‌continues‌‌as‌‌an‌‌extra‌‌lane‌‌on‌‌the‌‌ 
motorway‌  ‌
● remain‌‌in‌‌the‌‌left-hand‌‌lane‌‌long‌‌enough‌‌to‌‌adjust‌‌to‌‌the‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌142‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
speed‌‌of‌‌traffic‌‌before‌‌considering‌‌overtaking.‌  ‌
  ‌
 

4.On‌‌the‌‌motorway‌  ‌
260. When‌‌you‌‌can‌‌see‌‌well‌‌ahead‌‌and‌‌the‌‌road‌‌conditions‌‌are‌‌good,‌‌ 
you‌‌should‌  ‌
● drive‌‌at‌‌a‌‌steady‌‌cruising‌‌speed‌‌which‌‌you‌‌and‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌ 
can‌‌handle‌‌safely‌‌and‌‌is‌‌within‌‌the‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌(s‌ ee‌‌ 
the ‌Speed‌‌limits‌‌table‌) ‌ ‌
● keep‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌distance‌‌from‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌front‌‌and‌‌increase‌‌ 
the‌‌gap‌‌on‌‌wet‌‌or‌‌icy‌‌roads,‌‌or‌‌in‌‌fog‌‌(see‌‌ 
Rules ‌126 ‌and ‌235‌).‌  ‌

261. You‌M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌exceed‌ 

● a‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌displayed‌‌within‌‌a‌‌red‌‌circle‌‌on‌‌a‌‌sign‌  ‌
● the‌‌maximum‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌for‌‌the‌‌road‌‌and‌‌for‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌(see‌‌ 
Rule‌‌124‌).‌  ‌

Speed‌‌limits‌‌are‌‌enforced‌‌by‌‌the‌‌police‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌124).‌  ‌

262.   ‌
The‌‌monotony‌‌of‌‌driving‌‌on‌‌motorways‌‌and‌‌other‌‌high-speed‌‌ 
roads‌‌can‌‌make‌‌you‌‌feel‌‌sleepy.‌‌To‌‌minimise‌‌the‌‌risk,‌‌follow‌‌the‌‌ 
advice‌‌in‌R‌ ule‌‌91‌‌‌about‌‌ensuring‌‌you‌‌are‌‌fit‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌and‌‌taking‌‌ 
breaks.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌143‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
 

Service‌‌areas‌‌are‌‌located‌‌along‌‌motorways‌‌to‌‌allow‌‌you‌‌to‌‌take‌‌ 

breaks‌‌and‌‌to‌‌obtain‌‌refreshments.‌‌Refreshment‌‌and‌‌rest‌‌ 

facilities‌‌on‌‌the‌‌local‌‌road‌‌network‌‌may‌‌also‌‌be‌‌accessible‌‌from‌‌ 

motorway‌‌exits.‌  ‌

Law‌‌RTRA‌‌sects‌‌17,‌‌86,‌‌89‌‌&‌‌sch‌‌6 ‌ ‌

263. Unless‌‌directed‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌‌by‌‌a‌‌police‌‌or‌‌traffic‌‌officer,‌‌you‌M
‌ UST‌‌ 
NOT‌  ‌
● reverse‌‌along‌‌any‌‌part‌‌of‌‌a‌‌motorway,‌‌including‌‌slip‌‌roads,‌‌hard‌‌ 
shoulders‌‌and‌‌emergency‌‌areas‌  ‌
● cross‌‌the‌‌central‌‌reservation‌  ‌
● drive‌‌against‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌flow.‌  ‌

If‌‌you‌‌have‌‌missed‌‌your‌‌exit,‌‌or‌‌have‌‌taken‌‌the‌‌wrong‌‌route,‌‌carry‌‌on‌‌to‌‌ 

the‌‌next‌‌exit.‌  ‌

264. Keep‌‌in‌‌the‌‌left‌‌lane‌‌unless‌‌overtaking.‌  ‌
● If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌overtaking,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌return‌‌to‌‌the‌‌left‌‌lane‌‌when‌‌it‌‌is‌‌ 
safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌‌(see‌‌also‌‌Rules‌‌267‌‌and‌‌268).‌  ‌
● Be‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌emergency‌‌services,‌‌traffic‌‌officers,‌‌recovery‌‌workers‌‌ 
and‌‌other‌‌people‌‌or‌‌vehicles‌‌stopped‌‌on‌‌the‌‌hard‌‌shoulder‌‌or‌‌in‌‌ 
an‌‌emergency‌‌area.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌driving‌‌in‌‌the‌‌left‌‌lane,‌‌and‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌144‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
to‌‌do‌‌so,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌move‌‌into‌‌the‌‌adjacent‌‌lane‌‌to‌‌create‌‌more‌‌ 
space‌‌between‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌the‌‌people‌‌and‌‌stopped‌‌vehicles.‌  ‌

 
 ‌

5.Lane‌‌discipline‌  ‌
 
 ‌
265. The‌‌right-hand‌‌lane‌‌of‌‌a‌‌motorway‌‌with‌‌three‌‌or‌‌more‌‌ 
lanes ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌b ‌ e‌‌used‌‌(except‌‌in‌‌prescribed‌‌circumstances)‌‌if‌‌ 
you‌‌are‌‌driving‌  ‌
● any‌‌vehicle‌‌drawing‌‌a‌‌trailer‌  ‌
● a‌‌goods‌‌vehicle‌‌with‌‌a‌‌maximum‌‌laden‌‌weight‌‌exceeding‌‌3.5‌‌ 
tonnes‌‌but‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌7.5‌‌tonnes,‌‌which‌‌is‌‌required‌‌to‌‌be‌‌ 
fitted‌‌with‌‌a‌‌speed‌‌limiter‌  ‌
● a‌‌goods‌‌vehicle‌‌with‌‌a‌‌maximum‌‌laden‌‌weight‌‌exceeding‌‌7.5‌‌ 
tonnes‌  ‌
● a‌‌passenger‌‌vehicle‌‌with‌‌a‌‌maximum‌‌laden‌‌weight‌‌exceeding‌‌ 
7.5‌‌tonnes‌‌constructed‌‌or‌‌adapted‌‌to‌‌carry‌‌more‌‌than‌‌eight‌‌ 
seated‌‌passengers‌‌in‌‌addition‌‌to‌‌the‌‌driver‌  ‌
● a‌‌passenger‌‌vehicle‌‌with‌‌a‌‌maximum‌‌laden‌‌weight‌‌not‌‌ 
exceeding‌‌7.5‌‌tonnes‌‌which‌‌is‌‌constructed‌‌or‌‌adapted‌‌to‌‌ 
carry‌‌more‌‌than‌‌eight‌‌seated‌‌passengers‌‌in‌‌addition‌‌to‌‌the‌‌ 
driver,‌‌which‌‌is‌‌required‌‌to‌‌be‌‌fitted‌‌with‌‌a‌‌speed‌‌limiter.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌MT(E&W)R‌‌reg‌‌12,‌‌MT(E&W)AR‌‌(2004),‌‌MT(S)R‌‌reg‌‌11‌‌ 
&‌‌MT(S)AR‌‌(2004)‌  ‌

266. Approaching‌‌a‌‌junction.‌ Look‌‌well‌‌ahead‌‌for‌‌signals‌‌or‌‌signs.‌‌ 
Direction‌‌signs‌‌may‌‌be‌‌placed‌‌over‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌need‌‌to‌‌change‌‌ 
lanes,‌‌do‌‌so‌‌in‌‌good‌‌time.‌‌At‌‌some‌‌junctions‌‌a‌‌lane‌‌may‌‌lead‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌145‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
directly‌‌off‌‌the‌‌motorway.‌‌Only‌‌get‌‌in‌‌that‌‌lane‌‌if‌‌you‌‌wish‌‌to‌‌go‌‌in‌‌ 
the‌‌direction‌‌indicated‌‌on‌‌the‌‌overhead‌‌signs.‌  ‌
 

6.Overtaking ‌  ‌
267. Do‌‌not‌‌overtake‌‌unless‌‌you‌‌are‌‌sure‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌and‌‌legal‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌‌ 
Overtake‌‌only‌‌on‌‌the‌‌right.‌‌You‌‌should‌  ‌
● check‌‌your‌‌mirrors‌  ‌
● take‌‌time‌‌to‌‌judge‌‌the‌‌speeds‌‌correctly‌  ‌
● make‌‌sure‌‌that‌‌the‌‌lane‌‌you‌‌will‌‌be‌‌joining‌‌is‌‌sufficiently‌‌ 
clear‌‌ahead‌‌and‌‌behind‌  ‌
● take‌‌a‌‌quick‌‌sideways‌‌glance‌‌into‌‌the‌‌blind‌‌spot‌‌area‌‌to‌‌ 
verify‌‌the‌‌position‌‌of‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌that‌‌may‌‌have‌‌disappeared‌‌ 
from‌‌your‌‌view‌‌in‌‌the‌‌mirror‌  ‌
● remember‌‌that‌‌traffic‌‌may‌‌be‌‌coming‌‌up‌‌behind‌‌you‌‌very‌‌ 
quickly.‌‌Check‌‌all‌‌your‌‌mirrors‌‌carefully.‌‌Look‌‌out‌‌for‌‌ 
motorcyclists.‌‌When‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so,‌‌signal‌‌in‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌ 
time,‌‌then‌‌move‌‌out‌  ‌
● ensure‌‌you‌‌do‌‌not‌‌cut‌‌in‌‌on‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌you‌‌have‌‌overtaken‌  ‌
● be‌‌especially‌‌careful‌‌at‌‌night‌‌and‌‌in‌‌poor‌‌visibility‌‌when‌‌it‌‌is‌‌ 
harder‌‌to‌‌judge‌‌speed‌‌and‌‌distance.‌  ‌

268. Do‌‌not‌‌overtake‌‌on‌‌the‌‌left‌‌or‌‌move‌‌to‌‌a‌‌lane‌‌on‌‌your‌‌left‌‌to‌‌ 
overtake.‌‌In‌‌congested‌‌conditions,‌‌where‌‌adjacent‌‌lanes‌‌of‌‌traffic‌‌ 
are‌‌moving‌‌at‌‌similar‌‌speeds,‌‌traffic‌‌in‌‌left-hand‌‌lanes‌‌may‌‌ 
sometimes‌‌be‌‌moving‌‌faster‌‌than‌‌traffic‌‌to‌‌the‌‌right.‌‌In‌‌these‌‌ 
conditions‌‌you‌‌may‌‌keep‌‌up‌‌with‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌in‌‌your‌‌lane‌‌even‌‌if‌‌this‌‌ 
means‌‌passing‌‌traffic‌‌in‌‌the‌‌lane‌‌to‌‌your‌‌right.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌weave‌‌in‌‌and‌‌ 
out‌‌of‌‌lanes‌‌to‌‌overtake.‌  ‌
 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌146‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
269. Hard‌‌shoulder‌‌(‌ where‌‌present).‌‌You‌M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌use‌‌a‌‌hard‌‌ 
shoulder‌‌except‌‌in‌‌an‌‌emergency‌‌or‌‌if‌‌directed‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌‌by‌‌the‌‌ 
police,‌‌traffic‌‌officers‌‌or‌‌a‌‌traffic‌‌sign.‌  ‌

 
 
Hard‌‌shoulder‌‌‌(where‌‌used‌‌as‌‌an‌‌extra‌‌lane).‌‌The‌‌hard‌‌shoulder‌‌is‌‌ 
used‌‌as‌‌an‌‌extra‌‌lane‌‌on‌‌some‌‌motorways‌‌during‌‌periods‌‌of‌‌ 
congestion.‌‌A‌‌red‌‌‘X’‌‌or‌‌blank‌‌sign‌‌above‌‌the‌‌hard‌‌shoulder‌‌means‌‌ 
that‌‌you‌M‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌use‌‌the‌‌hard‌‌shoulder‌‌except‌‌in‌‌an‌‌emergency.‌  ‌
 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌147‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 
 
You‌‌can‌‌only‌‌use‌‌the‌‌hard‌‌shoulder‌‌as‌‌an‌‌extra‌‌lane‌‌when‌‌a‌‌speed‌‌ 
limit‌‌is‌‌shown‌‌above‌‌the‌‌hard‌‌shoulder.‌  ‌

 
 
Where‌‌the‌‌hard‌‌shoulder‌‌is‌‌being‌‌used‌‌as‌‌an‌‌extra‌‌lane,‌‌emergency‌‌ 
areas‌‌are‌‌provided‌‌for‌‌use‌‌in‌‌an‌‌emergency‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌270).‌  ‌
 
  ‌
Laws‌‌MT(E&W)R‌‌regs‌‌5,‌‌5A‌‌&‌‌9,‌‌MT(S)R‌‌regs‌‌4‌‌&‌‌8 ‌ ‌
 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌148‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
  ‌
 

7.Stopping ‌  ‌
270. Emergency‌‌areas‌‌‌are‌‌located‌‌along‌‌motorways‌‌with‌‌
 
no‌‌hard‌s‌ houlder‌‌or‌‌where‌‌the‌‌hard‌‌shoulder‌‌can‌b ‌ e‌‌used‌‌
 
as‌‌an‌‌extra‌‌lane‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌269)‌‌and‌M‌ UST‌‌‌only‌‌be‌‌used‌‌
 
in‌‌an‌‌emergency.‌  ‌

They‌a‌ re‌m
‌ arked‌‌by‌‌blue‌‌signs‌‌with‌‌an‌‌orange‌S
‌ OS‌‌
 
telephone‌s‌ ymbol‌‌and‌‌may‌‌have‌‌orange‌‌surfacing.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌149‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Follow‌‌the‌‌requirements‌‌and‌‌advice‌‌in‌  ‌
● Rule‌‌277‌‌if‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌develops‌‌a‌‌problem‌‌on‌‌the‌‌
 
motorway‌  ‌
● Rule‌‌278‌‌to‌‌rejoin‌‌the‌‌carriageway‌‌from‌‌an‌‌emergency‌‌ 
area.‌  ‌

  ‌
Laws‌‌MT(E&W)R‌‌regs‌‌5A,‌‌7,‌‌9,‌‌10‌‌&‌‌16,MT(S)R‌‌regs‌‌6(1),‌‌8,‌‌9‌‌&‌‌14,‌‌ 
PRA‌‌2002‌‌sect‌‌41‌‌&‌‌sched‌‌5(8),‌‌&‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌35‌‌&‌‌163‌‌as‌‌ 
amended‌‌by‌‌TMA‌‌2004,‌‌sect‌‌6 ‌ ‌
 
271. You‌‌MUST‌‌NOT‌‌stop‌‌on‌‌any‌‌carriageway,‌‌emergency‌‌area,‌‌hard‌‌ 
shoulder,‌‌slip‌‌road,‌‌central‌‌reservation‌‌or‌‌verge‌‌except‌‌in‌‌an‌ 
emergency,‌‌or‌‌when‌‌told‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌‌by‌‌the‌‌police,‌‌traffic‌‌officers,‌‌an‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌150‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
emergency‌‌sign‌‌or‌‌by‌‌red‌‌flashing‌‌light‌‌signals.‌  ‌
 
Do‌‌not‌‌stop‌‌on‌‌any‌‌part‌‌of‌‌a‌‌motorway‌‌to‌‌make‌‌or‌‌receive‌‌mobile‌‌ 
telephone‌‌calls,‌‌except‌‌in‌‌an‌‌emergency.‌  ‌
  ‌
Laws‌‌RTRA‌‌sect‌‌17‌‌&‌‌MT(E&W)R‌‌reg‌‌15‌  ‌
 
272. You‌M‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌pick‌‌up‌‌or‌‌set‌‌down‌‌anyone,‌‌or‌‌walk‌‌on‌‌a ‌‌
motorway,‌‌except‌‌in‌‌an‌‌emergency.‌  ‌
 ‌

8.Leaving‌‌the‌‌motorway‌  ‌
273. Unless‌‌signs‌‌indicate‌‌that‌‌a‌‌lane‌‌leads‌‌directly‌‌off‌‌the‌‌motorway,‌‌ 
you‌‌will‌‌normally‌‌leave‌‌the‌‌motorway‌‌by‌‌a‌‌slip‌‌road‌‌on‌‌your‌‌left.‌‌ 
You‌‌should‌  ‌
● watch‌‌for‌‌the‌‌signs‌‌letting‌‌you‌‌know‌‌you‌‌are‌‌getting‌‌near‌‌ 
your‌‌exit‌  ‌
● move‌‌into‌‌the‌‌left-hand‌‌lane‌‌well‌‌before‌‌reaching‌‌your‌‌exit‌  ‌
● signal‌‌left‌‌in‌‌good‌‌time‌‌and‌‌reduce‌‌your‌‌speed‌‌on‌‌the‌‌slip‌‌ 
road‌‌as‌‌necessary.‌  ‌

274. On‌‌leaving‌‌the‌‌motorway‌‌or‌‌using‌‌a‌‌link‌‌road‌‌between‌‌ 
motorways,‌‌your‌‌speed‌‌may‌‌be‌‌higher‌‌than‌‌you‌‌realise‌‌-‌‌50‌‌mph‌‌ 
may‌‌feel‌‌like‌‌30‌‌mph.‌‌Check‌‌your‌‌speedometer‌‌and‌‌adjust‌‌your‌‌ 
speed‌‌accordingly.‌‌Some‌‌slip-roads‌‌and‌‌link‌‌roads‌‌have‌‌sharp‌‌ 
bends,‌‌so‌‌you‌‌will‌‌need‌‌to‌‌slow‌‌down.‌  ‌
 
 ‌
 ‌
 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌151‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
 ‌

Breakdowns‌a‌ nd‌i‌ncidents ‌  ‌
Place‌‌of‌‌relative‌‌safety‌  ‌
275. ‌If‌‌you‌‌need‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌the‌‌event‌‌of‌‌a‌‌breakdown‌‌or‌‌ 
incident,‌‌try‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌in‌‌a‌‌place‌‌of‌‌relative‌‌safety.‌‌A‌‌place‌‌of‌‌relative‌‌ 
safety‌‌is‌‌where‌‌you,‌‌your‌‌passengers‌‌and‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌are‌‌less‌‌likely‌‌ 
to‌‌be‌‌at‌‌risk‌‌from‌‌moving‌‌traffic.‌  ‌

The‌‌safest‌‌place‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌is‌‌a‌‌location‌‌which‌‌is‌‌designed‌‌for‌‌parking.‌‌On‌‌ 
motorways‌‌and‌‌other‌‌high-speed‌‌roads,‌‌the‌‌safest‌‌place‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌is‌‌a ‌‌
service‌‌area.‌‌Other‌‌places‌‌of‌‌relative‌‌safety‌‌include‌  ‌

● lay-bys‌  ‌
● emergency‌‌areas‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌270)‌  ‌
● hard‌‌shoulders‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌269).‌  ‌

Be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌hard‌‌shoulders‌‌provide‌‌less‌‌protection‌‌than‌‌other‌‌places‌‌ 
of‌‌relative‌‌safety‌‌because‌‌they‌‌are‌‌so‌‌close‌‌to‌‌high-speed‌‌traffic.‌  ‌

You‌‌and‌‌your‌‌passengers‌‌should,‌‌where‌‌possible,‌‌keep‌‌well‌‌away‌‌from‌‌ 
your‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌moving‌‌traffic.‌‌Otherwise‌‌moving‌‌traffic‌‌could‌‌collide‌‌ 
with‌‌your‌‌vehicle,‌‌forcing‌‌it‌‌into‌‌you‌‌and‌‌your‌‌passengers.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌152‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Breakdowns‌  ‌
276. If‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌breaks‌‌down,‌‌think‌‌first‌‌of‌‌all‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌and‌  ‌
● get‌y‌ our‌‌vehicle‌‌off‌‌the‌‌road‌‌if‌‌possible‌  ‌
● warn‌‌other‌‌traffic‌‌by‌‌using‌‌your‌‌hazard‌‌warning‌‌lights‌‌if‌‌your‌‌ 
vehicle‌‌is‌‌causing‌‌an‌‌obstruction‌  ‌
● help‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌see‌‌you‌‌by‌‌wearing‌‌light-coloured‌‌or‌‌ 
fluorescent‌‌clothing‌‌in‌‌daylight‌‌and‌‌reflective‌‌clothing‌‌at‌‌night‌‌ 
or‌‌in‌‌poor‌‌visibility‌  ‌
● put‌‌a‌‌warning‌‌triangle‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌at‌‌least‌‌45‌‌metres‌‌(147‌‌feet)‌‌ 
behind‌‌your‌‌broken-down‌‌vehicle‌‌on‌‌the‌‌same‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
road,‌‌or‌‌use‌‌other‌‌permitted‌‌warning‌‌devices‌‌if‌‌you‌‌have‌‌them.‌‌ 
Always‌‌take‌‌great‌‌care‌‌when‌‌placing‌‌or‌‌retrieving‌‌them,‌‌but‌‌ 
never‌‌use‌‌them‌‌on‌‌motorways‌  ‌
● if‌‌possible,‌‌keep‌‌your‌‌sidelights‌‌on‌‌if‌‌it‌‌is‌‌dark‌‌or‌‌visibility‌‌is‌‌ 
poor‌  ‌
● do‌‌not‌‌stand‌‌(or‌‌let‌‌anybody‌‌else‌‌stand)‌‌between‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌ 
and‌‌oncoming‌‌traffic‌  ‌
● at‌‌night‌‌or‌‌in‌‌poor‌‌visibility‌‌do‌‌not‌‌stand‌‌where‌‌you‌‌will‌‌ 
prevent‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌seeing‌‌your‌‌lights.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌MT(E&W)R‌‌reg‌‌14‌‌&‌‌MT(S)R‌‌reg‌‌12‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌153‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Additional‌‌rules‌‌for‌‌ 
motorways‌  ‌
 
277. If‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌develops‌‌a‌‌problem,‌‌leave‌‌the‌‌carriageway‌‌at‌‌the‌ 
next‌‌exit‌‌or‌‌pull‌‌into‌‌a‌‌service‌‌area‌‌if‌‌possible‌‌(see‌R
‌ ule‌‌275‌‌‌for‌‌ 
places‌‌of‌‌relative‌‌safety).‌‌If‌‌you‌‌cannot,‌‌you‌‌should‌  ‌

Go‌‌left‌  ‌

● move‌‌into‌‌the‌‌left‌‌lane‌  ‌
● pull‌‌into‌‌an‌‌emergency‌‌area‌‌or‌‌onto‌‌a‌‌hard‌‌shoulder‌‌if‌‌you‌‌can‌  ‌
● stop‌‌as‌‌far‌‌to‌‌the‌‌left‌‌as‌‌possible,‌‌leaving‌‌space‌‌to‌‌exit‌‌your‌‌ 
vehicle‌‌and‌‌with‌‌your‌‌wheels‌‌turned‌‌to‌‌the‌‌left‌  ‌
● if‌‌you‌‌can,‌‌stop‌‌just‌‌beyond‌‌an‌‌emergency‌‌telephone‌  ‌
● switch‌‌your‌‌hazard‌‌warning‌‌lights‌‌on‌  ‌
● if‌‌it’s‌‌dark‌‌or‌‌visibility‌‌is‌‌poor,‌‌use‌‌sidelights.‌  ‌

Get‌‌safe‌  ‌

● exit‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌by‌‌the‌‌side‌‌furthest‌‌from‌‌traffic,‌‌if‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌ 
and‌‌possible‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so,‌‌and‌‌ensure‌‌passengers‌‌do‌‌the‌‌same‌  ‌

If‌‌you‌‌can’t‌  ‌

● get‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌to‌‌the‌‌left‌‌lane‌‌or‌‌a‌‌place‌‌of‌‌relative‌‌safety‌‌(see‌‌ 
Rule‌‌275‌),‌‌and‌  ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌154‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● exit‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌safely‌‌to‌‌get‌‌well‌‌away‌‌from‌‌it‌‌and‌‌moving‌‌ 
traffic,‌  ‌

you‌‌should‌  ‌

● stay‌‌in‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌  ‌
● keep‌‌your‌‌seatbelts‌‌and‌‌hazard‌‌warning‌‌lights‌‌on‌  ‌
● call‌‌999‌‌immediately‌‌and‌‌ask‌‌for‌‌the‌‌police.‌‌Alternatively,‌‌press‌‌ 
your‌‌SOS‌‌button‌‌if‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌has‌‌one‌‌and‌‌ask‌‌for‌‌the‌‌police.‌  ‌

● put‌‌on‌‌high-visibility‌‌clothing‌‌if‌‌you‌‌have‌‌it‌‌and‌‌it‌‌is‌‌within‌‌easy‌‌ 
reach‌  ‌
● get‌‌behind‌‌a‌‌safety‌‌barrier‌‌where‌‌there‌‌is‌‌one,‌‌but‌‌be‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌ 
any‌‌unseen‌‌hazards‌‌such‌‌as‌‌sudden‌‌drops,‌‌uneven‌‌ground‌‌or‌‌ 
debris‌  ‌
● DO‌‌NOT‌‌‌stand‌‌in‌‌a‌‌place‌‌where‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌could‌‌be‌‌forced‌‌into‌‌ 
you‌‌if‌‌moving‌‌traffic‌‌collides‌‌with‌‌it‌  ‌
● DO‌‌NOT‌‌‌return‌‌to‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌even‌‌if‌‌it’s‌‌raining,‌‌cold‌‌or‌‌dark‌  ‌
● remain‌‌alert‌‌and‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌vehicles‌‌or‌‌debris‌‌coming‌‌towards‌‌you‌  ‌
● keep‌‌passengers‌‌away‌‌from‌‌the‌‌carriageway‌‌and‌‌children‌‌under‌‌ 
control‌  ‌
● DO‌‌NOT‌‌‌attempt‌‌repairs‌‌on‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌  ‌
● DO‌‌NOT‌‌‌place‌‌a‌‌warning‌‌triangle‌‌on‌‌the‌‌carriageway‌  ‌
● animals‌M
‌ UST‌‌‌be‌‌kept‌‌in‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌or,‌‌in‌‌an‌‌emergency,‌‌under‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌155‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
control‌‌on‌‌the‌‌verge‌. ‌ ‌

 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌156‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌

Rule‌‌277:‌‌Keep‌‌well‌‌away‌‌from‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌moving‌‌traffic‌  ‌

Get‌‌help‌  ‌

● use‌‌the‌‌free‌‌emergency‌‌telephone‌‌to‌‌obtain‌‌advice‌‌and‌‌ 
assistance‌  ‌
● contact‌‌a‌‌breakdown‌‌recovery‌‌service‌  ‌
● always‌‌face‌‌the‌‌traffic‌‌when‌‌you‌‌speak‌‌to‌‌remain‌‌aware‌‌of‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌157‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
vehicles‌‌or‌‌debris‌‌coming‌‌towards‌‌you‌  ‌
● inform‌‌them‌‌if‌‌you‌‌are‌‌a‌‌vulnerable‌‌motorist‌‌such‌‌as‌‌disabled,‌‌ 
older‌‌or‌‌travelling‌‌alone‌  ‌
● wait‌‌well‌‌away‌‌from‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌moving‌‌traffic,‌‌behind‌‌ 
the‌‌safety‌‌barrier‌‌where‌‌there‌‌is‌‌one‌  ‌
● if‌‌you‌‌are‌‌unable‌‌to‌‌exit‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌or‌‌if‌‌you‌‌have‌‌not‌‌stopped‌‌ 
near‌‌a‌‌free‌‌emergency‌‌telephone,‌‌call‌‌999‌‌immediately‌‌and‌‌ask‌‌ 
for‌‌the‌‌police.‌‌Alternatively,‌‌press‌‌your‌‌SOS‌‌button‌‌if‌‌your‌‌ 
vehicle‌‌has‌‌one‌‌and‌‌ask‌‌for‌‌the‌‌police.‌  ‌

Communicating‌‌your‌‌location.‌‌‌How‌‌to‌‌identify‌‌your‌‌location‌‌to‌‌the‌‌ 
emergency‌‌services‌. ‌ ‌

eCall‌.‌P
‌ ress‌t‌he‌S
‌ OS‌b
‌ utton‌i‌f‌y‌ our‌v‌ ehicle‌h
‌ as‌o
‌ ne.‌  ‌

 ‌

App‌.‌U
‌ se‌a
‌ ‌m
‌ obile‌t‌elephone‌m
‌ apping‌a
‌ pplication.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌158‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌

Marker‌p
‌ ost‌o
‌ r‌d
‌ river‌l‌ocation‌s
‌ ign‌.‌Q
‌ uote‌t‌he‌n
‌ umbers‌a
‌ nd‌l‌etters‌o
‌ n‌m
‌ arker‌p
‌ osts‌o
‌ r‌‌
 
driver‌l‌ocation‌s‌ igns‌w
‌ hich‌a
‌ re‌l‌ocated‌a
‌ long‌t‌he‌e
‌ dge‌o
‌ f‌t‌he‌r‌ oad.‌  ‌

 ‌

 ‌

278. To‌‌rejoin‌‌the‌‌carriageway‌‌after‌‌a‌‌breakdown‌‌from‌  ‌
● a‌‌hard‌‌shoulder,‌‌build‌‌up‌‌speed,‌‌indicate‌‌and‌‌watch‌‌for‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌ 
gap‌‌in‌‌the‌‌traffic.‌‌Be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌vehicles,‌‌obstructions‌‌or‌‌debris‌‌ 
may‌‌be‌‌present‌‌on‌‌the‌‌hard‌‌shoulder‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌159‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● an‌‌emergency‌‌area,‌‌you‌M
‌ UST‌‌‌use‌‌the‌‌emergency‌‌telephone‌‌ 
provided‌‌and‌‌follow‌‌the‌‌operator’s‌‌advice‌‌for‌‌exiting‌‌the‌‌ 
emergency‌‌area.‌‌A‌‌lane‌‌may‌‌need‌‌to‌‌be‌‌closed‌‌so‌‌that‌‌you‌‌can‌‌ 
rejoin‌‌the‌‌carriageway‌‌safely‌. ‌ ‌

Rule‌‌278:‌‌Emergency‌‌area‌‌information‌‌sign‌  ‌

279. Disabled‌‌drivers.‌‌‌If‌‌you‌‌have‌‌a‌‌disability‌‌that‌‌prevents‌‌you‌‌from‌‌ 
following‌‌the‌‌above‌‌advice‌‌in‌‌Rules‌‌277‌‌and‌‌278,‌‌you‌‌should‌  ‌
● switch‌‌on‌‌your‌‌hazard‌‌warning‌‌lights‌  ‌
● stay‌‌in‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌keep‌‌your‌‌seat‌‌belt‌‌on‌  ‌
● call‌‌999‌‌immediately‌‌and‌‌ask‌‌for‌‌the‌‌police.‌‌Alternatively,‌‌press‌‌ 
your‌‌SOS‌‌button‌‌if‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌has‌‌one‌‌and‌‌ask‌‌for‌‌the‌‌police.‌  ‌

If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌deaf,‌‌hard‌‌of‌‌hearing‌‌or‌‌speech‌‌impaired,‌‌it‌‌is‌‌recommended‌‌ 
that‌‌you‌‌register‌‌for‌‌the‌‌999‌‌text‌‌service‌‌(emergencySMS.net)‌‌before‌‌ 
making‌‌a‌‌journey‌. ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌160‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
 
 ‌

Obstructions ‌  ‌
280. If‌‌anything‌‌falls‌‌from‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌on‌‌to‌‌a‌‌motorway‌‌or‌‌other‌‌ 
high-speed‌‌road,‌‌DO‌‌NOT‌‌remove‌‌the‌‌obstruction‌‌yourself.‌‌Stop‌‌in‌‌ 
a‌‌place‌‌of‌‌relative‌‌safety‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌275)‌‌and‌‌call‌‌the‌‌emergency‌‌ 
services‌‌on‌‌999.‌  ‌

On‌‌other‌‌roads,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌only‌‌remove‌‌obstructions‌‌if‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌ 
do‌‌so.‌  ‌
 

Incidents ‌  ‌
281. Warning‌‌signs‌‌or‌‌flashing‌‌lights.‌‌‌If‌‌you‌‌see‌‌emergency‌‌or‌‌ 
incident‌‌support‌‌vehicles‌‌displaying‌‌flashing‌‌lights‌‌in‌‌the‌‌distance,‌‌ 
be‌‌aware‌‌there‌‌may‌‌be‌‌an‌‌incident‌‌ahead‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌219).‌‌You‌‌ 
should‌‌slow‌‌down‌‌and‌‌be‌‌prepared‌‌to‌‌move‌‌safely‌‌into‌‌another‌‌ 
lane‌‌or‌‌stop.‌  ‌

The‌‌emergency‌‌services,‌‌traffic‌‌officers‌‌and‌‌recovery‌‌workers‌‌may‌‌ 
be‌‌required‌‌to‌‌work‌‌in‌‌the‌‌carriageway;‌‌for‌‌example,‌‌dealing‌‌with‌‌ 
debris,‌‌collisions‌‌or‌‌conducting‌‌rolling‌‌roadblocks.‌‌You‌‌MUST‌‌follow‌‌ 
any‌‌directions‌‌given‌‌by‌‌police‌‌or‌‌traffic‌‌officers‌‌as‌‌to‌‌whether‌‌you‌‌ 
can‌‌safely‌‌pass‌‌the‌‌incident‌‌or‌‌obstruction.‌  ‌

  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA1988,‌‌sects‌‌35‌‌&163,‌‌and‌‌as‌‌amended‌‌by‌‌TMA‌‌2004,‌‌sect‌‌ 
6‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌161‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
 
282. When‌‌passing‌‌the‌‌scene‌‌of‌‌an‌‌incident,‌‌remain‌‌alert‌‌for‌‌hazards‌‌ 
(such‌‌as‌‌debris‌‌or‌‌slow-moving‌‌vehicles)‌‌and‌‌do‌‌not‌‌slow‌‌down‌‌ 
unnecessarily‌‌(for‌‌example,‌‌if‌‌an‌‌incident‌‌is‌‌on‌‌the‌‌other‌‌side‌‌of‌‌a ‌‌
dual‌‌carriageway).‌‌You‌‌should‌‌focus‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌ahead‌‌when‌‌ 
passing‌‌an‌‌incident‌‌because‌‌a‌‌lack‌‌of‌‌attention‌‌may‌‌cause‌‌a‌‌further‌‌ 
incident,‌‌collision‌‌or‌‌congestion‌‌(see‌‌also‌‌Rule‌‌283,‌‌below).‌  ‌

283. If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌involved‌‌in‌‌an‌‌incident‌‌or‌‌collision‌‌or‌‌stop‌‌to‌‌give‌‌ 
assistance‌  ‌

● if‌‌possible,‌‌stop‌‌in‌‌a‌‌place‌‌of‌‌relative‌‌safety‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌275)‌  ‌
● use‌‌your‌‌hazard‌‌warning‌‌lights‌‌to‌‌warn‌‌other‌‌traffic‌  ‌
● put‌‌on‌‌high-visibility‌‌clothing‌‌if‌‌you‌‌have‌‌it‌  ‌
● ask‌‌drivers‌‌to‌‌switch‌‌off‌‌their‌‌engines‌  ‌
● ask‌‌drivers‌‌and‌‌passengers‌‌to‌‌stop‌‌smoking‌  ‌
● contact‌‌the‌‌emergency‌‌services‌‌on‌‌999‌‌and‌‌provide‌‌full‌‌details‌‌of‌‌ 
the‌‌incident‌‌location‌‌and‌‌any‌‌casualties.‌‌Use‌‌an‌‌emergency‌‌ 
telephone,‌‌a‌‌mobile‌‌telephone,‌‌or‌‌press‌‌the‌‌SOS‌‌button‌‌if‌‌your‌‌ 
vehicle‌‌has‌‌one‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌277‌‌on‌‌how‌‌to‌‌identify‌‌your‌‌location‌‌on‌‌ 
a‌‌motorway‌‌or‌‌other‌‌high-speed‌‌road)‌  ‌
● move‌‌uninjured‌‌people‌‌away‌‌from‌‌the‌‌vehicles‌‌to‌‌a‌‌place‌‌of‌‌ 
relative‌‌safety‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌275)‌  ‌
● DO‌‌NOT‌‌‌move‌‌injured‌‌people‌‌from‌‌their‌‌vehicles‌‌unless‌‌they‌‌are‌‌ 
in‌‌immediate‌‌danger‌  ‌
● DO‌‌NOT‌‌‌remove‌‌a‌‌motorcyclist’s‌‌helmet‌‌unless‌‌it‌‌is‌‌essential‌‌and‌‌ 
you‌‌are‌‌trained‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so‌  ‌
● be‌‌prepared‌‌to‌‌give‌‌first‌‌aid‌‌(see‌‌Annex‌‌7‌‌and‌U ‌ seful‌‌websites‌) ‌ ‌
● stay‌‌at‌‌the‌‌scene‌‌until‌‌the‌‌emergency‌‌services‌‌arrive‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌162‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● be‌‌prepared‌‌to‌‌exchange‌‌details‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌286).‌  ‌

If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌involved‌‌in‌‌any‌‌other‌‌medical‌‌emergency,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌contact‌‌ 

the‌‌emergency‌‌services‌‌in‌‌the‌‌same‌‌way.‌  ‌

 
 ‌

Incidents‌‌involving‌‌dangerous‌‌ 
goods‌  ‌
284. Vehicles‌‌carrying‌‌dangerous‌‌goods‌‌in‌‌packages‌‌will‌‌be‌‌marked‌‌ 
with‌‌plain‌‌orange‌‌reflective‌‌plates.‌‌Road‌‌tankers‌‌and‌‌vehicles‌‌ 
carrying‌‌tank‌‌containers‌‌of‌‌dangerous‌‌goods‌‌will‌‌have‌‌hazard‌‌ 
warning‌‌plates‌‌(d
‌ ownload‌‌‘Vehicle‌‌markings’‌).‌  ‌
 
285. If‌‌an‌‌incident‌‌involves‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌containing‌‌dangerous‌‌goods,‌‌ 
follow‌‌the‌‌advice‌‌in ‌Rule‌‌283‌ and,‌‌in‌‌particular‌  ‌
● switch‌‌off‌‌engines‌‌and‌ D ‌ O‌‌NOT‌‌SMOKE‌  ‌
● keep‌‌well‌‌away‌‌from‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌do‌‌not‌‌be‌‌tempted‌‌to‌‌ 
try‌‌to‌‌rescue‌‌casualties‌‌as‌‌you‌‌yourself‌‌could‌‌become‌‌one‌  ‌
● call‌‌the‌‌emergency‌‌services‌‌and‌‌give‌‌as‌‌much‌‌information‌‌as‌‌ 
possible‌‌about‌‌the‌‌labels‌‌and‌‌markings‌‌on‌‌the‌‌vehicle.‌ D ‌ O‌‌ 
NOT‌ u ‌ se‌‌a‌‌mobile‌‌phone‌‌close‌‌to‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌carrying‌‌ 
flammable‌‌loads.‌  ‌
 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌163‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Documentation ‌  ‌
286. If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌involved‌‌in‌‌a‌‌collision‌‌which‌‌causes‌‌damage‌‌or‌‌injury‌‌ 
to‌‌any‌‌other‌‌person,‌‌vehicle,‌‌animal‌‌or‌‌property,‌‌you‌M ‌ UST‌  ‌
● stop.‌‌If‌‌possible,‌‌stop‌‌in‌‌a‌‌place‌‌of‌‌relative‌‌safety‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌275‌  ‌
● give‌‌your‌‌own‌‌and‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌owner’s‌‌name‌‌and‌‌address,‌‌and‌‌ 
the‌‌registration‌‌number‌‌of‌‌the‌‌vehicle,‌‌to‌‌anyone‌‌having‌‌ 
reasonable‌‌grounds‌‌for‌‌requiring‌‌them‌  ‌
● if‌‌you‌‌do‌‌not‌‌give‌‌your‌‌name‌‌and‌‌address‌‌at‌‌the‌‌time‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
collision,‌‌report‌‌it‌‌to‌‌the‌‌police‌‌as‌‌soon‌‌as‌‌reasonably‌‌ 
practicable,‌‌and‌‌in‌‌any‌‌case‌‌within‌‌24‌‌hours.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌170‌  ‌

 ‌
287. If‌‌another‌‌person‌‌is‌‌injured‌‌and‌‌you‌‌do‌‌not‌‌produce‌‌your‌‌ 
insurance‌‌certificate‌‌at‌‌the‌‌time‌‌of‌‌the‌‌crash‌‌to‌‌a‌‌police‌‌officer‌‌or‌‌ 
to‌‌anyone‌‌having‌‌reasonable‌‌grounds‌‌to‌‌request‌‌it,‌‌you ‌MUST‌  ‌
● report‌‌it‌‌to‌‌the‌‌police‌‌as‌‌soon‌‌as‌‌possible‌‌and‌‌in‌‌any‌‌case‌‌ 
within‌‌24‌‌hours‌  ‌
● produce‌‌your‌‌insurance‌‌certificate‌‌for‌‌the‌‌police‌‌within‌‌ 
seven‌‌days.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌170‌  ‌
 
 
 
   ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌164‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Road‌w ‌ orks,‌l‌evel‌c‌ rossings‌‌ 

and‌t‌ ramways ‌  ‌
1.Road‌‌works‌  ‌
 ‌
Rules‌‌for‌‌road‌‌works‌‌(including‌‌on‌‌motorways‌‌and‌‌other‌‌ 
high-speed‌‌roads),‌‌level‌‌crossings‌‌and‌‌tramways.‌  ‌
 ‌
288. When‌‌the‌‌‘Road‌‌Works‌‌Ahead’‌‌sign‌‌is‌‌displayed,‌‌take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌ 
and‌‌look‌‌for‌‌additional‌‌signs‌‌providing‌‌more‌‌specific‌‌instructions.‌‌ 
Observe‌‌all‌‌signs‌‌–‌‌they‌‌are‌‌there‌‌for‌‌your‌‌safety‌‌and‌‌the‌‌safety‌‌of‌‌ 
road‌‌workers.‌  ‌
● You‌M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌exceed‌‌any‌‌temporary‌‌maximum‌‌speed‌‌limit.‌  ‌
● Keep‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌distance‌‌from‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌front‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌126).‌  ‌
● Use‌‌your‌‌mirrors‌‌and‌‌get‌‌into‌‌the‌‌correct‌‌lane‌‌for‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌ 
in‌‌good‌‌time‌‌and‌‌as‌‌signs‌‌direct.‌  ‌
● Do‌‌not‌‌switch‌‌lanes‌‌to‌‌overtake‌‌queuing‌‌traffic.‌  ‌
● Take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌near‌‌cyclists‌‌and‌‌motorcyclists‌‌as‌‌they‌‌are‌‌ 
vulnerable‌‌to‌‌skidding‌‌on‌‌grit,‌‌mud‌‌or‌‌other‌‌debris‌‌at‌‌road‌‌ 
works.‌  ‌
● Where‌‌lanes‌‌are‌‌restricted‌‌due‌‌to‌‌road‌‌works,‌‌merge‌‌in‌‌turn‌‌ 
(see‌‌Rule‌‌134).‌  ‌
● Do‌‌not‌‌drive‌‌through‌‌an‌‌area‌‌marked‌‌off‌‌by‌‌traffic‌‌cones.‌  ‌
● Watch‌‌out‌‌for‌‌vehicles‌‌entering‌‌or‌‌leaving‌‌the‌‌works‌‌area.‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌165‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
Where‌‌vehicles‌‌are‌‌travelling‌‌in‌‌the‌‌road‌‌and‌‌are‌‌displaying‌‌ 
amber‌‌warning‌‌lights,‌‌leave‌‌extra‌‌space‌‌and‌‌expect‌‌them‌‌to‌‌ 
slow‌‌or‌‌turn‌‌into‌‌a‌‌works‌‌area.‌  ‌
● Concentrate‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road‌‌ahead,‌‌not‌‌the‌‌road‌‌works.‌  ‌
● Bear‌‌in‌‌mind‌‌that‌‌the‌‌road‌‌ahead‌‌may‌‌be‌‌obstructed‌‌by‌‌the‌‌ 
works‌‌or‌‌by‌‌slow-moving‌‌or‌‌stationary‌‌traffic.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTRA‌‌sect‌‌16‌  ‌

2.Additional‌‌rules‌‌for‌‌ 
high-speed‌‌roads‌  ‌
289. Take‌‌special‌‌care‌‌on‌‌motorways‌‌and‌‌other‌‌high-speed‌‌dual‌‌ 
carriageways.‌  ‌
● Lanes‌‌may‌‌be‌‌closed‌‌to‌‌traffic‌‌and‌‌a‌‌lower‌‌speed‌‌limit‌‌may‌‌apply.‌  ‌
● Works‌‌vehicles‌‌may‌‌be‌‌used‌‌to‌‌close‌‌lanes‌‌or‌‌carriageways‌‌for‌‌ 
repairs.‌‌Where‌‌large‌‌‘Keep‌‌Left’‌‌or‌‌‘Keep‌‌Right’‌‌signs‌‌are‌‌ 
displayed‌‌on‌‌the‌‌back,‌‌you‌‌MUST‌‌move‌‌over‌‌and‌‌pass‌‌the‌‌works‌‌ 
vehicle‌‌on‌‌the‌‌side‌‌indicated‌‌and‌‌not‌‌return‌‌to‌‌the‌‌closed‌‌lane‌‌ 
until‌‌you‌‌can‌‌see‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌  ‌
● Where‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌displays‌‌the‌‌sign‌‌‘CONVOY‌‌VEHICLE‌‌NO‌‌ 
OVERTAKING’,‌‌you‌‌MUST‌‌NOT‌‌pass‌‌the‌‌vehicle.‌‌A‌‌flashing‌‌light‌‌ 
arrow‌‌or‌‌red‌‌‘X’‌‌may‌‌also‌‌be‌‌used‌‌to‌‌make‌‌the‌‌works‌‌vehicle‌‌more‌‌ 
visible‌‌from‌‌a‌‌distance‌‌and‌‌give‌‌earlier‌‌warning‌‌to‌‌drivers.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌166‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
290. Road‌‌works‌‌may‌‌contain‌‌features‌‌that‌‌require‌‌extra‌‌care.‌  ‌
● Narrow‌‌lanes.‌‌‌Lanes‌‌may‌‌be‌‌narrower‌‌than‌‌normal‌‌and‌‌will‌‌be‌‌ 
marked‌‌by‌‌studs‌‌or‌‌temporary‌‌road‌‌markings.‌‌Keep‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌ 
distance‌‌(see‌‌Rule‌‌126)‌‌from‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌front‌‌and‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌ 
you‌‌can‌‌clearly‌‌see‌‌the‌‌edges‌‌of‌‌the‌‌lane‌‌ahead.‌  ‌
● Contraflow‌‌systems‌.‌‌These‌‌mean‌‌that‌‌you‌‌may‌‌be‌‌travelling‌‌in‌‌a ‌‌
narrower‌‌lane‌‌than‌‌normal‌‌and‌‌with‌‌no‌‌permanent‌‌barrier‌‌ 
between‌‌you‌‌and‌‌oncoming‌‌traffic.‌‌At‌‌the‌‌start‌‌and‌‌finish‌‌of‌‌ 
contraflows,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌slow‌‌down‌‌and‌‌increase‌‌the‌‌distance‌‌to‌‌ 
the‌‌vehicle‌‌in‌‌front‌‌because‌‌changes‌‌in‌‌the‌‌camber‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road‌‌ 
may‌‌affect‌‌vehicle‌‌stability.‌  ‌
● Breakdown‌‌advice.‌‌‌If‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌breaks‌‌down‌‌in‌‌road‌‌works,‌‌ 
follow‌‌Rules‌‌275,‌‌277‌‌and‌‌278‌‌but‌‌be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌areas‌‌marked‌‌off‌‌ 
by‌‌cones‌‌contain‌‌significant‌‌hazards.‌‌Where‌‌available,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌ 
move‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌into‌‌a‌‌signed‌‌road‌‌works‌‌refuge‌‌location.‌‌Signs‌‌ 
indicate‌‌where‌‌dedicated‌‌recovery‌‌services‌‌are‌‌provided.‌  ‌

  ‌

Level‌‌crossings‌  ‌
 ‌
291. A‌‌level‌‌crossing‌‌is‌‌where‌‌a‌‌road‌‌crosses‌‌a‌‌railway‌‌or‌‌tramway‌‌ 
line.‌‌Approach‌‌and‌‌cross‌‌it‌‌with‌‌care.‌‌Never‌‌drive‌‌onto‌‌a‌‌crossing‌‌ 
until‌‌the‌‌road‌‌is‌‌clear‌‌on‌‌the‌‌other‌‌side‌‌and‌‌do‌‌not‌‌get‌‌too‌‌close‌‌to‌‌ 
the‌‌car‌‌in‌‌front.‌‌Never‌‌stop‌‌or‌‌park‌‌on,‌‌or‌‌near,‌‌a‌‌crossing.‌  ‌
Overhead‌‌electric‌‌lines‌  ‌
 ‌
292. It‌‌is‌‌dangerous‌‌to‌‌touch‌‌overhead‌‌electric‌‌lines.‌‌You ‌MUST‌ obey‌‌ 
the‌‌safe‌‌height‌‌warning‌‌road‌‌signs‌‌and‌‌you‌‌should‌‌not‌‌continue‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌167‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
forward‌‌onto‌‌the‌‌railway‌‌if‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌touches‌‌any‌‌height‌‌barrier‌‌ 
or‌‌bells.‌‌The‌‌clearance‌‌available‌‌is‌‌usually‌‌5‌‌metres‌‌(16‌‌feet‌‌6 ‌‌
inches)‌‌but‌‌may‌‌be‌‌lower.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36,‌‌TSRGD‌‌2002‌‌reg‌‌17(5)‌  ‌
 
293. Controlled‌‌Crossings.‌ Most‌‌crossings‌‌have‌‌traffic‌‌light‌‌signals‌‌ 
with‌‌a‌‌steady‌‌amber‌‌light,‌‌twin‌‌flashing‌‌red‌‌stop‌‌lights‌‌(d ‌ ownload‌‌ 
‘Light‌‌signals‌‌controlling‌‌traffic’)‌ and ‌‘ Traffic‌‌signs’‌)‌‌and‌‌an‌‌audible‌‌ 
alarm‌‌for‌‌pedestrians.‌‌They‌‌may‌‌have‌‌full,‌‌half‌‌or‌‌no‌‌barriers.‌  ‌
● You‌‌MUST‌‌always‌‌obey‌‌the‌‌flashing‌‌red‌‌stop‌‌lights.‌  ‌
● You‌‌MUST‌‌stop‌‌behind‌‌the‌‌white‌‌line‌‌across‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌
● Keep‌‌going‌‌if‌‌you‌‌have‌‌already‌‌crossed‌‌the‌‌white‌‌line‌‌when‌‌ 
the‌‌amber‌‌light‌‌comes‌‌on.‌  ‌
● Do‌‌not‌‌reverse‌‌onto‌‌or‌‌over‌‌a‌‌controlled‌‌crossing.‌  ‌
● You‌‌MUST‌‌wait‌‌if‌‌a‌‌train‌‌goes‌‌by‌‌and‌‌the‌‌red‌‌lights‌‌continue‌‌ 
to‌‌flash.‌‌This‌‌means‌‌another‌‌train‌‌will‌‌be‌‌passing‌‌soon.‌  ‌
● Only‌‌cross‌‌when‌‌the‌‌lights‌‌go‌‌off‌‌and‌‌barriers‌‌open.‌  ‌
● Never‌‌zig-zag‌‌around‌‌half-barriers,‌‌they‌‌lower‌‌automatically‌‌ 
because‌‌a‌‌train‌‌is‌‌approaching.‌  ‌
● At‌‌crossings‌‌where‌‌there‌‌are‌‌no‌‌barriers,‌‌a‌‌train‌‌is‌‌ 
approaching‌‌when‌‌the‌‌lights‌‌show.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10‌‌&‌‌40‌  ‌
 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌168‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌
294. Railway‌t‌ elephones.‌ If‌y‌ ou‌a‌ re‌d‌ riving‌a‌ ‌l‌arge‌o‌ r‌s‌ low-‌m
‌ oving‌v‌ ehicle,‌a‌  ‌‌
long‌,‌‌low‌‌vehicle‌‌with‌‌a‌‌risk‌‌of‌‌grounding,‌‌or‌‌herding‌‌animals,‌‌a ‌‌
train‌‌could‌‌arrive‌‌before‌‌you‌‌are‌‌clear‌‌of‌‌the‌‌crossing.‌‌ 
You ‌MUST‌ obey‌‌any‌‌sign‌‌instructing‌‌you‌‌to‌‌use‌‌the‌‌railway‌‌ 
telephone‌‌to‌‌obtain‌‌permission‌‌to‌‌cross.‌‌You ‌MUST‌ also‌‌telephone‌‌ 
when‌‌clear‌‌of‌‌the‌‌crossing‌‌if‌‌requested‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10‌‌&‌‌16(1)‌  ‌
 
295. Crossings‌‌without‌‌traffic‌‌lights.‌ Vehicles‌‌should‌‌stop‌‌and‌‌wait‌‌at‌‌ 
the‌‌barrier‌‌or‌‌gate‌‌when‌‌it‌‌begins‌‌to‌‌close‌‌and‌‌not‌‌cross‌‌until‌‌the‌‌ 
barrier‌‌or‌‌gate‌‌opens.‌  ‌
 ‌
296. User-operated‌‌gates‌‌or‌‌barriers.‌ Some‌‌crossings‌‌have‌‌‘Stop’‌‌ 
signs‌‌and‌‌small‌‌red‌‌and‌‌green‌‌lights.‌‌You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ cross‌‌when‌‌ 
the‌‌red‌‌light‌‌is‌‌showing,‌‌only‌‌cross‌‌if‌‌the‌‌green‌‌light‌‌is‌‌on.‌‌If‌‌ 
crossing‌‌with‌‌a‌‌vehicle,‌‌you‌‌should‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌169‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● open‌‌the‌‌gates‌‌or‌‌barriers‌‌on‌‌both‌‌sides‌‌of‌‌the‌‌crossing‌  ‌
● check‌t‌ hat‌‌the‌‌green‌‌light‌‌is‌‌still‌‌on‌‌and‌‌cross‌‌quickly‌  ‌
● close‌‌the‌‌gates‌‌or‌‌barriers‌‌when‌‌you‌‌are‌‌clear‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
crossing.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌36‌‌&‌‌TSRGD‌‌regs‌‌10‌‌&‌‌52(2)‌  ‌
 
297. If‌‌there‌‌are‌‌no‌‌lights,‌‌follow‌‌the‌‌procedure‌‌in‌‌Rule‌‌295.‌‌Stop,‌‌ 
look‌‌both‌‌ways‌‌and‌‌listen‌‌before‌‌you‌‌cross.‌‌If‌‌there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌railway‌‌ 
telephone,‌‌always‌‌use‌‌it‌‌to‌‌contact‌‌the‌‌signal‌‌operator‌‌to‌‌make‌‌ 
sure‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌cross.‌‌Inform‌‌the‌‌signal‌‌operator‌‌again‌‌when‌‌you‌‌ 
are‌‌clear‌‌of‌‌the‌‌crossing.‌  ‌
 
298. Open‌‌crossings.‌ These‌‌have‌‌no‌‌gates,‌‌barriers,‌‌attendant‌‌or‌‌ 
traffic‌‌lights‌‌but‌‌will‌‌have‌‌a‌‌‘Give‌‌Way’‌‌sign.‌‌You‌‌should‌‌look‌‌both‌‌ 
ways,‌‌listen‌‌and‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌there‌‌is‌‌no‌‌train‌‌coming‌‌before‌‌you‌‌ 
cross.‌  ‌
 
299. Incidents‌‌and‌‌breakdowns.‌ If‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌breaks‌‌down,‌‌or‌‌if‌‌you‌‌ 
have‌‌an‌‌incident‌‌on‌‌a‌‌crossing‌‌you‌‌should‌  ‌
● get‌‌everyone‌‌out‌‌of‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌clear‌‌of‌‌the‌‌crossing‌‌ 
immediately‌  ‌
● use‌‌a‌‌railway‌‌telephone‌‌if‌‌available‌‌to‌‌tell‌‌the‌‌signal‌‌ 
operator.‌‌Follow‌‌the‌‌instructions‌‌you‌‌are‌‌given‌  ‌
● move‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌clear‌‌of‌‌the‌‌crossing‌‌if‌‌there‌‌is‌‌time‌‌before‌‌ 
a‌‌train‌‌arrives.‌‌If‌‌the‌‌alarm‌‌sounds,‌‌or‌‌the‌‌amber‌‌light‌‌comes‌‌ 
on,‌‌leave‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌get‌‌clear‌‌of‌‌the‌‌crossing‌‌ 
immediately.‌  ‌
 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌170‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

3.Tramways‌  ‌
 ‌
300. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ enter‌‌a‌‌road,‌‌lane‌‌or‌‌other‌‌route‌‌reserved‌‌for‌‌ 
trams.‌‌Take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌where‌‌trams‌‌run‌‌along‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌You‌‌should‌‌ 
avoid‌‌driving‌‌directly‌‌on‌‌top‌‌of‌‌the‌‌rails‌‌and‌‌should‌‌take‌‌care‌‌where‌‌ 
trams‌‌leave‌‌the‌‌main‌‌carriageway‌‌to‌‌enter‌‌the‌‌reserved‌‌route,‌‌to‌‌ 
ensure‌‌you‌‌do‌‌not‌‌follow‌‌them.‌‌The‌‌width‌‌taken‌‌up‌‌by‌‌trams‌‌is‌‌ 
often‌‌shown‌‌by‌‌tram‌‌lanes‌‌marked‌‌by‌‌white‌‌lines,‌‌yellow‌‌dots‌‌or‌‌ 
by‌‌a‌‌different‌‌type‌‌of‌‌road‌‌surface.‌‌Diamond-shaped‌‌signs‌‌and‌‌ 
white‌‌light‌‌signals‌‌give‌‌instructions‌‌to‌‌tram‌‌drivers‌‌only.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTRA‌‌sects‌‌5‌‌&‌‌8 ‌ ‌
 
301. Take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌where‌‌the‌‌track‌‌crosses‌‌from‌‌one‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
road‌‌to‌‌the‌‌other‌‌and‌‌where‌‌the‌‌road‌‌narrows‌‌and‌‌the‌‌tracks‌‌come‌‌ 
close‌‌to‌‌the‌‌kerb.‌‌Tram‌‌drivers‌‌usually‌‌have‌‌their‌‌own‌‌traffic‌‌signals‌‌ 
and‌‌may‌‌be‌‌permitted‌‌to‌‌move‌‌when‌‌you‌‌are‌‌not.‌‌Always‌‌give‌‌way‌‌ 
to‌‌trams.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌try‌‌to‌‌race‌‌or‌‌overtake‌‌them‌‌or‌‌pass‌‌them‌‌on‌‌the‌‌ 
inside,‌‌unless‌‌they‌‌are‌‌at‌‌tram‌‌stops‌‌or‌‌stopped‌‌by‌‌tram‌‌signals‌‌and‌‌ 
there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌designated‌‌tram‌‌lane‌‌for‌‌you‌‌to‌‌pass.‌  ‌
 
302. You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ park‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌where‌‌it‌‌would‌‌get‌‌in‌‌the‌‌way‌‌ 
of‌‌trams‌‌or‌‌where‌‌it‌‌would‌‌force‌‌other‌‌drivers‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌stop‌‌ 
on‌‌any‌‌part‌‌of‌‌a‌‌tram‌‌track,‌‌except‌‌in‌‌a‌‌designated‌‌bay‌‌where‌‌this‌‌ 
has‌‌been‌‌provided‌‌alongside‌‌and‌‌clear‌‌of‌‌the‌‌track.‌‌When‌‌doing‌‌so,‌‌ 
ensure‌‌that‌‌all‌‌parts‌‌of‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌are‌‌outside‌‌the‌‌delineated‌‌ 
tram‌‌path.‌‌Remember‌‌that‌‌a‌‌tram‌‌cannot‌‌steer‌‌round‌‌an‌‌ 
obstruction.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTRA‌‌sects‌‌5‌‌&‌‌8 ‌ ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌171‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
 
303. Tram‌‌stops.‌ Where‌‌the‌‌tram‌‌stops‌‌at‌‌a‌‌platform,‌‌either‌‌in‌‌the‌‌ 
middle‌‌or‌‌at‌‌the‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌you ‌MUST‌ follow‌‌the‌‌route‌‌ 
shown‌‌by‌‌the‌‌road‌‌signs‌‌and‌‌markings.‌‌At‌‌stops‌‌without‌‌platforms‌‌ 
you ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ drive‌‌between‌‌a‌‌tram‌‌and‌‌the‌‌left-hand‌‌kerb‌‌when‌‌ 
a‌‌tram‌‌has‌‌stopped‌‌to‌‌pick‌‌up‌‌passengers.‌‌If‌‌there‌‌is‌‌no‌‌alternative‌‌ 
route‌‌signed,‌‌do‌‌not‌‌overtake‌‌the‌‌tram‌‌-‌‌wait‌‌until‌‌it‌‌moves‌‌off. ‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTRA‌‌sects‌‌5‌‌&‌‌8 ‌ ‌
 
304. Look‌‌out‌‌for‌‌pedestrians,‌‌especially‌‌children,‌‌running‌‌to‌‌catch‌‌a ‌‌
tram‌‌approaching‌‌a‌‌stop.‌  ‌
 
305. Always‌‌give‌‌priority‌‌to‌‌trams,‌‌especially‌‌when‌‌they‌‌signal‌‌to‌‌pull‌‌ 
away‌‌from‌‌stops,‌‌unless‌‌it‌‌would‌‌be‌‌unsafe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌‌Remember‌‌ 
that‌‌they‌‌may‌‌be‌‌carrying‌‌large‌‌numbers‌‌of‌‌standing‌‌passengers‌‌ 
who‌‌could‌‌be‌‌injured‌‌if‌‌the‌‌tram‌‌had‌‌to‌‌make‌‌an‌‌emergency‌‌stop.‌‌ 
Look‌‌out‌‌for‌‌people‌‌getting‌‌off‌‌a‌‌bus‌‌or‌‌tram‌‌and‌‌crossing‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌
 
306. All‌‌road‌‌users,‌‌but‌‌particularly‌‌cyclists‌‌and‌‌motorcyclists,‌‌should‌‌ 
take‌‌extra‌‌care‌‌when‌‌driving‌‌or‌‌riding‌‌close‌‌to‌‌or‌‌crossing‌‌the‌‌ 
tracks,‌‌especially‌‌if‌‌the‌‌rails‌‌are‌‌wet.‌‌You‌‌should‌‌take‌‌particular‌‌care‌‌ 
when‌‌crossing‌‌the‌‌rails‌‌at‌‌shallow‌‌angles,‌‌on‌‌bends‌‌and‌‌at‌‌ 
junctions.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌safest‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌tracks‌‌directly‌‌at‌‌right‌‌angles.‌ 
Other‌‌road‌‌users‌‌should‌‌be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌cyclists‌‌and‌‌motorcyclists‌‌ 
may‌‌need‌‌more‌‌space‌‌to‌‌cross‌‌the‌‌tracks‌‌safely.‌  ‌
 
307. Overhead‌‌electric‌‌lines.‌ Tramway‌‌overhead‌‌wires‌‌are‌‌normally‌‌ 
5.8‌‌metres‌‌above‌‌any‌‌carriageway,‌‌but‌‌can‌‌be‌‌lower.‌‌You‌‌should‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌172‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
ensure‌‌that‌‌you‌‌have‌‌sufficient‌‌clearance‌‌between‌‌the‌‌wire‌‌and‌‌ 
your‌‌vehicle‌‌(including‌‌any‌‌load‌‌you‌‌are‌‌carrying)‌‌before‌‌driving‌‌ 
under‌‌an‌‌overhead‌‌wire.‌‌Drivers‌‌of‌‌vehicles‌‌with‌‌extending‌‌cranes,‌‌ 
booms,‌‌tipping‌‌apparatus‌‌or‌‌other‌‌types‌‌of‌‌variable‌‌height‌‌ 
equipment‌‌should‌‌ensure‌‌that‌‌the‌‌equipment‌‌is‌‌fully‌‌lowered.‌‌ 
Where‌‌overhead‌‌wires‌‌are‌‌set‌‌lower‌‌than‌‌5.8‌‌metres,‌‌these‌‌will‌‌be‌‌ 
indicated‌‌by‌‌height‌‌clearance‌‌markings‌‌-‌‌similar‌‌to‌‌‘low‌‌bridge’‌‌ 
signs.‌‌The‌‌height‌‌clearances‌‌on‌‌these‌‌plates‌‌should‌‌be‌‌carefully‌‌ 
noted‌‌and‌‌observed.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌in‌‌any‌‌doubt‌‌as‌‌to‌‌whether‌‌your‌‌ 
vehicle‌‌will‌‌pass‌‌safely‌‌under‌‌the‌‌wires,‌‌you‌‌should‌‌always‌‌contact‌‌ 
the‌‌local‌‌police‌‌or‌‌the‌‌tramway‌‌operator.‌‌Never‌‌take‌‌a‌‌chance‌‌as‌‌ 
this‌‌can‌‌be‌‌extremely‌‌hazardous.‌  ‌
  ‌
 
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌173‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Direction‌s‌ igns‌o
‌ n‌r‌ oads‌a‌ nd‌‌ 
motorways‌  ‌
The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌leaflet‌‌‘Direction‌‌signs’‌‌lists‌‌all‌‌the‌‌signs‌‌used‌‌on‌‌British‌‌ 
motorways,‌‌A‌‌roads‌‌and‌‌local‌‌roads.‌  ‌
Download‌‌‘Direction‌‌signs’‌  ‌
 ‌

Information‌s‌ igns‌  ‌
The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌leaflet‌‌‘Information‌‌signs’‌‌lists‌‌all‌‌the‌‌information‌‌signs‌‌ 
on‌‌UK‌‌roads‌‌and‌‌motorways‌‌-‌‌these‌‌tell‌‌road‌‌users‌‌about‌‌upcoming‌‌ 
junctions,‌‌lane‌‌restrictions,‌‌special‌‌zones‌‌and‌‌merging‌‌road‌‌lanes.‌  ‌
Download‌‌‘Information‌‌signs’‌  ‌
 ‌

Light‌s‌ ignals‌c‌ ontrolling‌‌ 

traffic‌  ‌
Download‌‌guidance‌‌on‌‌traffic‌‌light,‌‌motorway‌‌and‌‌lane‌‌control‌‌signals‌‌ 
from‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code.‌  ‌
Download‌‌‘Light‌‌signals‌‌controlling‌‌traffic’‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌174‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌
Road‌m
‌ arkings‌  ‌
Download‌‌illustrated‌‌guidance‌‌on‌‌road‌‌markings‌‌from‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code.‌  ‌
Download‌‌‘Road‌‌markings’‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Road‌s‌ igns‌g‌ iving‌o

‌ rders‌  ‌
The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌leaflet‌‌‘Signs‌‌giving‌‌orders’‌‌lists‌‌all‌‌the‌‌signs‌‌that‌‌you‌‌ 
must‌‌obey‌‌on‌‌roads‌‌in‌‌the‌‌UK.‌  ‌
 ‌
Download‌‌‘Signs‌‌giving‌‌orders’‌‌ 

Road‌w
‌ orks‌s‌ igns‌  ‌
Download‌‌a‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌leaflet‌‌with‌‌guidance‌‌on‌‌road‌‌works‌‌signs.‌  ‌
Download‌‌‘Road‌‌works‌‌signs’‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Signals‌b
‌ y‌a‌ uthorised‌‌ 
persons‌ 
You‌‌must‌‌obey‌‌signals‌‌given‌‌by‌‌police‌‌officers,‌‌traffic‌‌officers‌‌and‌‌traffic‌‌ 
wardens‌‌-‌‌read‌‌guidance‌‌from‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌on‌‌the‌‌signals‌‌used‌‌on‌‌ 
UK‌‌roads‌‌and‌‌motorways.‌  ‌
Download‌‌‘Signals‌‌by‌‌authorised‌‌persons’‌‌   ‌
 ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌175‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Signals‌t‌ o‌o
‌ ther‌r‌ oad‌u
‌ sers‌  ‌
Download‌‌guidance‌‌from‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌about‌‌all‌‌the‌‌signals‌‌you‌‌can‌‌ 
make‌‌to‌‌warn‌‌and‌‌inform‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users,‌‌including‌‌pedestrians.‌  ‌
Download‌‌‘Signals‌‌to‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users’‌‌   ‌

Traffic‌s‌ igns‌  ‌
The‌‌Highway‌‌Code’s‌‌‘ Traffic‌‌signs’‌‌is‌‌for‌‌all‌‌new‌‌drivers‌‌and‌‌riders‌‌who‌‌ 
need‌‌to‌‌pass‌‌the‌‌driving‌‌theory‌‌test.‌‌It‌‌shows‌‌the‌‌most‌‌commonly‌‌used‌‌ 
traffic‌‌signs‌‌on‌‌British‌‌roads‌‌and‌‌motorways.‌  ‌
Download‌‌‘ Traffic‌‌signs’‌‌   ‌

Know‌y‌ our‌t‌ raffic‌s‌ igns‌  ‌

‘Know‌‌your‌‌traffic‌‌signs’‌‌is‌‌a‌‌guide‌‌for‌‌all‌‌road‌‌users,‌‌new‌‌and‌‌experienced.‌‌ 
It‌‌illustrates‌‌and‌‌explains‌‌all‌‌the‌‌important‌‌traffic‌‌signs,‌‌signals‌‌and‌‌road‌‌ 
markings‌‌for‌‌drivers,‌‌cyclists‌‌and‌‌pedestrians.‌  ‌
Download‌‌‘Know‌‌your‌‌traffic‌‌signs’‌  ‌

Vehicle‌m
‌ arkings‌  ‌
Vehicle‌‌markings‌‌help‌‌with‌‌visibility‌‌and‌‌give‌‌information‌‌about‌‌dangerous‌‌ 
or‌‌hazardous‌‌loads‌‌-‌‌read‌‌a‌‌list‌‌of‌‌all‌‌vehicle‌‌markings‌‌used‌‌on‌‌UK‌‌vehicles‌‌ 
from‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code.‌  ‌
Download‌‌‘Vehicle‌‌markings’‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌176‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Warning‌s‌ igns‌o
‌ n‌t‌ he‌r‌ oad‌  ‌
The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌leaflet‌‌‘Warning‌‌signs’‌‌lists‌‌all‌‌the‌‌warning‌‌signs‌‌used‌‌ 
on‌‌British‌‌roads‌‌that‌‌alert‌‌drivers,‌‌riders‌‌and‌‌cyclists‌‌to‌‌road‌‌conditions,‌‌ 
junctions‌‌and‌‌dangers‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌
Download‌‌‘Warning‌‌signs’‌‌  
 ‌

Annexes‌  ‌
Rules‌f‌ or‌c‌ yclists‌  ‌
1.You‌‌and‌‌your‌‌bicycle‌  ‌
Make‌‌sure‌‌that‌‌you‌‌feel‌‌confident‌‌of‌‌your‌‌ability‌‌to‌‌ride‌‌safely‌‌on‌‌ 
the‌‌road.‌‌Be‌‌sure‌‌that‌  ‌
● you‌‌choose‌‌the‌‌right‌‌size‌‌and‌‌type‌‌of‌‌cycle‌‌for‌‌comfort‌‌and‌ 
safety‌  ‌
● lights‌‌and‌‌reflectors‌‌are‌‌kept‌‌clean‌‌and‌‌in‌‌good‌‌working‌‌ 
order‌  ‌
● tyres‌‌are‌‌in‌‌good‌‌condition‌‌and‌‌inflated‌‌to‌‌the‌‌pressure‌‌ 
shown‌‌on‌‌the‌‌tyre‌  ‌
● gears‌‌are‌‌working‌‌correctly‌  ‌
● the‌‌chain‌‌is‌‌properly‌‌adjusted‌‌and‌‌oiled‌  ‌
● the‌‌saddle‌‌and‌‌handlebars‌‌are‌‌adjusted‌‌to‌‌the‌‌correct‌‌ 
height.‌  ‌
It‌‌is‌‌recommended‌‌that‌‌you‌‌fit‌‌a‌‌bell‌‌to‌‌your‌‌cycle.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌177‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
You ‌MUST‌  ‌
● ensure‌‌your‌‌brakes‌‌are‌‌efficient‌  ‌
● at‌‌night,‌‌use‌‌lit‌‌front‌‌and‌‌rear‌‌lights‌‌and‌‌have‌‌a‌‌red‌‌rear‌‌ 
reflector.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌PCUR‌‌regs‌‌6‌‌&‌‌10‌‌&‌‌RVLR‌‌reg‌‌18‌  ‌
 ‌
Cycle‌‌training‌‌can‌‌help‌‌both‌‌children‌‌and‌‌adults,‌‌especially‌‌those‌‌ 
adults‌‌returning‌‌to‌‌cycling‌‌to‌‌develop‌‌the‌‌skills‌‌needed‌‌to‌‌cycle‌‌ 
safely‌‌on‌‌today’s‌‌roads.‌‌A‌‌new‌‌national‌‌cycle‌‌training‌‌standard‌‌has‌‌ 
been‌‌developed‌‌which‌‌the‌‌Government‌‌is‌‌promoting‌‌and‌‌making‌‌ 
funding‌‌available‌‌for‌‌delivery‌‌in‌‌schools.‌  ‌
All‌‌cyclists‌‌should‌‌consider‌‌the‌‌benefits‌‌of‌‌undertaking‌‌cycle‌‌ 
training.‌‌For‌‌information,‌‌contact‌‌your‌‌local‌‌authority.‌  ‌
 
   ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌178‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
 

Rules‌f‌ or‌m
‌ otorcyclists‌  ‌ ‌
2.Motorcycle‌‌licence‌‌ 
requirements‌  ‌
If‌‌you‌‌have‌‌a‌‌provisional‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence,‌‌you ‌MUST‌ satisfactorily‌‌ 
complete‌‌a‌‌Compulsory‌‌Basic‌‌Training‌‌(CBT)‌‌course.‌‌You‌‌can‌‌then‌‌ride‌‌a ‌‌
motorcycle‌‌up‌‌to‌‌125‌‌cc‌‌with‌‌a‌‌power‌‌output‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌11‌‌kW‌‌on‌‌ 
the‌‌public‌‌road,‌‌with‌‌L‌‌plates‌‌(in‌‌Wales‌‌either‌‌D‌‌plates,‌‌L‌‌plates‌‌or‌‌both‌‌ 
can‌‌be‌‌used),‌‌for‌‌up‌‌to‌‌two‌‌years.‌‌Under‌‌direct‌‌access‌‌you‌‌can‌‌practise‌‌ 
on‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌that‌‌exceeds‌‌125‌‌cc‌‌provided‌‌that:‌  ‌
● you‌‌meet‌‌the‌‌minimum‌‌age‌‌for‌‌the‌‌category‌‌concerned‌  ‌
● you’re‌‌accompanied‌‌at‌‌all‌‌times‌‌by‌‌a‌‌qualified‌‌approved‌‌ 
trainer,‌‌who‌‌is‌‌on‌‌another‌‌motorcycle‌‌and‌‌in‌‌radio‌‌contact‌‌ 
with‌‌you‌  ‌
● fluorescent‌‌or‌‌reflective‌‌safety‌‌clothing‌‌is‌‌worn‌‌during‌‌ 
supervision‌  ‌
● red‌‌L‌‌plates‌‌(D‌‌plates‌‌in‌‌Wales)‌‌are‌‌fitted‌‌and‌‌provisional‌‌ 
licence‌‌restrictions‌‌followed.‌  ‌
To‌‌obtain‌‌your‌‌full‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence‌‌you ‌MUST‌ pass‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌ 
theory‌‌test‌‌and‌‌then‌‌a‌‌practical‌‌test.‌  ‌
Law‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌regs‌‌16‌‌&‌‌68‌  ‌

A1‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence:‌ At‌‌age‌‌17‌‌or‌‌over,‌‌you‌‌take‌‌a‌‌test‌‌on‌‌a ‌‌
motorcycle‌‌without‌‌sidecar‌‌of‌‌between‌‌120‌‌and‌‌125‌‌cc.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌pass‌‌ 
you‌‌may‌‌ride‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌up‌‌to‌‌125‌‌cc‌‌with‌‌power‌‌output‌‌up‌‌to‌‌11‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌179‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
kW,‌‌or‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌tricycle‌‌with‌‌power‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌15‌‌kW.‌  ‌
A2‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence:‌ At‌‌age‌‌19‌‌or‌‌over,‌‌you‌‌take‌‌a‌‌test‌‌on‌‌a ‌‌
motorcycle‌‌without‌‌sidecar‌‌of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌395‌‌cc‌‌with‌‌a‌‌power‌‌output‌‌ 
of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌25‌‌kW‌‌but‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌35‌‌kW.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌pass,‌‌you‌‌may‌‌ride‌‌ 
any‌‌motorcycle‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌35‌‌kW‌‌and‌‌with‌‌a‌‌power‌‌to‌‌weight‌‌ 
ratio‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌0.2‌‌kW/kg.‌  ‌
Full‌‌A‌‌motorcycle‌‌licence:‌ Test‌‌taken‌‌on‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌without‌‌ 
sidecar,‌‌of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌595‌‌cc‌‌and‌‌an‌‌engine‌‌power‌‌of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌40‌‌kW.‌‌ 
This‌‌gives‌‌you‌‌full‌‌access‌‌to‌‌all‌‌motorcycles‌‌and‌‌motor‌‌tricycles.‌‌You‌‌ 
obtain‌‌a‌‌category‌‌A‌‌licence‌‌by‌‌taking‌‌progressive‌‌access‌‌from‌‌age‌‌ 
21,‌‌or‌‌under‌‌the‌‌direct‌‌access‌‌scheme‌‌from‌‌age‌‌24.‌  ‌
Category‌‌A‌‌under‌‌progressive‌‌access:‌ You‌‌can‌‌take‌‌a‌‌category‌‌A ‌‌
practical‌‌test‌‌at‌‌age‌‌21‌‌if‌‌you‌‌already‌‌have‌‌an‌‌A2‌‌licence‌‌that‌‌you’ve‌‌ 
held‌‌for‌‌a‌‌minimum‌‌of‌‌two‌‌years.‌‌You‌‌don’t‌‌need‌‌to‌‌take‌‌another‌‌ 
theory‌‌test‌‌or‌‌hold‌‌a‌‌CBT‌‌certificate.‌  ‌
Category‌‌A‌‌under‌‌direct‌‌access:‌ This‌‌is‌‌for‌‌riders‌‌aged‌‌24‌‌or‌‌over.‌‌To‌‌ 
obtain‌‌a‌‌category‌‌A‌‌licence‌‌you‌‌must‌  ‌
● successfully‌‌complete‌‌a‌‌CBT‌‌course‌  ‌
● pass‌‌the‌‌motorcycle‌‌theory‌‌test‌  ‌
● pass‌‌the‌‌practical‌‌motorcycle‌‌test.‌  ‌
Passing‌‌the‌‌practical‌‌test‌‌on‌‌a‌‌motorcycle‌‌of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌40‌‌kW‌ 
(53.6bhp)‌‌gives‌‌immediate‌‌access‌‌to‌‌all‌‌sizes‌‌of‌‌motorcycle.‌  ‌
You ‌MUST‌‌NOT‌ carry‌‌a‌‌pillion‌‌passenger‌‌or‌‌pull‌‌a‌‌trailer‌‌until‌‌you‌‌ 
have‌‌passed‌‌your‌‌test.‌‌Also‌‌see ‌Rule‌‌253‌ covering‌‌vehicles‌‌ 
prohibited‌‌from‌‌motorways.‌  ‌
Law‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌reg‌‌16‌  ‌
 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌180‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Moped‌‌licence‌‌requirements‌  ‌
A‌‌moped ‌MUST‌ have‌‌an‌‌engine‌‌capacity‌‌not‌‌exceeding‌‌50‌‌cc,‌‌not‌‌ 
weigh‌‌more‌‌than‌‌250kg‌‌and‌‌be‌‌designed‌‌to‌‌have‌‌a‌‌maximum‌‌speed‌‌ 
not‌‌exceeding‌‌28‌‌mph‌‌(45‌‌km/h).‌‌Before‌‌June‌‌2003‌‌a‌‌licence‌‌ 
allowed‌‌the‌‌riding‌‌of‌‌mopeds‌‌up‌‌to‌‌50km/h.‌  ‌
To‌‌ride‌‌a‌‌moped,‌‌learners ‌MUST‌  ‌
● be‌‌16‌‌or‌‌over‌  ‌
● have‌‌a‌‌provisional‌‌moped‌‌licence‌  ‌
● complete‌‌CBT‌‌training.‌  ‌

You ‌MUST‌ first‌‌pass‌‌the‌‌theory‌‌test‌‌for‌‌motorcycles‌‌and‌‌then‌‌the‌‌ 
moped‌‌practical‌‌test‌‌to‌‌obtain‌‌your‌‌full‌‌moped‌‌licence.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌ 
passed‌‌your‌‌car‌‌driving‌‌test‌‌before‌‌1‌‌February‌‌2001‌‌you‌‌are‌‌ 
qualified‌‌to‌‌ride‌‌a‌‌moped‌‌without‌‌L‌‌plates‌‌(and/or‌‌D‌‌plates‌‌in‌‌ 
Wales),‌‌although‌‌it‌‌is‌‌recommended‌‌that‌‌you‌‌complete‌‌CBT‌‌before‌‌ 
riding‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌passed‌‌your‌‌car‌‌driving‌‌test‌‌after‌‌this‌‌date‌‌ 
you ‌MUST‌ complete‌‌CBT‌‌before‌‌riding‌‌a‌‌moped‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road. ‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌97(e)‌‌&‌‌101‌‌&‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌regs‌‌38(4)‌‌&‌‌43‌  ‌
 ‌
   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌181‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Rules‌f‌ or‌d
‌ rivers‌a‌ nd‌‌ 
motorcyclists‌  ‌
3.Motor‌‌vehicle‌‌documentation‌‌ 
and‌‌learner‌‌driver‌‌ 
requirements‌  ‌
 ‌

Documents‌  ‌
Driving‌‌licence.‌ You ‌MUST‌ have‌‌a‌‌valid‌‌driving‌‌licence‌‌for‌‌the‌‌ 
category‌‌of‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌you‌‌are‌‌driving.‌‌You ‌MUST‌ inform‌‌the‌‌ 
Driver‌‌and‌‌Vehicle‌‌Licensing‌‌Agency‌‌(DVLA)‌‌if‌‌you‌‌change‌‌your‌‌ 
name‌‌and/or‌‌address.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌87‌‌&‌‌99(4)‌  ‌
 
Holders‌‌of‌‌non-European‌‌Community‌‌licences‌‌who‌‌are‌‌now‌‌ 
resident‌‌in‌‌the‌‌UK‌‌may‌‌only‌‌drive‌‌on‌‌that‌‌licence‌‌for‌‌a‌‌maximum‌‌of‌‌ 
12‌‌months‌‌from‌‌the‌‌date‌‌they‌‌become‌‌resident‌‌in‌‌this‌‌country.‌‌To‌‌ 
ensure‌‌continuous‌‌driving‌‌entitlement‌  ‌
● a‌‌British‌‌provisional‌‌licence‌‌should‌‌be‌‌obtained‌‌and‌‌a‌‌driving‌‌ 
test(s)‌‌passed‌‌before‌‌the‌‌12-month‌‌period‌‌elapses,‌‌or‌  ‌
● in‌‌the‌‌case‌‌of‌‌a‌‌driver‌‌who‌‌holds‌‌a‌‌licence‌‌from‌‌a‌‌country‌‌ 
which‌‌has‌‌been‌‌designated‌‌in‌‌law‌‌for‌‌licence‌‌exchange‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌182‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
purposes,‌‌the‌‌driver‌‌should‌‌exchange‌‌the‌‌licence‌‌for‌‌a‌‌British‌‌ 
one.‌  ‌
 
MOT.‌C ‌ ars‌‌and‌‌motorcycles‌‌MUST‌‌normally‌‌pass‌‌an‌‌MOT‌‌test‌‌three‌‌ 
years‌‌from‌‌the‌‌date‌‌of‌‌the‌‌first‌‌registration‌‌and‌‌every‌‌year‌‌after‌‌ 
that.‌‌You‌‌MUST‌‌NOT‌‌drive‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌without‌‌an‌‌MOT‌‌ 
certificate‌‌when‌‌it‌‌should‌‌have‌‌one.‌‌Exceptionally,‌‌you‌‌may‌‌drive‌‌to‌‌ 
a‌‌pre-arranged‌‌test‌‌appointment‌‌or‌‌to‌‌a‌‌garage‌‌for‌‌repairs‌‌required‌‌ 
for‌‌the‌‌test.‌‌Driving‌‌an‌‌unroadworthy‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌may‌‌invalidate‌‌ 
your‌‌insurance.‌  ‌
 
From‌‌20‌‌May‌‌2018,‌‌cars,‌‌vans,‌‌motorcycles‌‌and‌‌other‌‌light‌‌ 
passenger‌‌vehicles‌‌manufactured‌‌or‌‌first‌‌registered‌‌over‌‌40‌‌years‌‌ 
ago,‌‌will‌‌be‌‌exempt‌‌from‌‌the‌‌MOT‌‌test,‌‌unless‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌has‌‌been‌‌ 
substantially‌‌changed‌‌within‌‌the‌‌previous‌‌30‌‌years.‌‌Guidance‌‌on‌‌ 
what‌‌counts‌‌as‌‌a‌‌substantial‌‌change‌‌can‌‌be‌‌found‌‌at‌‌ 
www.gov.uk/historic-vehicles.‌  ‌
 
If‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌that’s‌‌currently‌‌exempt‌‌from‌‌the‌‌MOT‌‌test‌‌is‌‌ 
substantially‌‌changed,‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌keeper‌‌cannot‌‌continue‌‌to‌‌claim‌‌ 
an‌‌exemption‌‌from‌‌the‌‌MOT‌‌test.‌  ‌
  ‌
Law ‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌45‌, ‌47‌, ‌49‌ & ‌53‌  ‌
  ‌
Insurance.‌ To‌‌use‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌you ‌MUST‌ have‌‌a ‌‌
valid‌‌insurance‌‌policy.‌‌This ‌MUST‌ at‌‌least‌‌cover‌‌you‌‌for‌‌injury‌‌or‌‌ 
damage‌‌to‌‌a‌‌third‌‌party‌‌while‌‌using‌‌that‌‌motor‌‌vehicle.‌‌Before‌‌ 
driving‌‌any‌‌motor‌‌vehicle,‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌that‌‌it‌‌has‌‌this‌‌cover‌‌for‌‌your‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌183‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
use‌‌or‌‌that‌‌your‌‌own‌‌insurance‌‌provides‌‌adequate‌‌cover.‌‌You ‌MUST‌‌ 
NOT‌ drive‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌without‌‌insurance.‌‌Also,‌‌be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌ 
even‌‌if‌‌a‌‌road‌‌traffic‌‌incident‌‌is‌‌not‌‌your‌‌fault,‌‌you‌‌may‌‌still‌‌be‌‌held‌‌ 
liable‌‌by‌‌insurance‌‌companies.‌  ‌
Law ‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌143‌  ‌
  ‌
Uninsured‌‌drivers‌‌can‌‌now‌‌be‌‌automatically‌‌detected‌‌by‌‌roadside‌‌ 
cameras.‌‌Further‌‌to‌‌the‌‌penalties‌‌for‌‌uninsured‌‌driving‌‌(see ‌‘Penalty‌‌ 
table’‌),‌‌an‌‌offender’s‌‌vehicle‌‌can‌‌now‌‌be‌‌seized‌‌by‌‌the‌‌Police,‌‌taken‌‌ 
away‌‌and‌‌crushed.‌  ‌
Law ‌RTA‌‌1988,‌‌sects‌‌165a‌ & ‌165b‌  ‌
  ‌
The‌‌types‌‌of‌‌cover‌‌available‌‌are‌‌indicated‌‌below:‌  ‌
  ‌
Third-Party‌‌insurance‌ -‌‌this‌‌is‌‌often‌‌the‌‌cheapest‌‌form‌‌of‌‌insurance,‌‌ 
and‌‌is‌‌the‌‌minimum‌‌cover‌‌required‌‌by‌‌law.‌‌It‌‌covers‌‌anyone‌‌you‌‌ 
might‌‌injure‌‌or‌‌whose‌‌property‌‌you‌‌might‌‌damage.‌‌It‌‌does‌‌not‌‌ 
cover‌‌damage‌‌to‌‌your‌‌own‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌or‌‌injury‌‌to‌‌yourself.‌  ‌
  ‌
Third-Party,‌‌Fire‌‌and‌‌Theft‌‌insurance‌ -‌‌similar‌‌to‌‌third-party,‌‌but‌‌ 
also‌‌covers‌‌you‌‌against‌‌your‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌being‌‌stolen,‌‌or‌‌ 
damaged‌‌by‌‌fire.‌  ‌
  ‌
Comprehensive‌‌insurance‌ -‌‌this‌‌is‌‌the‌‌most‌‌expensive‌‌but‌‌the‌‌best‌‌ 
insurance.‌‌Apart‌‌from‌‌covering‌‌other‌‌persons‌‌and‌‌property‌‌against‌‌ 
injury‌‌or‌‌damage,‌‌it‌‌also‌‌covers‌‌damage‌‌to‌‌your‌‌own‌‌motor‌‌vehicle,‌‌ 
up‌‌to‌‌the‌‌market‌‌value‌‌of‌‌that‌‌vehicle,‌‌and‌‌personal‌‌injury‌‌to‌‌ 
yourself.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌184‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
  ‌
Registration‌‌certificate.‌ Registration‌‌certificates‌‌(also‌‌called‌‌ 
harmonised‌‌registration‌‌certificates)‌‌are‌‌issued‌‌for‌‌all‌‌motor‌‌ 
vehicles‌‌used‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌describing‌‌them‌‌(make,‌‌model,‌‌etc)‌‌and‌‌ 
giving‌‌details‌‌of‌‌the‌‌registered‌‌keeper.‌‌You ‌MUST‌ notify‌‌the‌‌Driver‌‌ 
and‌‌Vehicle‌‌Licensing‌‌Agency‌‌in‌‌Swansea‌‌as‌‌soon‌‌as‌‌possible‌‌when‌‌ 
you‌‌buy‌‌or‌‌sell‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌vehicle,‌‌or‌‌if‌‌you‌‌change‌‌your‌‌name‌‌or‌‌ 
address.‌‌For‌‌registration‌‌certificates‌‌issued‌‌after‌‌27‌‌March‌‌1997,‌‌ 
the‌‌buyer‌‌and‌‌seller‌‌are‌‌responsible‌‌for‌‌completing‌‌the‌‌registration‌‌ 
certificates.‌‌The‌‌seller‌‌is‌‌responsible‌‌for‌‌forwarding‌‌them‌‌to‌‌DVLA.‌‌ 
The‌‌procedures‌‌are‌‌explained‌‌on‌‌the‌‌back‌‌of‌‌the‌‌registration‌‌ 
certificates.‌  ‌
Law ‌RV(R&L)R‌‌regs‌‌21‌, ‌22‌, ‌23‌ & ‌24‌. ‌ ‌
 
Vehicle‌‌Excise‌‌Duty‌‌(VED).‌ Vehicle‌‌Excise‌‌Duty ‌MUST‌ be‌‌paid‌‌on‌‌all‌‌ 
motor‌‌vehicles‌‌used‌‌or‌‌kept‌‌on‌‌public‌‌roads.‌  ‌
Law ‌VERA‌‌sects‌‌29‌ and ‌33‌  ‌
 
Statutory‌‌Off-Road‌‌Notification‌‌(SORN).‌ This‌‌is‌‌a‌‌notification‌‌to‌‌the‌‌ 
DVLA‌‌that‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌not‌‌being‌‌used‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌ 
the‌‌vehicle‌‌keeper‌‌and‌‌want‌‌to‌‌keep‌‌a‌‌motor‌‌vehicle‌‌untaxed‌‌and‌‌ 
off‌‌the‌‌public‌‌road‌‌you ‌MUST‌ declare‌‌SORN‌‌-‌‌it‌‌is‌‌an‌‌offence‌‌not‌‌to‌‌ 
do‌‌so.‌‌You‌‌then‌‌won’t‌‌have‌‌to‌‌pay‌‌any‌‌road‌‌tax‌‌for‌‌that‌‌vehicle‌‌for‌‌a ‌‌
period‌‌of‌‌12‌‌months.‌‌You‌‌need‌‌to‌‌send‌‌a‌‌further‌‌declaration‌‌after‌‌ 
that‌‌period‌‌if‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌still‌‌off‌‌the‌‌public‌‌road.‌‌The‌‌SORN‌‌will‌‌ 
end‌‌if‌‌you‌‌sell‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌the‌‌new‌‌owner‌‌will‌‌become‌‌ 
immediately‌‌responsible.‌‌If‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌unused‌‌or‌‌off‌‌the‌‌road,‌‌ 
it ‌MUST‌ have‌‌either‌‌a‌‌SORN‌‌declaration‌‌or‌‌valid‌‌insurance.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌185‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
Law‌‌RV(RL)R‌‌2002,‌‌reg‌‌26‌‌sched‌‌4 ‌ ‌
 
Production‌‌of‌‌documents.‌ You ‌MUST‌ be‌‌able‌‌to‌‌produce‌‌your‌‌ 
driving‌‌licence‌‌and‌‌counterpart,‌‌a‌‌valid‌‌insurance‌‌certificate‌‌and‌‌(if‌‌ 
appropriate)‌‌a‌‌valid‌‌MOT‌‌certificate,‌‌when‌‌requested‌‌by‌‌a‌‌police‌‌ 
officer.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌cannot‌‌do‌‌this‌‌you‌‌may‌‌be‌‌asked‌‌to‌‌take‌‌them‌‌to‌‌a ‌‌
police‌‌station‌‌within‌‌seven‌‌days.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sects‌‌164‌‌&‌‌165‌  ‌
 
Learner‌‌drivers‌  ‌
Learners‌‌driving‌‌a‌‌car‌‌MUST‌‌hold‌‌a‌‌valid‌‌provisional‌‌licence.‌‌They‌‌ 
MUST‌ be‌‌supervised‌‌by‌‌someone‌‌at‌‌least‌‌21‌‌years‌‌old‌‌who‌‌holds‌‌a ‌‌
full‌‌EC/EEA‌‌licence‌‌for‌‌that‌‌type‌‌of‌‌car‌‌(automatic‌‌or‌‌manual)‌‌and‌‌ 
has‌‌held‌‌one‌‌for‌‌at‌‌least‌‌three‌‌years.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌reg‌‌16‌‌&‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌87‌  ‌
 
Vehicles.‌ Any‌‌vehicle‌‌driven‌‌by‌‌a‌‌learner ‌MUST‌ display‌‌red‌‌L‌‌plates.‌‌ 
In‌‌Wales,‌‌either‌‌red‌‌D‌‌plates,‌‌red‌‌L‌‌plates,‌‌or‌‌both,‌‌can‌‌be‌‌used.‌‌ 
Plates‌‌MUST‌‌conform‌‌to‌‌legal‌‌specifications‌‌and ‌MUST‌ be‌‌clearly‌‌ 
visible‌‌to‌‌others‌‌from‌‌in‌‌front‌‌of‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌from‌‌behind.‌‌Plates‌‌ 
should‌‌be‌‌removed‌‌or‌‌covered‌‌when‌‌not‌‌being‌‌driven‌‌by‌‌a‌‌learner‌‌ 
(except‌‌on‌‌driving‌‌school‌‌vehicles).‌  ‌
Law‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌reg‌‌16‌‌&‌‌sched‌‌4 ‌ ‌
 
You ‌MUST‌ pass‌‌the‌t‌ heory‌‌test‌‌‌(if‌‌one‌‌is‌‌required)‌‌and‌‌then‌‌a ‌‌
practical‌‌driving‌‌test‌‌‌for‌‌the‌‌category‌‌of‌‌vehicle‌‌you‌‌wish‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌ 
before‌‌driving‌‌unaccompanied.‌  ‌
Law‌‌MV(DL)R‌‌reg‌‌40‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌186‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
 
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
  ‌
   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌187‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Using‌t‌ he‌r‌ oad‌  ‌

4.The‌‌road‌‌user‌‌and‌‌the‌‌law‌  ‌
The‌‌following‌‌list‌‌can‌‌be‌‌found‌‌abbreviated‌‌throughout‌‌the‌‌Code.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌ 
not‌‌intended‌‌to‌‌be‌‌a‌‌comprehensive‌‌guide,‌‌but‌‌a‌‌guide‌‌to‌‌some‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
important‌‌points‌‌of‌‌law.‌‌For‌‌the‌‌precise‌‌wording‌‌of‌‌the‌‌law,‌‌please‌‌refer‌‌ 
to‌‌the‌‌various‌‌Acts‌‌and‌‌Regulations‌‌(as‌‌amended)‌‌indicated‌‌in‌‌the‌‌Code.‌‌ 
Abbreviations‌‌are‌‌listed‌‌below.‌  ‌

Most‌‌of‌‌the‌‌provisions‌‌apply‌‌on‌‌all‌‌roads‌‌throughout‌‌Great‌‌Britain,‌‌ 
although‌‌there‌‌are‌‌some‌‌exceptions.‌‌The‌‌definition‌‌of‌‌a‌‌road‌‌in‌‌England‌‌ 
and‌‌Wales‌‌is‌‌‘any‌‌highway‌‌and‌‌any‌‌other‌‌road‌‌to‌‌which‌‌the‌‌public‌‌has‌‌ 
access‌‌and‌‌includes‌‌bridges‌‌over‌‌which‌‌a‌‌road‌‌passes’‌‌(R
‌ TA‌‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌ 
192(1)‌).‌‌In‌‌Scotland,‌‌there‌‌is‌‌a‌‌similar‌‌definition‌‌which‌‌is‌‌extended‌‌to‌‌ 
include‌‌any‌‌way‌‌over‌‌which‌‌the‌‌public‌‌have‌‌a‌‌right‌‌of‌‌passage‌‌(R
‌ (S)A‌‌ 
1984‌‌sect‌‌151(1)‌).‌  ‌

It‌‌is‌‌important‌‌to‌‌note‌‌that‌‌references‌‌to‌‌‘road’‌‌therefore‌‌generally‌‌ 
include‌‌footpaths,‌‌bridleways‌‌and‌‌cycle‌‌tracks,‌‌and‌‌many‌‌roadways‌‌and‌‌ 
driveways‌‌on‌‌private‌‌land‌‌(including‌‌many‌‌car‌‌parks).‌‌In‌‌most‌‌cases,‌‌the‌ 
law‌‌will‌‌apply‌‌to‌‌them‌‌and‌‌there‌‌may‌‌be‌‌additional‌‌rules‌‌for‌‌particular‌‌ 
paths‌‌or‌‌ways.‌‌Some‌‌serious‌‌driving‌‌offences,‌‌including‌‌drink-driving‌‌ 
offences,‌‌also‌‌apply‌‌to‌‌all‌‌public‌‌places,‌‌for‌‌example‌‌public‌‌car‌‌parks.‌  ‌

The‌‌reference‌‌to‌‌‘emergency‌‌area’‌‌in‌‌the‌‌Code‌‌is‌‌an‌‌‘emergency‌‌refuge‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌188‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
area’‌‌as‌‌defined‌‌in‌‌the‌‌Motorways‌‌Traffic‌‌(England‌‌and‌‌Wales)‌‌ 
Regulations‌‌1982‌‌as‌‌amended‌‌by‌‌the‌‌Motorways‌‌Traffic‌‌(England‌‌and‌‌ 
Wales)(Amendment)(England)‌‌Regulations‌‌2015.‌  ‌

Acts‌‌and‌‌regulations‌‌are‌‌available‌‌as‌‌enacted‌‌or‌‌as‌‌amended‌‌at‌‌ 
www.legislation.gov.uk‌‌‌and‌‌are‌‌available‌‌in‌‌their‌‌original‌‌print‌‌format‌‌ 
from‌T‌ he‌‌Stationery‌‌Office‌. ‌ ‌

Acts‌‌and‌‌regulations‌‌prior‌‌to‌‌1988‌  ‌
Chronically‌‌Sick‌‌&‌‌Disabled‌‌Persons‌‌Act‌‌1970‌‌CSDPA‌  ‌
Functions‌‌of‌‌Traffic‌‌Wardens‌‌Order‌‌1970‌‌FTWO‌  ‌
Greater‌‌London‌‌(General‌‌Powers)‌‌Act‌‌1974‌‌GL(GP)A‌  ‌
Highway‌‌Act‌‌1835‌‌or‌‌1980‌‌(as‌‌indicated)‌‌HA‌  ‌
Motorways‌‌Traffic‌‌(England‌‌&‌‌Wales)‌‌Regulations‌‌1982‌‌MT(E&W)R‌  ‌
Motorways‌‌Traffic‌‌(England‌‌&‌‌Wales)‌‌Amended‌‌Regulations‌‌ 
MT(E&W)(A)R‌  ‌
Pedal‌‌Cycles‌‌(Construction‌‌&‌‌Use)‌‌Regulations‌‌1983‌‌PCUR‌  ‌
Public‌‌Passenger‌‌Vehicles‌‌Act‌‌1981‌‌PPVA‌  ‌
Road‌‌Traffic‌‌Act‌‌1984‌‌RTA‌  ‌
Road‌‌Traffic‌‌Regulation‌‌Act‌‌1984‌‌RTRA‌  ‌
Road‌‌Vehicles‌‌(Construction‌‌&‌‌Use)‌‌Regulations‌‌1986‌‌CUR‌  ‌
Roads‌‌(Scotland)‌‌Act‌‌1984‌‌R(S)A‌  ‌
Acts‌‌and‌‌regulations‌‌from‌‌1988‌‌onwards‌  ‌
Horses‌(‌ Protective‌H‌ eadgear‌f‌ or‌Y‌ oung‌R
‌ iders)‌A
‌ ct‌1
‌ 990‌H‌ (PHYR)A‌  ‌
Horses‌(‌ Protective‌H‌ eadgear‌f‌ or‌Y‌ oung‌R
‌ iders)‌R
‌ egulations‌1 ‌ 992‌H
‌ (PHYR)R‌  ‌
Motor‌C
‌ ycles‌(‌ Eye‌P
‌ rotectors)‌R‌ egulations‌1 ‌ 999‌M‌ C(EP)R‌  ‌
Motor‌C
‌ ycles‌(‌ Protective‌H‌ elmets)‌R ‌ egulations‌1‌ 998‌M‌ C(PH)R‌  ‌
Motorways‌T‌ raffic‌(‌ Scotland)‌R
‌ egulations‌1 ‌ 995‌M‌ T(S)R‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌189‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
Motor‌V ‌ ehicles‌(‌ Driving‌L‌ icences)‌R ‌ egulations‌1 ‌ 999‌M ‌ V(DL)R‌  ‌
Motor‌V ‌ ehicles‌(‌ Wearing‌o ‌ f‌S‌ eat‌B ‌ elts)‌R ‌ egulations‌1 ‌ 993‌M ‌ V(WSB)R‌  ‌
Motor‌V ‌ ehicles‌(‌ Wearing‌o ‌ f‌S‌ eat‌B ‌ elts)‌(‌ Amendment)‌R ‌ egulations‌2 ‌ 006‌‌ 
MV(WSB)(A)R‌  ‌
Motor‌V ‌ ehicles‌(‌ Wearing‌o ‌ f‌S‌ eat‌B ‌ elts‌b ‌ y‌C ‌ hildren‌i‌n‌F‌ ront‌S‌ eats)‌R ‌ egulations‌‌ 
1993‌M ‌ V(WSBCFS)R‌  ‌
New‌R ‌ oads‌a‌ nd‌S‌ treetworks‌A ‌ ct‌1 ‌ 991‌N ‌ RSWA‌  ‌
Powers‌o ‌ f‌C
‌ riminal‌C ‌ ourts‌(‌ Sentencing)‌A ‌ ct‌2 ‌ 000‌P ‌ CC(S)A‌  ‌
Police‌R ‌ eform‌A ‌ ct‌2
‌ 002‌P ‌ RA‌  ‌
Prohibition‌o ‌ f‌S‌ moking‌i‌n‌C ‌ ertain‌P ‌ remises‌(‌ Scotland)‌R ‌ egulations‌2 ‌ 006.‌‌ 
Scottish‌S‌ I‌2 ‌ 006/No‌9 ‌ 0‌T‌ PSCP(S)R*‌  ‌
Road‌S‌ afety‌A ‌ ct‌2
‌ 006‌R ‌ SA‌  ‌
Road‌T‌ raffic‌A ‌ ct‌1
‌ 988‌R ‌ TA‌  ‌
Road‌T‌ raffic‌A ‌ ct‌1
‌ 991‌R ‌ TA‌  ‌
Road‌T‌ raffic‌(‌ New‌D ‌ rivers)‌A ‌ ct‌1 ‌ 995‌R ‌ T(ND)A‌ 
Road‌T‌ raffic‌O ‌ ffenders‌A ‌ ct‌1 ‌ 988‌R ‌ TOA‌  ‌
Road‌V ‌ ehicles‌(‌ Display‌o ‌ f‌R‌ egistration‌M ‌ arks)‌R ‌ egulations‌2 ‌ 001‌R‌ V(DRM)R‌  ‌
Road‌V ‌ ehicles‌L‌ ighting‌R ‌ egulations‌1 ‌ 989‌R ‌ VLR‌  ‌
Road‌V ‌ ehicles‌(‌ Registration‌& ‌ ‌L‌ icensing)‌R ‌ egulations‌2 ‌ 002‌R ‌ V(R&L)R‌  ‌
Smoke-free‌(‌ Exemptions‌a‌ nd‌V ‌ ehicles)‌R ‌ egulations‌2 ‌ 007‌S‌ I‌2 ‌ 007/765‌T‌ Sf(EV)*‌  ‌
Smoke-free‌P ‌ remises‌e‌ tc‌(‌ Wales)‌R ‌ egulations‌2 ‌ 007‌S‌ I‌2 ‌ 007/W787‌T‌ SfP(W)R*‌  ‌
Traffic‌M ‌ anagement‌A ‌ ct‌2 ‌ 004‌T‌ MA‌  ‌
Traffic‌S‌ igns‌R ‌ egulations‌& ‌ ‌G ‌ eneral‌D ‌ irections‌2 ‌ 002‌T‌ SRGD‌  ‌
Use‌o ‌ f‌I‌nvalid‌C ‌ arriages‌o ‌ n‌H ‌ ighways‌R ‌ egulations‌1 ‌ 988‌U ‌ ICHR‌  ‌
Vehicle‌E‌ xcise‌a‌ nd‌R ‌ egistration‌A ‌ ct‌1 ‌ 994‌V ‌ ERA‌  ‌
Zebra,‌P ‌ elican‌a‌ nd‌P ‌ uffin‌P ‌ edestrian‌C ‌ rossings‌R ‌ egulations‌a‌ nd‌G ‌ eneral‌‌ 
Directions‌1 ‌ 997‌Z‌ PPPCRGD‌  ‌
*Specific‌l‌egislation‌a‌ pplies‌t‌ o‌s‌ moking‌i‌n‌v‌ ehicles‌w ‌ hich‌c‌ onstitute‌w ‌ orkplaces.‌‌ 
For‌i‌nformation,‌v‌ isit‌h ‌ ttp://www.smokefreeengland.co.uk‌; ‌‌
http://www.clearingtheairscotland.com‌;‌h ‌ ttp://www.smokingbanwales.co.uk‌  ‌
 ‌
 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌190‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 ‌
 ‌
   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌191‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Penalties‌  ‌
1.Penalties‌‌and‌‌the‌‌Highway‌‌ 
Code‌  ‌
This‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌applies‌‌to‌‌England,‌‌Scotland‌‌and‌‌Wales. ‌The‌‌ 
Highway‌‌Code‌ is‌‌essential‌‌reading‌‌for‌‌everyone.‌  ‌

Parliament‌‌sets‌‌the‌‌maximum‌‌penalties‌‌for‌‌road‌‌traffic‌‌offences.‌‌The‌‌ 
seriousness‌‌of‌‌the‌‌offence‌‌is‌‌reflected‌‌in‌‌the‌‌maximum‌‌penalty.‌‌It‌‌is‌‌for‌‌ 
the‌‌courts‌‌to‌‌decide‌‌what‌‌sentence‌‌to‌‌impose‌‌according‌‌to‌‌ 
circumstances.‌  ‌

The ‌penalty‌‌table‌ indicates‌‌some‌‌of‌‌the‌‌main‌‌offences,‌‌and‌‌the‌‌ 
associated‌‌penalties.‌‌There‌‌is‌‌a‌‌wide‌‌range‌‌of‌‌other‌‌more‌‌specific‌‌ 
offences‌‌which,‌‌for‌‌the‌‌sake‌‌of‌‌simplicity,‌‌are‌‌not‌‌shown‌‌here.‌‌The‌‌ 
penalty‌‌points‌‌and‌‌disqualification‌‌system‌ is‌‌described‌‌below.‌  ‌

2.2.‌‌Penalty‌‌points‌‌and‌‌ 
disqualification‌  ‌
The‌‌penalty‌‌point‌‌system‌‌is‌‌intended‌‌to‌‌deter‌‌drivers‌‌and‌‌motorcyclists‌‌ 
from‌‌following‌‌unsafe‌‌motoring‌‌practices.‌‌Certain‌‌non-motoring‌‌ 
offences,‌‌e.g.‌‌failure‌‌to‌‌rectify‌‌vehicle‌‌defects,‌‌can‌‌also‌‌attract‌‌penalty‌‌ 
points.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌192‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

The‌‌court ‌MUST‌ order‌‌points‌‌to‌‌be‌‌endorsed‌‌on‌‌the‌‌licence‌‌according‌‌ 
to‌‌the‌‌fixed‌‌number‌‌or‌‌the‌‌range‌‌set‌‌by‌‌Parliament.‌‌The‌‌accumulation‌‌ 
of‌‌penalty‌‌points‌‌acts‌‌as‌‌a‌‌warning‌‌to‌‌drivers‌‌and‌‌motorcyclists‌‌that‌‌ 
they‌‌risk‌‌disqualification‌‌if‌‌further‌‌offences‌‌are‌‌committed.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTOA‌‌sects‌‌44‌‌&‌‌45‌  ‌

A‌‌driver‌‌or‌‌motorcyclist‌‌who‌‌accumulates‌‌12‌‌or‌‌more‌‌penalty‌‌points‌‌ 
within‌‌a‌‌3-year‌‌period ‌MUST‌ be‌‌disqualified.‌‌This‌‌will‌‌be‌‌for‌‌a ‌‌
minimum‌‌period‌‌of‌‌6‌‌months,‌‌or‌‌longer‌‌if‌‌the‌‌driver‌‌or‌‌motorcyclist‌‌ 
has‌‌previously‌‌been‌‌disqualified.‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTOA‌‌sect‌‌35‌  ‌

For‌‌every‌‌offence‌‌which‌‌carries‌‌penalty‌‌points‌‌the‌‌court‌‌has‌‌a ‌‌
discretionary‌‌power‌‌to‌‌order‌‌the‌‌licence‌‌holder‌‌to‌‌be‌‌disqualified.‌‌This‌‌ 
may‌‌be‌‌for‌‌any‌‌period‌‌the‌‌court‌‌thinks‌‌fit,‌‌but‌‌will‌‌usually‌‌be‌‌between‌‌a ‌‌
week‌‌and‌‌a‌‌few‌‌months.‌  ‌

In‌‌the‌‌case‌‌of‌‌serious‌‌offences,‌‌such‌‌as‌‌dangerous‌‌driving‌‌and‌‌ 
drink-driving,‌‌the‌‌court ‌MUST‌ order‌‌disqualification.‌‌The‌‌minimum‌‌ 
period‌‌is‌‌12‌‌months,‌‌but‌‌for‌‌repeat‌‌offenders‌‌or‌‌where‌‌the‌‌alcohol‌‌ 
level‌‌is‌‌high,‌‌it‌‌may‌‌be‌‌longer.‌‌For‌‌example,‌‌a‌‌second‌‌drink-drive‌‌ 
offence‌‌in‌‌the‌‌space‌‌of‌‌10‌‌years‌‌will‌‌result‌‌in‌‌a‌‌minimum‌‌of‌‌3‌‌years’‌‌ 
disqualification. ‌  ‌
Law‌‌RTOA‌‌sect‌‌34‌  ‌

 
   ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌193‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
 

3.Penalty‌‌table‌  ‌
Offence‌  ‌ Maximum‌p
‌ enalty‌  ‌ Penalty‌‌
 
points‌  ‌

*Causing‌d
‌ eath‌b
‌ y‌d
‌ angerous14‌y‌ ears’‌i‌mprisonment‌/‌‌U
‌ nlimited‌f‌ine‌/‌‌O
‌ bligatory‌‌
  3‌t‌o‌1
‌ 1‌(‌ if‌‌
 
driving‌  ‌ disqualification‌(‌ minimum‌2
‌ ‌y‌ ears)‌  ‌ exceptionally‌‌
 
not‌‌
 
disqualified)‌  ‌

*Dangerous‌d
‌ riving‌  ‌ 2‌y‌ ears’‌i‌mprisonment‌/‌‌U
‌ nlimited‌f‌ine‌/‌‌O
‌ bligatory‌‌
  3‌t‌o‌1
‌ 1‌(‌ if‌‌
 
disqualification‌  ‌ exceptionally‌‌
 
not‌‌
 
disqualified)‌  ‌

*Causing‌d
‌ eath‌b
‌ y‌c‌ areless‌‌
  14‌y‌ ears’‌i‌mprisonment‌/‌‌U
‌ nlimited‌f‌ine‌/‌‌O
‌ bligatory‌‌
  3‌t‌o‌1
‌ 1‌(‌ if‌‌
 
driving‌u
‌ nder‌t‌he‌i‌nfluence‌o
‌ f‌ disqualification‌(‌ minimum‌2
‌ ‌y‌ ears)‌  ‌ exceptionally‌‌
 
drink‌o
‌ r‌d
‌ rugs‌  ‌ not‌‌
 
disqualified)‌  ‌

Careless‌a
‌ nd‌i‌nconsiderate‌‌
  Unlimited‌f‌ine‌/‌‌D
‌ iscretionary‌d
‌ isqualification‌  ‌ 3‌t‌o‌9
‌  ‌ ‌
driving‌  ‌

Driving‌w
‌ hile‌u
‌ nfit‌t‌hrough‌‌
  6‌m
‌ onths’‌i‌mprisonment‌/‌‌U
‌ nlimited‌f‌ine‌/‌‌O
‌ bligatory‌ 3‌t‌o‌1
‌ 1‌(‌ if‌‌
 
drink‌o
‌ r‌d
‌ rugs‌o
‌ r‌w
‌ ith‌e
‌ xcess‌ disqualification‌  ‌ exceptionally‌‌
 
alcohol:‌o
‌ r‌f‌ailing‌t‌o‌p
‌ rovide‌a
‌ not‌‌
 
specimen‌f‌or‌a
‌ nalysis‌  ‌ disqualified)‌  ‌

Failing‌t‌o‌s‌ top‌a
‌ fter‌a
‌ n‌‌
  6‌m
‌ onths’‌i‌mprisonment‌/‌‌U
‌ nlimited‌f‌ine‌/‌ ‌‌ 5‌t‌o‌1
‌ 0‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌194‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

accident‌o
‌ r‌f‌ailing‌t‌o‌r‌ eport‌a
‌ nDiscretionary‌d
‌ isqualification‌ 
accident‌  ‌

Driving‌w
‌ hile‌d
‌ isqualified‌  ‌ 6‌m
‌ onths’‌i‌mprisonment‌(‌ 12‌m
‌ onths‌i‌n‌S
‌ cotland)‌/‌ ‌‌ 6‌  ‌
Unlimited‌f‌ine‌/‌‌D
‌ iscretionary‌d
‌ isqualification‌  ‌

Driving‌a
‌ fter‌r‌ efusal‌o
‌ r‌‌
  6‌m
‌ onths’‌i‌mprisonment‌/‌‌U
‌ nlimited‌f‌ine‌/‌ ‌‌ 3‌t‌o‌6
‌  ‌ ‌
revocation‌o
‌ f‌l‌icence‌o
‌ n‌‌
  Discretionary‌d
‌ isqualification‌ 
medical‌g
‌ rounds‌  ‌

Driving‌w
‌ ithout‌i‌nsurance‌  Unlimited‌f‌ine‌/‌‌D
‌ iscretionary‌d
‌ isqualification‌  ‌ 6‌t‌o‌8
‌  ‌ ‌

Using‌a
‌ ‌v‌ ehicle‌i‌n‌a
‌  ‌‌ LGV‌o
‌ r‌P
‌ CV‌u
‌ nlimited,‌o
‌ ther‌v‌ ehicles‌£
‌ 2,500/‌‌
  3‌i‌n‌e
‌ ach‌‌
 
dangerous‌c‌ ondition‌  ‌ Obligatory‌d
‌ isqualification‌i‌f‌o
‌ ffence‌c‌ ommitted‌‌
  case‌  ‌
within‌3
‌ ‌y‌ ears‌o
‌ f‌a
‌ ‌p
‌ revious‌c‌ onviction‌f‌or‌a
‌ ‌s‌ imilar‌‌
 
offence‌-‌ ‌6
‌ ‌m
‌ onths‌m
‌ in.‌O
‌ therwise‌d
‌ iscretionary‌  ‌

Failure‌t‌o‌h
‌ ave‌p
‌ roper‌c‌ ontrol£1,000‌f‌ine‌(‌ £2,500‌f‌or‌P
‌ CV‌o
‌ r‌g
‌ oods‌v‌ ehicle)‌/‌ ‌‌ 3‌  ‌
of‌v‌ ehicle‌o
‌ r‌f‌ull‌v‌ iew‌o
‌ f‌t‌he‌‌
  Discretionary‌d
‌ isqualification‌ 
road‌a
‌ nd‌t‌raffic‌a
‌ head‌  ‌

Using‌a
‌ ‌h
‌ and-held‌m
‌ obile‌‌
  £1,000‌f‌ine‌(‌ £2,500‌f‌or‌P
‌ CV‌o
‌ r‌g
‌ oods‌v‌ ehicle)‌/‌ ‌‌ 6‌  ‌
phone‌w
‌ hen‌d
‌ riving‌  Discretionary‌d
‌ isqualification‌ 

Driving‌o
‌ therwise‌t‌han‌i‌n‌‌
  £1,000‌f‌ine‌/‌‌D
‌ iscretionary‌d
‌ isqualification‌  ‌ 3‌t‌o‌6
‌  ‌ ‌
accordance‌w
‌ ith‌a
‌ ‌l‌icence‌  ‌

Speeding‌  ‌ £1,000‌f‌ine‌(‌ £2,500‌f‌or‌m

‌ otorway‌o
‌ ffences)‌/‌ ‌‌ 3‌t‌o‌6
‌ ,‌o
‌ r‌3
‌  ‌‌
Discretionary‌d
‌ isqualification‌  (fixed‌p
‌ enalty)

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌195‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Traffic‌l‌ight‌o
‌ ffences‌  ‌ £1,000‌f‌ine‌/‌‌D
‌ iscretionary‌d
‌ isqualification‌  ‌ 3‌  ‌

No‌M
‌ OT‌c‌ ertificate‌  ‌ £1,000‌f‌ine‌  ‌ -‌  ‌

Seat‌b
‌ elt‌o
‌ ffences‌  ‌ £500‌f‌ine‌  ‌ -‌  ‌

Dangerous‌c‌ ycling‌  ‌ £2,500‌f‌ine‌  ‌ -‌  ‌

Careless‌c‌ ycling‌  ‌ £1,000‌f‌ine‌  ‌ -‌  ‌

Cycling‌o
‌ n‌p
‌ avement‌  ‌ £500‌f‌ine‌  ‌ -‌  ‌

Failing‌t‌o‌i‌dentify‌d
‌ river‌o
‌ f‌‌
  £1,000‌f‌ine‌/‌‌D
‌ iscretionary‌d
‌ isqualification‌  ‌ -‌  ‌
vehicle‌  ‌  ‌

 ‌
 ‌
*‌Where‌‌a‌‌court‌‌disqualifies‌‌a‌‌person‌‌on‌‌conviction‌‌for‌‌one‌‌of‌‌these‌‌
 
offences,‌‌it‌‌must‌‌order‌‌an‌‌extended‌‌retest.‌‌The‌‌courts‌‌also‌‌have‌‌discretion‌‌ 
to‌‌order‌‌a‌‌retest‌‌for‌‌any‌‌other‌‌offence‌‌which‌‌carries‌‌penalty‌‌points,‌‌an‌‌ 
extended‌‌retest‌‌where‌‌disqualification‌‌is‌‌obligatory,‌‌and‌‌an‌‌ordinary‌‌test‌‌ 
where‌‌disqualification‌‌is‌‌not‌‌obligatory.‌  ‌

Furthermore,‌‌in‌‌some‌‌serious‌‌cases,‌‌the‌‌court‌‌MUST‌‌(in‌‌addition‌‌to‌‌ 
imposing‌‌a‌‌fixed‌‌period‌‌of‌‌disqualification)‌‌order‌‌the‌‌offender‌‌to‌‌be‌‌ 
disqualified‌‌until‌‌they‌‌pass‌‌a‌‌driving‌‌test.‌‌In‌‌other‌‌cases‌‌the‌‌court‌‌has‌‌a ‌‌
discretionary‌‌power‌‌to‌‌order‌‌such‌‌disqualification.‌‌The‌‌test‌‌may‌‌be‌‌an‌‌ 
ordinary‌‌length‌‌test‌‌or‌‌an‌‌extended‌‌test‌‌according‌‌to‌‌the‌‌nature‌‌of‌‌the‌ 
offence.‌  ‌
 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌196‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

4. ‌New‌‌drivers‌  ‌
Special‌‌rules‌‌as‌‌set‌‌out‌‌below‌‌apply‌‌for‌‌a‌‌period‌‌of‌‌two‌‌years‌‌from‌‌ 
the‌‌date‌‌of‌‌passing‌‌their‌‌first‌d
‌ riving‌‌test‌,‌‌to‌‌drivers‌‌and‌‌ 
motorcyclists‌‌from‌  ‌
● the‌‌UK, EU/EEA,‌‌the‌‌Isle‌‌of‌‌Man,‌‌the‌‌Channel‌‌Islands‌‌or‌‌ 
Gibraltar‌‌who‌‌passed‌‌their‌‌first‌‌driving‌‌test‌‌in‌‌any‌‌of‌‌those‌‌ 
countries‌  ‌
● other‌‌foreign‌‌countries‌‌who‌‌have‌‌to‌‌pass‌‌a‌‌UK‌‌driving‌‌test‌‌to‌‌ 
gain‌‌a‌‌UK‌‌licence,‌‌in‌‌which‌‌case‌‌the‌‌UK‌‌driving‌‌test‌‌is‌‌treated‌‌ 
as‌‌their‌‌first‌‌driving‌‌test;‌‌and‌  ‌
● other‌‌foreign‌‌countries‌‌who‌‌(without‌‌needing‌‌a‌‌test)‌‌ 
exchanged‌‌their‌‌licence‌‌for‌‌a‌‌UK‌‌licence‌‌and‌‌subsequently‌‌ 
passed‌‌a‌‌UK‌‌driving‌‌test‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌another‌‌type‌‌of‌‌vehicle,‌‌in‌‌ 
which‌‌case‌‌the‌‌UK‌‌driving‌‌test‌‌is‌‌treated‌‌as‌‌their‌‌first‌‌driving‌‌ 
test.‌‌For‌‌example‌‌a‌‌driver‌‌who‌‌exchanges‌‌a‌‌foreign‌‌licence‌‌ 
(car)‌‌for‌‌a‌‌UK‌‌licence‌‌(car)‌‌and‌‌who‌‌later‌‌passes‌‌a‌‌test‌‌to‌‌ 
drive‌‌another‌‌type‌‌of‌‌vehicle‌‌(e.g.‌‌an HGV)‌‌will‌‌be‌‌subject‌‌to‌‌ 
the‌‌special‌‌rules.‌  ‌
Where‌‌a‌‌person‌‌subject‌‌to‌‌the‌‌special‌‌rules‌‌accumulates‌‌6‌‌or‌‌more‌‌ 
penalty‌‌points‌‌before‌‌the‌‌end‌‌of‌‌the‌‌2-year‌‌period‌‌(including‌‌any‌‌ 
points‌‌acquired‌‌before‌‌passing‌‌the‌‌test)‌‌their‌‌licence‌‌will‌‌be‌‌revoked‌‌ 
automatically.‌‌To‌‌regain‌‌the‌‌licence‌‌they‌‌must‌‌reapply‌‌for‌‌a ‌‌
provisional‌‌licence‌‌and‌‌may‌‌drive‌‌only‌‌as‌‌a‌‌learner‌‌until‌‌they‌‌pass‌‌a ‌‌
further‌‌driving‌‌test‌‌(also‌‌see ‌Annex‌‌8‌‌–‌‌Safety‌‌code‌‌for‌‌new‌‌ 
drivers.‌) ‌  ‌
Law‌‌RT(ND)A‌  ‌
Note.‌ This‌‌applies‌‌even‌‌if‌‌they‌‌pay‌‌for‌‌offences‌‌by‌‌fixed‌‌penalty.‌‌ 
Drivers‌‌in‌‌the‌‌first‌‌group‌‌(UK, EU/EEA etc.)‌‌who‌‌already‌‌have‌‌a‌‌full‌ 
licence‌‌for‌‌one‌‌type‌‌of‌‌vehicle‌‌are‌‌not‌‌affected‌‌by‌‌the‌‌special‌‌rules‌‌if‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌197‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
they‌‌later‌‌pass‌‌a‌‌test‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌another‌‌type‌‌of‌‌vehicle.‌  ‌
 ‌

5.Other‌‌consequences‌‌of‌‌ 
offending‌  ‌
Where‌‌an‌‌offence‌‌is‌‌punishable‌‌by‌‌imprisonment‌‌then‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌ 
used‌‌to‌‌commit‌‌the‌‌offence‌‌may‌‌be‌‌confiscated.‌  ‌
Law‌‌PCC(S)A,‌‌sect‌‌143‌  ‌

In‌‌addition‌‌to‌‌the‌‌penalties‌‌a‌‌court‌‌may‌‌decide‌‌to‌‌impose,‌‌the‌‌cost‌‌ 
of‌‌insurance‌‌is‌‌likely‌‌to‌‌rise‌‌considerably‌‌following‌‌conviction‌‌for‌‌a ‌‌
serious‌‌driving‌‌offence.‌‌This‌‌is‌‌because‌‌insurance‌‌companies‌‌ 
consider‌‌such‌‌drivers‌‌are‌‌more‌‌likely‌‌to‌‌be‌‌involved‌‌in‌‌a‌‌collision.‌  ‌

Drivers‌‌disqualified‌‌for‌‌drinking‌‌and‌‌driving‌‌twice‌‌within‌‌10‌‌years,‌‌or‌‌ 
once‌‌if‌‌they‌‌are‌‌over‌‌2‌‌and‌‌a‌‌half‌‌times‌‌the‌‌legal‌‌limit,‌‌or‌‌those‌‌who‌ 
refused‌‌to‌‌give‌‌a‌‌specimen,‌‌also‌‌have‌‌to‌‌satisfy‌‌the‌‌Driver‌‌and‌‌ 
Vehicle‌‌Licensing‌‌Agency’s‌‌Medical‌‌Branch‌‌that‌‌they‌‌do‌‌not‌‌have‌‌an‌‌ 
alcohol‌‌problem‌‌and‌‌are‌‌otherwise‌‌fit‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌before‌‌their‌‌licence‌‌is‌‌ 
returned‌‌at‌‌the‌‌end‌‌of‌‌their‌‌period‌‌of‌‌disqualification.‌‌Persistent‌‌ 
misuse‌‌of‌‌drugs‌‌or‌‌alcohol‌‌may‌‌lead‌‌to‌‌the‌‌withdrawal‌‌of‌‌a‌‌driving‌‌ 
licence.‌  ‌
 ‌
   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌198‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

Vehicle‌m ‌ aintenance,‌‌ 
safety‌a‌ nd‌s‌ ecurity‌  ‌
1. ‌Vehicle‌‌maintenance‌  ‌
Take‌‌special‌‌care‌‌that‌‌lights,‌‌brakes,‌‌steering,‌‌exhaust‌‌system,‌‌seat‌‌ 
belts,‌‌demisters,‌‌wipers‌‌and‌‌washers‌‌are‌‌all‌‌working.‌‌Also‌  ‌
● lights,‌‌indicators,‌‌reflectors,‌‌and‌‌number‌‌plates‌M ‌ UST‌‌‌be‌‌kept‌‌ 
clean‌‌and‌‌clear‌  ‌
● windscreens‌‌and‌‌windows‌M ‌ UST‌‌‌be‌‌kept‌‌clean‌‌and‌‌free‌‌from‌‌ 
obstructions‌‌to‌‌vision‌  ‌
● lights‌M
‌ UST‌‌‌be‌‌properly‌‌adjusted‌‌to‌‌prevent‌‌dazzling‌‌other‌‌road‌‌ 
users.‌  ‌
● Extra‌‌attention‌‌needs‌‌to‌‌be‌‌paid‌‌to‌‌this‌‌if‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌is‌‌heavily‌‌ 
loaded‌  ‌
● exhaust‌‌emissions‌M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌exceed‌‌prescribed‌‌levels‌  ‌
● ensure‌‌your‌‌seat,‌‌seat‌‌belt,‌‌head‌‌restraint‌‌and‌‌mirrors‌‌are‌‌ 
adjusted‌‌correctly‌‌before‌‌you‌‌drive‌  ‌
● ensure‌‌that‌‌items‌‌of‌‌luggage‌‌are‌‌securely‌‌stowed.‌  ‌

​‌Laws‌‌RVLR‌‌1989‌‌regs‌‌23‌‌&‌‌27‌‌&‌‌CUR‌‌1986,‌‌regs‌‌30‌‌&‌‌61‌  ‌
 
Warning‌‌displays.‌‌‌Make‌‌sure‌‌that‌‌you‌‌understand‌‌the‌‌meaning‌‌of‌‌ 
all‌‌warning‌‌displays‌‌on‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌instrument‌‌panel.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌ignore‌ 
warning‌‌signs,‌‌they‌‌could‌‌indicate‌‌a‌‌dangerous‌‌fault‌‌developing.‌  ‌
● When‌‌you‌‌turn‌‌the‌‌ignition‌‌key,‌‌warning‌‌lights‌‌will‌‌be‌‌illuminated‌‌ 
but‌‌will‌‌go‌‌out‌‌when‌‌the‌‌engine‌‌starts‌‌(except‌‌the‌‌handbrake‌ 
warning‌‌light).‌‌If‌‌they‌‌do‌‌not,‌‌or‌‌if‌‌they‌‌come‌‌on‌‌while‌‌you‌‌are‌‌ 
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌199‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
driving,‌‌stop‌‌and‌‌investigate‌‌the‌‌problem,‌‌as‌‌you‌‌could‌‌have‌‌a ‌‌
serious‌‌fault.‌  ‌
● If‌‌the‌‌charge‌‌warning‌‌light‌‌comes‌‌on‌‌while‌‌you‌‌are‌‌driving,‌‌it‌‌may‌‌ 
mean‌‌that‌‌the‌‌battery‌‌isn’t‌‌charging.‌‌This‌‌should‌‌also‌‌be‌‌checked‌‌ 
as‌‌soon‌‌as‌‌possible‌‌to‌‌avoid‌‌loss‌‌of‌‌power‌‌to‌‌lights‌‌and‌‌other‌‌ 
electrical‌‌systems.‌  ‌

 
Window‌‌tints.‌‌‌You‌M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌use‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌with‌‌excessively‌‌dark‌‌ 
tinting‌‌applied‌‌to‌‌the‌‌windscreen,‌‌or‌‌to‌‌the‌‌glass‌‌in‌‌any‌‌front‌‌ 
window‌‌to‌‌either‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌driver.‌‌Window‌‌tinting‌‌applied‌‌during‌‌ 
manufacture‌‌complies‌‌with‌‌the‌‌Visual‌‌Light‌‌Transmittance‌‌(VLT)‌‌ 
standards.‌‌There‌‌are‌‌no‌‌VLT‌‌limits‌‌for‌‌rear‌‌windscreens‌‌or‌‌rear‌‌ 
passenger‌‌windows.‌  ‌
Laws‌‌RTA‌‌1988‌‌sect‌‌42‌‌&‌‌CUR‌‌reg‌‌32‌  ‌
 
Tyres.‌‌‌Tyres‌M
‌ UST‌‌‌be‌‌correctly‌‌inflated‌‌to‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌ 
manufacturer’s‌‌specification‌‌for‌‌the‌‌load‌‌being‌‌carried.‌‌Always‌‌refer‌‌ 
to‌‌the‌‌vehicle’s‌‌handbook‌‌or‌‌data.‌‌Tyres‌‌should‌‌also‌‌be‌‌free‌‌from‌‌ 
certain‌‌cuts‌‌and‌‌other‌‌defects.‌  ‌
 
Cars,‌‌light‌‌vans‌‌and‌‌light‌‌trailers‌‌MUST‌‌‌have‌‌a‌‌tread‌‌depth‌‌of‌‌at‌‌ 
least‌‌1.6‌‌mm‌‌across‌‌the‌‌central‌‌three-quarters‌‌of‌‌the‌‌breadth‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
tread‌‌and‌‌around‌‌the‌‌entire‌‌circumference.‌  ‌
 
Motorcycles,‌‌large‌‌vehicles‌‌and‌‌passenger-carrying‌‌vehicles‌‌MUST‌‌ 
have‌‌a‌‌tread‌‌depth‌‌of‌‌at‌‌least‌‌1‌‌mm‌‌across‌‌three-quarters‌‌of‌‌the‌‌ 
breadth‌‌of‌‌the‌‌tread‌‌and‌‌in‌‌a‌‌continuous‌‌band‌‌around‌‌the‌‌entire‌‌ 
circumference.‌  ‌
C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌200‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 
Mopeds‌‌‌should‌‌have‌‌visible‌‌tread.‌  ‌
Be‌‌aware‌‌that‌‌some‌‌vehicle‌‌defects‌‌can‌‌attract‌‌penalty‌‌points.‌  ‌
 
Tyre‌‌age.‌‌‌Tyres‌‌over‌‌10‌‌years‌‌old‌M
‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌be‌‌used‌‌on‌‌the‌‌front‌‌ 
axles‌‌of:‌  ‌
● goods‌‌vehicles‌‌with‌‌a‌‌maximum‌‌gross‌‌weight‌‌of‌‌more‌‌than‌‌3.5‌‌ 
tonnes‌  ‌
● passenger‌‌vehicles‌‌with‌‌more‌‌than‌‌8‌‌passenger‌‌seats‌  ‌

Additionally,‌‌they‌M ‌ UST‌‌NOT‌‌‌be‌‌used‌‌on‌‌the‌‌rear‌‌axles‌‌of‌‌passenger‌‌ 
vehicles‌‌with‌‌9‌‌to‌‌16‌‌passenger‌‌seats,‌‌unless‌‌equipped‌‌with‌‌twin‌‌ 
wheels.‌ 
To‌‌prove‌‌the‌‌age‌‌of‌‌a‌‌tyre‌‌it‌‌is‌‌further‌‌required‌‌that‌‌the‌‌date‌‌of‌‌tyre‌‌ 
manufacture‌‌marking‌M ‌ UST‌‌‌always‌‌be‌‌legible.‌  ‌
Vehicles‌‌currently‌‌excluded‌‌from‌‌tyre‌‌roadworthiness‌‌regulations‌‌ 
and‌‌vehicles‌‌of‌‌historical‌‌interest‌‌which‌‌are‌‌not‌‌used‌‌for‌‌commercial‌‌ 
purpose,‌‌are‌‌exempt‌‌from‌‌these‌‌requirements.‌  ‌
Law‌‌CUR‌‌reg‌‌27‌  ‌
 
I​f‌‌a‌‌tyre‌‌bursts‌‌while‌‌you‌‌are‌‌driving,‌‌try‌‌to‌‌keep‌‌control‌‌of‌‌your‌‌ 
vehicle.‌‌Grip‌‌the‌‌steering‌‌wheel‌‌firmly‌‌and‌‌allow‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌to‌‌roll‌‌ 
to‌‌a‌‌stop‌‌at‌‌the‌‌side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌
If‌‌you‌‌have‌‌a‌‌flat‌‌tyre,‌‌stop‌‌as‌‌soon‌‌as‌‌it‌‌is‌‌safe‌‌to‌‌do‌‌so.‌‌Only‌‌ 
change‌‌the‌‌tyre‌‌if‌‌you‌‌can‌‌do‌‌so‌‌without‌‌putting‌‌yourself‌‌or‌‌others‌‌ 
at‌‌risk‌‌-‌‌otherwise‌‌call‌‌a‌‌breakdown‌‌service.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌201‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

 
Tyre‌‌pressures.‌‌‌Check‌‌weekly.‌‌Do‌‌this‌‌before‌‌your‌‌journey,‌‌when‌‌ 
tyres‌‌are‌‌cold.‌‌Warm‌‌or‌‌hot‌‌tyres‌‌may‌‌give‌‌a‌‌misleading‌‌reading.‌  ‌
Your‌‌brakes‌‌and‌‌steering‌‌will‌‌be‌‌adversely‌‌affected‌‌by‌‌ 
under-inflated‌‌or‌‌over-inflated‌‌tyres.‌‌Excessive‌‌or‌‌uneven‌‌tyre‌‌wear‌‌ 
may‌‌be‌‌caused‌‌by‌‌faults‌‌in‌‌the‌‌braking‌‌or‌‌suspension‌‌systems,‌‌or‌ 
wheels‌‌which‌‌are‌‌out‌‌of‌‌alignment.‌‌Have‌‌these‌‌faults‌‌corrected‌‌as‌‌ 
soon‌‌as‌‌possible.‌  ‌
 
Fluid‌‌levels.‌‌‌Check‌‌the‌‌fluid‌‌levels‌‌in‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌at‌‌least‌‌weekly.‌‌ 
Low‌‌brake‌‌fluid‌‌may‌‌result‌‌in‌‌brake‌‌failure‌‌and‌‌a‌‌crash.‌‌Make‌‌sure‌‌ 
you‌‌recognise‌‌the‌‌low‌‌fluid‌‌warning‌‌lights‌‌if‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌has‌‌them‌‌ 
fitted.‌  ‌
 
Before‌‌winter.‌‌‌Ensure‌‌that‌‌the‌‌battery‌‌is‌‌well‌‌maintained‌‌and‌‌that‌‌ 
there‌‌are‌‌appropriate‌‌anti-freeze‌‌agents‌‌in‌‌your‌‌radiator‌‌and‌‌ 
windscreen‌‌bottle.‌  ‌
 
Other‌‌problems.‌‌‌If‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌  ‌
● pulls‌‌to‌‌one‌‌side‌‌when‌‌braking,‌‌it‌‌is‌‌most‌‌likely‌‌to‌‌be‌‌a‌‌brake‌‌fault‌‌ 
or‌‌incorrectly‌‌inflated‌‌tyres.‌‌Consult‌‌a‌‌garage‌‌or‌‌mechanic‌‌ 
immediately‌  ‌
● continues‌‌to‌‌bounce‌‌after‌‌pushing‌‌down‌‌on‌‌the‌‌front‌‌or‌‌rear,‌‌its‌‌ 
shock‌‌absorbers‌‌are‌‌worn.‌‌Worn‌‌shock‌‌absorbers‌‌can‌‌seriously‌‌ 
affect‌‌the‌‌operation‌‌of‌‌a‌‌vehicle‌‌and‌‌should‌‌be‌‌replaced‌  ‌
● smells‌‌of‌‌anything‌‌unusual‌‌such‌‌as‌‌burning‌‌rubber,‌‌petrol‌‌or‌‌an‌‌ 
electrical‌‌fault;‌‌investigate‌‌immediately.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌risk‌‌a‌‌fire.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌202‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
 
Overheated‌‌engines‌‌or‌‌fire.‌‌‌Most‌‌engines‌‌are‌‌water-cooled.‌‌If‌‌your‌‌ 
engine‌‌overheats‌‌you‌‌should‌‌wait‌‌until‌‌it‌‌has‌‌cooled‌‌naturally.‌‌Only‌‌ 
then‌‌remove‌‌the‌‌coolant‌‌filler‌‌cap‌‌and‌‌add‌‌water‌‌or‌‌other‌‌coolant.‌  ‌
If‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌catches‌‌fire,‌‌get‌‌the‌‌occupants‌‌out‌‌of‌‌the‌‌vehicle‌‌ 
quickly‌‌and‌‌to‌‌a‌‌safe‌‌place.‌‌Do‌‌not‌‌attempt‌‌to‌‌extinguish‌‌a‌‌fire‌‌in‌‌ 
the‌‌engine‌‌compartment,‌‌as‌‌opening‌‌the‌‌bonnet‌‌will‌‌make‌‌the‌‌fire‌‌ 
flare.‌‌Call‌‌the‌‌fire‌‌brigade.‌  ‌
 
​ etrol‌‌stations/fuel‌‌tank/fuel‌‌leaks.‌‌‌Ensure‌‌that,‌‌when‌‌filling‌‌up‌‌ 
P
your‌‌vehicle’s‌‌tank‌‌or‌‌any‌‌fuel‌‌cans‌‌you‌‌are‌‌carrying,‌‌you‌‌do‌‌not‌‌spill‌‌ 
fuel‌‌on‌‌the‌‌forecourt.‌‌Any‌‌spilled‌‌fuel‌‌should‌‌be‌‌immediately‌‌ 
reported‌‌to‌‌the‌‌petrol‌‌station‌‌attendant.‌‌Diesel‌‌spillage‌‌is‌‌ 
dangerous‌‌to‌‌other‌‌road‌‌users,‌‌particularly‌‌motorcyclists,‌‌as‌‌it‌‌will‌‌ 
significantly‌‌reduce‌‌the‌‌level‌‌of‌‌grip‌‌between‌‌the‌‌tyres‌‌and‌‌road‌‌ 
surface.‌‌Double-check‌‌for‌‌fuel‌‌leaks‌‌and‌‌make‌‌sure‌‌that‌  ‌
● you‌‌do‌‌not‌‌overfill‌‌your‌‌fuel‌‌tank‌  ‌
● the‌‌fuel‌‌cap‌‌is‌‌fastened‌‌securely‌  ‌
● the‌‌seal‌‌in‌‌the‌‌cap‌‌is‌‌not‌‌torn,‌‌perished‌‌or‌‌missing‌  ‌
● there‌‌is‌‌no‌‌visual‌‌damage‌‌to‌‌the‌‌cap‌‌or‌‌the‌‌fuel‌‌tank‌  ‌

Emergency‌‌fuel‌‌caps,‌‌if‌‌fitted,‌‌should‌‌form‌‌a‌‌good‌‌seal.‌  ‌
Never‌‌smoke,‌‌or‌‌use‌‌a‌‌mobile‌‌phone,‌‌on‌‌the‌‌forecourt‌‌of‌‌petrol‌‌ 
stations‌‌as‌‌these‌‌are‌‌major‌‌fire‌‌risks‌‌and‌‌could‌‌cause‌‌an‌‌explosion.‌  ‌
 
 ‌

2.Vehicle‌‌security‌  ‌
When‌‌you‌‌leave‌‌your‌‌vehicle‌‌you‌‌should‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌203‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
● remove‌‌the‌‌ignition‌‌key‌‌and‌‌engage‌‌the‌‌steering‌‌lock‌  ‌
● lock‌‌the‌‌car,‌‌even‌‌if‌‌you‌‌only‌‌leave‌‌it‌‌for‌‌a‌‌few‌‌minutes‌  ‌
● close‌‌the‌‌windows‌‌completely‌  ‌
● never‌‌leave‌‌children‌‌or‌‌pets‌‌in‌‌an‌‌unventilated‌‌car‌  ‌
● take‌‌all‌‌contents‌‌with‌‌you,‌‌or‌‌lock‌‌them‌‌in‌‌the‌‌boot.‌‌ 
Remember,‌‌for‌‌all‌‌a‌‌thief‌‌knows‌‌a‌‌carrier‌‌bag‌‌may‌‌contain‌‌ 
valuables‌  ‌
● never‌‌leave‌‌vehicle‌‌documents‌‌in‌‌the‌‌car.‌  ‌
 
For‌‌extra‌‌security‌‌fit‌‌an‌‌anti-theft‌‌device‌‌such‌‌as‌‌an‌‌alarm‌‌or‌‌ 
immobiliser.‌‌If‌‌you‌‌are‌‌buying‌‌a‌‌new‌‌car‌‌it‌‌is‌‌a‌‌good‌‌idea‌‌to‌‌check‌‌ 
the‌‌level‌‌of‌‌built-in‌‌security‌‌features.‌‌Consider‌‌having‌‌your‌‌ 
registration‌‌number‌‌etched‌‌on‌‌all‌‌your‌‌car‌‌windows.‌‌This‌‌is‌‌a‌‌cheap‌‌ 
and‌‌effective‌‌deterrent‌‌to‌‌professional‌‌thieves.‌  ‌
 ‌
   ‌ ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌204‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

First‌a‌ id‌o
‌ n‌t‌ he‌r‌ oad‌  ‌
This‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌applies‌‌to‌‌England,‌‌Scotland‌‌and‌‌Wales. ‌The‌‌ 
Highway‌‌Code‌ is‌‌essential‌‌reading‌‌for‌‌everyone.‌  ‌

The‌‌following‌‌information‌‌was‌‌compiled‌‌with‌‌the‌‌help‌‌of‌‌St‌‌John‌‌ 
Ambulance,‌‌the‌‌British‌‌Heart‌‌Foundation‌‌and‌‌the‌‌British‌‌Red‌‌Cross.‌‌ 
It’s‌‌intended‌‌as‌‌a‌‌general‌‌guide‌‌for‌‌those‌‌without‌‌first-aid‌‌training‌‌ 
but‌‌shouldn’t‌‌be‌‌considered‌‌a‌‌substitute‌‌for‌‌proper‌‌training.‌‌Any‌‌ 
first‌‌aid‌‌given‌‌at‌‌the‌‌scene‌‌of‌‌an‌‌incident‌‌should‌‌be‌‌looked‌‌on‌‌only‌‌ 
as‌‌a‌‌temporary‌‌measure‌‌until‌‌the‌‌emergency‌‌services‌‌arrive.‌  ‌

1.Deal‌‌with‌‌danger‌  ‌
Further‌‌collisions‌‌and‌‌fire‌‌are‌‌the‌‌main‌‌dangers‌‌following‌‌a‌‌crash.‌‌ 
Approach‌‌any‌‌vehicle‌‌involved‌‌with‌‌care.‌‌Switch‌‌off‌‌all‌‌engines‌‌and,‌‌ 
if‌‌possible,‌‌warn‌‌other‌‌traffic.‌‌Stop‌‌anyone‌‌from‌‌smoking.‌  ‌

2.Get‌‌help‌  ‌
Try‌‌to‌‌get‌‌the‌‌assistance‌‌of‌‌bystanders.‌‌Get‌‌someone‌‌to‌‌call‌‌the‌‌ 
appropriate‌‌emergency‌‌services‌‌on‌‌999‌‌or‌‌112‌‌as‌‌soon‌‌as‌‌possible.‌‌ 
They‌‌will‌‌need‌‌to‌‌know‌‌the‌‌exact‌‌location‌‌of‌‌the‌‌incident‌‌and‌‌the‌‌ 
number‌‌of‌‌vehicles‌‌involved.‌‌Try‌‌to‌‌give‌‌information‌‌about‌‌the‌‌ 
condition‌‌of‌‌any‌‌casualties,‌‌eg‌‌if‌‌anyone‌‌is‌‌having‌‌difficulty‌‌ 
breathing,‌‌is‌‌bleeding‌‌heavily‌‌or‌‌does‌‌not‌‌respond‌‌when‌‌spoken‌‌to.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌205‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

3.Help‌‌those‌‌involved‌  ‌
DO‌‌NOT‌ move‌‌casualties‌‌still‌‌in‌‌vehicles‌‌unless‌‌there‌‌is‌‌the‌‌threat‌‌of‌‌ 
further‌‌danger. ‌DO‌‌NOT‌ remove‌‌a‌‌motorcyclist’s‌‌helmet‌‌unless‌‌it‌‌is‌‌ 
essential.‌‌Remember‌‌the‌‌casualty‌‌may‌‌be‌‌suffering‌‌from‌‌shock. ‌DO‌‌ 
NOT‌ give‌‌them‌‌anything‌‌to‌‌eat‌‌or‌‌drink. ‌DO‌ try‌‌to‌‌make‌‌them‌‌warm‌‌ 
and‌‌as‌‌comfortable‌‌as‌‌you‌‌can.‌‌Protect‌‌them‌‌from‌‌rain‌‌or‌‌snow,‌‌but‌‌ 
avoid‌‌unnecessary‌‌movement. ‌DO‌ give‌‌reassurance‌‌confidently‌‌and‌‌ 
try‌‌not‌‌to‌‌leave‌‌them‌‌alone‌‌or‌‌let‌‌them‌‌wander‌‌into‌‌the‌‌path‌‌of‌‌ 
other‌‌traffic.‌  ‌

4.Provide‌‌emergency‌‌care‌  ‌
Remember‌‌the‌‌letters‌‌D‌‌R‌‌A‌‌B‌‌C:‌  ‌
D‌‌Danger‌ Check‌‌that‌‌you‌‌are‌‌not‌‌in‌‌danger.‌  ‌
R‌‌Response‌ Try‌‌to‌‌get‌‌a‌‌response‌‌by‌‌asking‌‌questions‌‌and‌‌gently‌‌ 
shaking‌‌their‌‌shoulders.‌ 
A‌‌Airway‌ If‌‌the‌‌person‌‌is‌‌not‌‌talking‌‌and‌‌the‌‌airway‌‌may‌‌be‌‌blocked,‌‌ 
then‌‌place‌‌one‌‌hand‌‌under‌‌the‌‌chin‌‌and‌‌lift‌‌the‌‌chin‌‌up‌‌and‌‌ 
forward.‌‌If‌‌they‌‌are‌‌still‌‌having‌‌difficulty‌‌with‌‌breathing‌‌then‌‌gently‌‌ 
tilt‌‌the‌‌head‌‌back.‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌206‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌

  ‌
If‌‌the‌‌casualty‌‌is‌‌unconscious‌‌and‌‌breathing,‌‌place‌‌them‌‌in‌‌the‌‌recovery‌‌
 
position‌‌until‌‌medical‌‌help‌‌arrives​‌  ‌
 ‌
B‌‌Breathing‌ Normal‌‌breathing‌‌should‌‌be‌‌established.‌‌Once‌‌the‌‌ 
airway‌‌is‌‌open‌‌check‌‌breathing‌‌for‌‌up‌‌to‌‌10‌‌seconds.‌  ‌
C‌‌Compressions‌ If‌‌they‌‌have‌‌no‌‌signs‌‌of‌‌life‌‌and‌‌there‌‌is‌‌no‌‌pulse,‌‌ 
then‌‌chest‌‌compressions‌‌should‌‌be‌‌administered.‌‌Place‌‌two‌‌hands‌‌ 
in‌‌the‌‌centre‌‌of‌‌the‌‌chest‌‌and‌‌press‌‌down‌‌hard‌‌and‌‌fast‌‌–‌‌5–6‌‌cm‌‌at‌‌ 
a‌‌rate‌‌of‌‌100/minute.‌‌You‌‌may‌‌only‌‌need‌‌one‌‌hand‌‌for‌‌a‌‌child‌‌and‌‌ 
shouldn’t‌‌press‌‌down‌‌as‌‌far.‌‌For‌‌infants,‌‌use‌‌two‌‌fingers‌‌in‌‌the‌‌ 
middle‌‌of‌‌the‌‌chest‌‌when‌‌delivering‌‌compressions‌‌and‌‌don’t‌‌press‌‌ 
down‌‌too‌‌far.‌  ‌

Bleeding‌  ‌
First,‌‌check‌‌for‌‌anything‌‌that‌‌may‌‌be‌‌in‌‌the‌‌wound,‌‌such‌‌as‌‌glass.‌‌ 
Taking‌‌care‌‌not‌‌to‌‌press‌‌on‌‌the‌‌object,‌‌build‌‌up‌‌padding‌‌on‌‌either‌‌ 
side‌‌of‌‌the‌‌object.‌‌If‌‌there’s‌‌nothing‌‌embedded,‌‌apply‌‌firm‌‌pressure‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌207‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
over‌‌the‌‌wound‌‌to‌‌stem‌‌the‌‌flow‌‌of‌‌blood.‌‌As‌‌soon‌‌as‌‌practical,‌‌ 
fasten‌‌a‌‌pad‌‌to‌‌the‌‌wound‌‌with‌‌a‌‌bandage‌‌or‌‌length‌‌of‌‌cloth.‌‌Use‌‌ 
the‌‌cleanest‌‌material‌‌available.‌‌If‌‌a‌‌limb‌‌is‌‌bleeding‌‌but‌‌not‌‌broken,‌‌ 
raise‌‌it‌‌above‌‌the‌‌level‌‌of‌‌the‌‌heart‌‌to‌‌reduce‌‌the‌‌flow‌‌of‌‌blood.‌‌Any‌‌ 
restriction‌‌of‌‌blood‌‌circulation‌‌for‌‌more‌‌than‌‌a‌‌short‌‌time‌‌could‌‌ 
cause‌‌long-term‌‌injuries.‌  ‌

Burns‌  ‌
Check‌‌the‌‌casualty‌‌for‌‌shock,‌‌and‌‌if‌‌possible,‌‌try‌‌to‌‌cool‌‌the‌‌burn‌‌for‌‌ 
at‌‌least‌‌20‌‌minutes‌‌with‌‌plenty‌‌of‌‌clean,‌‌cold‌‌water‌‌or‌‌other‌‌ 
non-toxic‌‌liquid.‌‌Don’t‌‌try‌‌to‌‌remove‌‌anything‌‌that’s‌‌sticking‌‌to‌‌the‌‌ 
burn.‌  ‌

Be‌‌prepared‌  ‌
Always‌‌carry‌‌a‌‌first‌‌aid‌‌kit‌‌–‌‌you‌‌might‌‌never‌‌need‌‌it,‌‌but‌‌it‌‌could‌‌ 
save‌‌a‌‌life.‌‌Learn‌‌first‌‌aid‌‌–‌‌you‌‌can‌‌get‌‌first‌‌aid‌‌training‌‌from‌‌a ‌‌
qualified‌‌organisation‌‌such‌‌as ‌St‌‌John‌‌Ambulance‌‌and‌‌Brigade,‌ S‌ t‌‌ 
Andrew’s‌‌First‌‌Aid,‌ B ‌ ritish‌‌Red‌‌Cross‌‌Society,‌ or‌‌any‌‌suitable‌‌ 
qualified‌‌body.‌  ‌

Safety‌c‌ ode‌f‌ or‌n

‌ ew‌d
‌ rivers‌  ‌
This‌‌code‌‌will‌‌help‌‌you‌‌drive‌‌safely‌‌in‌‌your‌‌first‌‌year‌‌after‌‌passing‌‌ 
the‌‌driving‌‌test,‌‌when‌‌you‌‌are‌‌most‌‌vulnerable.‌  ‌

You‌‌should‌‌always‌‌follow ‌the‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌. ‌ ‌
1. It’s‌‌most‌‌dangerous‌‌driving‌‌at‌‌night‌‌-‌‌don’t‌‌drive‌‌between‌‌midnight‌‌ 

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌208‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
and‌‌6am‌‌unless‌‌it’s‌‌really‌‌necessary.‌  ‌
2. Don’t‌‌let‌‌passengers‌‌distract‌‌you‌‌or‌‌encourage‌‌you‌‌to‌‌take‌‌risks‌‌-‌‌tell‌‌ 
them‌‌that‌‌you‌‌need‌‌to‌‌concentrate‌‌on‌‌the‌‌road.‌  ‌
3. Never‌‌show‌‌off‌‌or‌‌try‌‌to‌‌compete‌‌with‌‌other‌‌drivers,‌‌particularly‌‌if‌‌ 
they‌‌are‌‌driving‌‌badly.‌  ‌
4. Don’t‌‌drive‌‌if‌‌you’ve‌‌drunk‌‌any‌‌alcohol‌‌or‌‌taken‌‌drugs.‌‌Some‌‌ 
medicines‌‌can‌‌affect‌‌your‌‌ability‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌safely‌‌-‌‌always‌‌read‌‌the‌‌ 
warning‌‌on‌‌the‌‌label.‌  ‌
5. Make‌‌sure‌‌everyone’s‌‌wearing‌‌a‌‌seat‌‌belt‌‌throughout‌‌the‌‌journey.‌  ‌
6. Keep‌‌your‌‌speed‌‌down‌‌-‌‌especially‌‌on‌‌bends.‌  ‌
7. Be‌‌very‌‌careful‌‌driving‌‌high-powered‌‌or‌‌sporty‌‌cars‌‌-‌‌even‌‌if‌‌you‌‌ 
learnt‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌in‌‌one.‌  ‌
8. You‌‌must‌‌have ‌insurance‌ -‌‌it’s‌‌an‌‌offence‌‌to‌‌drive‌‌without‌‌it.‌  ‌

You’ll‌‌lose‌‌your‌‌licence‌‌if‌‌you‌‌get‌‌6‌‌penalty‌‌points‌‌within‌‌2‌‌years‌‌of‌‌ 
passing‌‌your‌‌first‌‌driving‌‌test.‌‌You’ll‌‌need‌‌to‌‌pass‌‌both‌‌tests‌‌again‌‌to‌‌ 
get‌‌it‌‌back.‌  ‌

Further‌‌reading‌‌and‌‌conversions‌  ‌
The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌applies‌‌to‌‌England,‌‌Scotland‌‌and‌‌Wales.‌‌Check‌‌the‌‌ 
metric‌‌conversions‌‌table‌‌to‌‌convert‌‌miles‌‌to‌‌kilometres‌‌and‌‌access‌‌other‌‌ 
useful‌‌sources‌‌of‌‌information‌‌about‌‌travelling‌‌and‌‌driving.‌  ‌
 ‌

Metric‌‌conversions‌  ‌
Miles‌  ‌ Kilometres‌  ‌
1.00‌  ‌ 1.61‌  ‌

5.00‌  ‌ 8.05‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌209‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
10.00‌  ‌ 16.09‌  ‌

15.00‌  ‌ 24.14‌  ‌

20.00‌  ‌ 32.19‌  ‌

25.00‌  ‌ 40.23‌  ‌

30.00‌  ‌ 48.28‌  ‌

35.00‌  ‌ 56.33‌  ‌

40.00‌  ‌ 64.37‌  ‌

45.00‌  ‌ 72.42‌  ‌

50.00‌  ‌ 80.47‌  ‌

55.00‌  ‌ 88.51‌  ‌

60.00‌  ‌ 96.56‌  ‌

65.00‌  ‌ 104.60‌  ‌

70.00‌  ‌ 112.65‌  ‌

 ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌210‌  ‌
 AAATHE‌‌   ‌
 ‌
 ‌
 ‌
 ‌
Try‌‌Theory‌‌Test:‌  ‌
Free‌‌theory‌‌test‌  ‌
 ‌
 ‌
Read:‌  ‌
Learn‌‌The‌‌Highway‌‌Code‌‌Online‌  ‌
 ‌

Subscribe:‌  ‌
Get‌‌regular‌‌rule‌‌reminders‌  ‌
 ‌
 ‌

 ‌

 ‌

Write‌‌your‌‌feedback‌‌here‌  ‌

C
‌ ontents‌‌ h
‌ ighwaycodeuk.co.uk‌‌ ‌211‌  ‌